fr:
[< OU_1 60924 >m
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
ROMAN BOY
AN
INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
BY
JOHN COPELAND KIRTLAND
AND
GEORGE BENJAMIN ROGERS
OF
THE PHILLIPS EXETER ACADEMY
INTRODUCTION TO LATIN COMPANY
EXETER, NEW HAMPSHIRE
1940 <>
All rights resented
COPYRIGHT, 19x4,
BY JOHN C. KIRTLAND AND GEORGE B. ROGERS.
Set up and electrotyped. Published June, 1914. Reprinted
January, 1915; February, 1916; January, 1927; March,
1934; September, 1940.
SET UP AND ELECTROTYPED BY J. S. GUSHING CO.
PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
BY BERWICK * SMITH CO.
PREFACE
WHETHER this book realizes the claim made in its title will be
determined by the way in which the boys and girls who have used
it do their first reading. It should prepare them to begin with
some advantage the study of Caesar or Nepos. We have carefully
examined the vocabulary and syntax of these authors, together with
Pabulae Faciles, Eutropius, and Viri Romae^ and our choice of words
and constructions has been largely based upon their common usage.
Paradigms are given, for the most part, only in the Conspectus
of Inflections at the back of the book, where the student will see
them entire. This arrangement is supported by two considera-
tions. First, many inflections can be built up from elements
already known, and the student will learn them more easily from
directions for making the forms than from a paradigm. Secondly,
there should be much comparison of forms, that associations may
be established as an aid. to the memory and the judgment. The
verb has been presented with reference to tense-signs. A presen-
tation by conjugation or by voice separates forms that properly go
together and makes less effective use of the principle of association.
The future imperative is omitted from the paradigms of the verb,
and other rare forms are omitted wherever the omission makes a
paradigm easier. On the other hand, we have avoided incomplete
paradigms by including forms that might have been employed by
a Roman, though they happen not to occur in the extant literature.
The neuter of the perfect participle, or the supine, is given as the
fourth of the principal parts of verbs, because this answers for
intransitive verbs as well as transitive and for those that lack
either perfect participle or supine.
Syntax can be firmly grasped only through reading, and no more
should be taught in the first year of Latin than is required to vital-
Vi PREFACE
ize forms and make the student familiar with the constructions
which he will meet most frequently in the second year. Further-
more, the treatment should be as simple as possible, and it should
not be carried beyond the immediate need of the student. We
have named only one use of the genitive, for instance, since the
translation of the form generally tells all that the student needs
to know at this stage. If the translation will cause no difficulty,
but the construction must be treated for another reason, the treat-
ment is, so far as is practical, inductive. The sections dealing
with syntax follow the Latin exercises, and appear as explanations
of the exercises. Formal rules are given at the back of the book,
but they can be disregarded, or in their place the teacher can give
to the class the wording of the rules in the grammar which it is to
use later. What is essential is that explanation and understanding
should be placed ahead of a stereotyped rule.
The simplicity of the book gave no occasion for the employment
of many of the names recommended by the Joint Committee on
Grammatical Nomenclature in the report recently approved by the
National Education Association, but our terminology, so far as it
goes, has been closely conformed to that recommended. We have
rejected only one term ' past ' for participle and infinitive. This
term is helpful in the treatment of syntax, but it would, in our
opinion, confuse the student who is learning the conjugation of the
verb. We believe also that it would be confusing at this stage to
employ the two names ' gerundive ' and * future passive participle '
to distinguish two uses of the same forms. It has seemed sufficient
to call Idem demonstrative, and the specific term ' identifying ' has
not been used. That the past indicative and subjunctive might
not be separated, we have added * descriptive ' to the name of the
former only in distinguishing the force of this tense from the past
absolute force of the perfect, not in the paradigms.
The Latin-English Vocabulary includes all words found in the
reading-lessons of connected narrative, except some proper nouns
and adjectives. Words of this kind are given only when the Eng-
lish name is different, the nominative is not evident from other
PREFACE Vli
forms, or the person or place is not familiar; and the person or
place is not described when the text itself contains sufficient
explanation. The total number of Latin words used in the book,
exclusive of proper nouns and adjectives, is a little over seven
hundred. Many of these words are closely related: for instance,
absuro and absSns ; latus and latS ; films and filia ; dux, duc<5,
adduce, dduc6, 5duc<5, induc6, reducO, and trfiducO. About 85 per
cent, of the whole number are given by Professor Lodge ( Vocabu-
lary of High School Latin) among the words of most frequent
occurrence in Caesar. A large part of the remainder are re-
quired for the adequate treatment of inflection and syntax, or
because of their meaning : for instance, iste, tu, malO, prQsum,
similis, fruor, fungor, vescor, -ne, num, meus, tuus, vester.
We have made more of etymology than is usual in books in-
tended for beginners, but the derivative and cognate words which
we give are put where they can be disregarded. We hope, how-
ever, that there will be a disposition to add to this material rather
than subtract from it, especially on the English side. The clue
to a word's meaning is its derivation, and even in the first year of
Latin it is possible to begin to approach words with this guidance.
We have given no etymologies that we do not believe helpful to
the memory or in other ways. How far they shall be explained
is left to the teacher.
The fourteen reading-lessons have been freely adapted from
Eutropius, Nepos's Hannibal^ and Caesar's Helvetian War. It has
not seemed worth while to attempt greater historical accuracy than
that of the Roman writers themselves. The reading-lessons are
an integral part of the book. As the fewness of the notes on them
indicates, they contain practically nothing that has not been given
already in the other lessons. They can, therefore, either be read
at sight or used for set reviews.
Some things commonly contained in books of this sort we have
unhesitatingly omitted. One of these is a summary review of
English grammar. No such review can answer the purposes of
all schools ; arid if a review is necessary, it should either be given
Vili PREFACE
by the English teachers of the school or brought into agreement
with their teaching. But ignorance of grammatical terms and
rules will usually be remedied most effectively by supplying the
information needed with reference to the Latin that is before the
class. We have omitted the rules for natural gender, which serve
no practical purpose for the beginner. We believe that printed
colloquia have no value for the student, however valuable may be
the use of Latin speech in the drill of the classroom.
We have omitted also some fine details of pronunciation. Rare
sounds can be taught more profitably in the few words in which
they occur than in a table. It would be particularly unprofitable
to present in our table diphthongs which are found in this book in
only one or two words, while the letters composing them are dis-
tinct vowels in most of the words in which they occur in juxtaposi-
tion. Vowels are marked long before consonantal /, in the belief
that the student's pronunciation of words so printed will be likely
to be more nearly correct than if the vowels were left unmarked.
There is no simple way of indicating the diphthongal sound before
consonantal i, and it is more easily taught by example than by
precept, as indeed are all sounds.
The advance lesson should always be explained when it is as-
signed, and the new words pronounced. Often the class can be
shown how to build up the new forms, and the learning of the
paradigm be deprived thereby of all terror. The authors have
found it best in their own teaching to assign for the advance lesson
only inflections and vocabulary, and to have both the Latin-English
and the English-Latin sentences discussed in class before they are
set for outside study. This insures attention to the more impor-
tant things and removes the temptation to dishonest preparation
of lessons. It will be found, we hope, that our treatment of syntax
is such as should be given by the teacher when new sentences are
taken up at sight.
The division of the book into lessons should not be understood
to indicate the proper daily assignment. The amount that can be
done each day must be determined for a particular class by the
PREFACE ix
teacher. Not only are new words and constructions used in the
exercises of three successive lessons, but forms, syntax, vocabulary,
and idioms are constantly reviewed by frequent repetition through-
out the book.
We owe much to friends who have read the proof-sheets of our
book, correcting mistakes and suggesting improvements ; and we
wish to express here our gratitude for this help given us by Pro-
fessor R. W. Husband, of Dartmouth College, Mr. A. L. Hodges,
of the Wadleigh High School, New York City, Mr. B. M. Allen,
of Phillips Academy, Andover, Mass., Mr. M. M. Hart, of the
McKinley High School, St. Louis, and Dr. C. H. Clark, Mr. F. N.
Robinson, Dr. W. H. Gillespie, and Dr. A. R. Wightman, all of
Phillips Exeter Academy. The photograph for one of our illustra-
tions was obtained through the kindness of Mr. G. F. Hill, of the
Department of Coins and Medals in the British Museum.
JOHN C. KIRTLAND.
GEORGE B. ROGERS.
EXETER, N.H., 25 April, 1914.
CONTENTS
LESSON PAGB
1. Alphabet. Sounds. Doubled Consonants. Quantity of Vowels.
Syllables. Quantity of Syllables. Accent .... 1
II. Present Indicative Active, First Conjugation. Personal End-
ings. Number in Nouns. Agreement of I ^erb ... 4
III. Present Indicative Active. Present Stem. Present Infinitive
Active. Infinitive Ending. Order of Words ... 6
IV. First Declension. Subject. Direct Object. Position of Adverb.
Position of -ne 8
V. Present Indicative Passive, First Conjugation. Personal End-
ings. Ablative of Agent ....... 10
VI. Present Indicative Passive 11
VII. Past Indicative Active. Personal Endings. Tense- Sign. Use
of the Past. Jndireti. Object. Position of the Objects . 13
V1I1. Past Indicative Passive. Ablative of Means .... 15
IX. Second Declension: Nouns in us and um. Gender. Case-
Endings. Agreement of A'oun . . . . . .17
X. First and Second Declensions: Adjectives in i/s, a, um.
Second Declension: Nouns in ius and ium. Exception
to Rule for Accent. Agreement of Adjective. Position of
Adjective .......... 19
XI. Future Indicative, First and Second Conjugations. Tense-
Sign. Dative with Adjectives 21
XII. Second Declension : Nouns in er t and vir. Gender. First and
Second Declensions : Adjectives in er, a, um. Ablative of
Accompaniment . . . . . . . . .23
XIII. Future Indicative, Third and Fourth Conjugations. Tense-
Sign. Ablative of Cause or Reason ..... 25
XIV. The Irregular Verb sum. DCS* riptive Genitive and Ablative . 27
XV. Demonstrative Pronouns : /we, ille % iste. Use of hie, ille, iste 29
XVI. Perfect Indicative Active. Personal Endings. Uses of the
Perfect ........... 3U
XVII. Perfect Indicative Passive. Principal Parts .... 32
xi
xii
CONTENTS
LESSON PACK
THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME 35
XVIII. Demonstrative Pronouns : is and Idem. Use of is. Abla-
tive of Separation 36
XIX. Past Perfect Indicative 38
XX. Relative Pronoun. Agreement of Relative Pronoun . . 40
XXI. Interrogative Pronoun 41
XXII. Future Perfect Indicative. Future Tenses in Subordinate
Clauses 43
XXIII. Third Declension: Masculine and Feminine Nouns with
Genitive Plural in wn. Case-Kndings. Gender. Pres-
ent Indicative with dum ....... 45
XXIV. Third Declension: Masculine and Feminine Nouns with
Genitive Plural in um (continued). Perfect Indicative
with postquam and ubi 47
THE EARLY REPUBLIC 49
XXV. Third Declension: Neuter Nouns with Genitive Plural in
um. Ablative of Respect 51
XXVI. Third Conjugation: Verbs in id 53
XXVII. Third Declension: Masculine and Feminine Nouns with
Genitive Plural in him. Case- Endings .... 55
XXVIII. Third Declension: Neuter Nouns with Genitive Plural in
ium. Case- Endings. Nouns with Genitive Plural in ium 57
XXIX. Personal Pronouns. Personal Use of is. Omission of Sub-
ject. Possessive Adjectives 59
THE FIRST PUNIC WAR 61
XXX. Reflexive Pronoun. Intensive Pronoun. Use of Reflexive
Pronoun. Use of Intensive Pronoun. Use of suus . 63
XXXI. Third Declension : Adjectives 65
XXXII. Participles. Declension of Participles. Future Active Par-
ticiple and Gerundive with sum. Dative with Intransi-
tive Verbs. Agreement of Participle. Translation of
Participles 67
XXXIII. Fourth Declension. Gender 70
THE SECOND PUNIC WAR ....... 72
XXXIV Fifth Declension. Case-Endings. Gender. Compound
Verbs. Dative with Compound Verbs .... 74
XXXV. Vocative Case. Review of Case-Endings. Position of
Vocative 77
CONTENTS
Xlll
LESSON PAGE
XXXVI. Ixrcative Case. Place Where. Place to Which. Place from
Which 79
XXXVII. Present Subjunctive Active. Clauses of Purpose . . 81
XXXVIII. Present Subjunctive Passive. Relative Clauses of Purpose.
Substantive Clauses of Volition ..... 83
H ANN i HAL'S OATH 85
XXXIX. Past Subjunctive Active. Use of Subjunctive Tenses . . 87
XL. Past Subjunctive Passive. Clauses of Result. Relative
Clauses of Result 89
XLI. Present and Past Subjunctive of sum. Substantive Clauses
of Result 91
XLII. Pronominal Adjectives. Descriptive Relative Clauses . 93
XLI 1 1. Regular Comparison of Adjectives. Declension of the
Comparative. Declension of the Superlative. Abso-
lute Comparative and Superlative. Dative of Purpose
or Tendency. Double Dative Construction ... 95
HANNIBAL IN THE SECOND PUNIC WAR .... 97
XLIV. Superlative in rimus. Superlative in limus. Ablative of
Comparison ......... 99
XLV. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives. Declension of plus.
Ablative of Measure of Difference ..... 101
XLVI. Regular Comparison of Adverbs. Irregular Adverbs.
Ablative of Manner 103
XLVI I. Perfect Subjunctive. Indirect Questions .... 106
THE LAST YEARS OF HANNIBAL 108
XLV 1 1 1. Past Perfect Subjunctive. Harmony of Tenses . . . 109
XLIX. Cardinal Numerals. Declension of Cardinal Numerals.
Use of Cardinal Numerals. Accusative of Extent or
Duration 112
L. Ordinal Numerals. Ablative of Time 114
LI. Present Imperative. Personal Endings. Irregular Forms 116
LI I. Indefinite Pronouns. Use of quis and quisquam. Review
of Ablative Constructions . . . . . .118
SCIPIO, MARIUS, SULLA 119
LIII. Verb-Endings. Synopsis of Verbs 121
LIV. Present Infinitive Passive. Indirect Statements . . .123
LV. Perfect and Future Infinitives. Use of Infinitive Tenses.
Quam with Superlative 125
XIV
CONTENTS
LESSON PACK
LVI. Deponent Verbs 128
LVII. Semi-Deponent Verbs. Ablative with Certain Deponents . 130
THE PLOT OF ORGETORIX 131
LVII I. The Irregular Verbs possum and prbsum. Indirect Subordi-
nate Clauses 133
LIX. Ablative Absolute 135
LX. The Irregular Verb fero 137
CAKSAR'S ARRIVAL IN GAUL . ...... 138
LXT. Causal and Adversative cum-Clauses ..... 140
LXII. The Irregular Verb ed. Cum-Clauses of Situation . . 141
LXIII. The Irregular Verbs void, ndld, maid. Quo- Clauses of
Purpose 143
THE BEGINNING OF THE HELVETIAN WAR .... 144
LXTV. Review of Subjunctive Constructions . ..... 146
LXV. The Irregular Verb fid. Dative of Possession . . . .148
LXVT. Active Periphrastic Conjugation ...... 149
LXV1I. Passive Periphrastic Conjugation. Dative of Agent . . 151
BATTLE AND PARLEY 152
LXV11I. Gerund. Use of Gerund and Gerundive 154
LXTX. Supine. Use of Supine in um. Use of Supine in U. Review
of Impressions of Purpose . . . . . . .157
LXX. Conditional Complexes 159
THE BLUNDER OF CONSIDIUS 160
LXX I. Future Conditional Complexes 162
LXX1I. Present and Past Conditional Complexes. Summary of Condi-
tional Complexes ........ 164
THE DEFEAT AND SURRENDER OF THE HELVETIANS . . 166
CONSPECTUS OF INFLECTIONS ........ 168
RULES OF SYNTAX 214
POSITION OF WORDS 218
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 221
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 239
INDEX 257
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
MAP (colored} Front cor er
Showing places mentioned in this book.
ROMAN BOY Frontispiece
Head in the British Museum, London, probably representing Octa-
vius (Augustus).
PAGE
ROMAN INSCRIPTION 5
Record of the triumph of Duilius, from the Acta Triumphorttm.
C. Dntlm? M. f(jlinv) M. n(epos} co(ti)s(iir) primus an(no}
CDXCHI navalem (friitmphum) de Sicul(is) et clause Poenica egit
k (alcndis} interkalar(ibm> ) .
NUMA 16
Roman coin.
ROMAN GIRL . . . . . . . . . Facing 28
Head in the Museo delle Terme, Rome.
ROMULUS 41
Roman coin.
ROMAN JAVELINS 47
Reconstructed.
BRUTUS Facing 49
Bronze bust in the Capitoline Museum, Rome.
ROMAN SWORD 52
Found in the Rhine. The dotted lines indicate a reconstruction of
the hilt.
ROMAN STANDARDS 56
Roman coin.
SCIPIO Facing 74
Bust in the Capitoline Museum, Rome.
ANTIOCHUS .......... Facing 86
Head in the Louvre, Paris.
HANNIBAL'S ELEPHANT AND DRIVER 101
Etruscan coin, probably representing the only elephant that Hanni-
bal had when he reached Etruria.
xv
XVi LfST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
PACK
HELMET FROM CANNAE 115
Found on the battle-field.
ROMAN ROAD 117
The Via Appia* near Ariccia.
SULLA Facing 120
Head in the Vatican, Rome.
CAESAR Facing 139
Statue in the Palazzo dei Conservatori, Rome.
GALLIC TRUMPETS AND SHIELDS 150
Roman coin. The issuer had served under Caesar in Gaul.
MEMORIAL OF CAESAR'S CONQUEST OF GAUL 154
Roman coin, representing perhaps Pallor and Pavor, or a personifi-
cation of Gaul and a Gaul
ROMAN ARMY ON THE MARCH ...... Facing 161
Relief from the Column of Trajan.
SURRENDER OF BARBARIANS TO ROMAN GENERAL . . Facing 167
Relief from the Column of Trajan.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
LESSON I
1. Alphabet. The Latin alphabet is the same as the Eng-
lish, except that it has no j or w. The letter i is used for
both a vowel and a consonant sound.
2. Sounds
VOWELS
a as in father. a as in sofa.
e as in obey. e as in pet.
I as in machine. i as in it.
5 as in tone. o as in melody.
u as in rule. u as in put.
DIPHTHONGS
ae like ai in aisle. au like ou in house. oe like oi in boil.
CONSONANTS
b before s or t has the sound of p.
C always as in can, never as in cell.
g always as in get, never as in gem.
i 1 likely in yes.
qu as in queen.
B always as in this, never as in is.
t always as in text, never as in negotiation.
v like iv in wit.
x always as in exercise, never as in exert.
The other consonants are pronounced as in English.
1 i is usually a consonant when it stands at the beginning of a word with
stween vowels within a word.
a vowel following it, and when it stands between
2 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
3. Doubled Consonants. When a consonant is doubled,
it should be distinctly pronounced twice : mit-t5. Compare
English set-to with setting.
4. Quantity of Vowels. In this book all long vowels are
marked, and vowels not marked are short. The quantity of
the vowels in a particular word must in most cases be learned
with the word, but there are some general rules:
1. A vowel is long before nf or ns: in-fert, frons, mons.
2. A vowel is regularly short before nd, nt, another vowel,
or h : fron-dis, mon-tis, de-a, ni-hil.
5. Exercise in Pronunciation
I. vis, vir. 2. aes, aut. 3. si, Is, is. 4. das, dat. 5. qul,
quae. 6. non, nox. 7. sub, plebs. 8. des, det. 9. iam,
gens. 10. me, tot. n. tu, turn. 12. da, de, dl, do. 13. at,
et, it, ut. 14. dens, urbs.
6. Syllables
1. A Latin word has as many syllables as it has vowels
and diphthongs : de-a, de-ae.
2. A single consonant between two vowels is pronounced
with the vowel following it : a mat, a-qua. 1
3. When there are two or more consonants between two
vowels, the first consonant is pronounced with the vowel
before it : mit-t6, cas-tra, at-que.
4. When, however, the first consonant is a mute 2 and the
second is 1 or r, both are regularly pronounced with the
vowel following them : a-grl.
1 Notice that u is not a vowel when it follows q, and that qu counts as a
single consonant.
* The mutes are p, b, t, d, c, g.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 3
7. Quantity of Syllables
1. A syllable is long if it contains a long vowel or a diph-
thong : re-ges, cau-sae.
2. A syllable is long if it contains a short vowel followed
by two or more consonants, or by x 1 ; but the vowel is pro-
nounced short : mit-tunt, u-xor.
3. When, however, the first consonant is a mute and the
second is 1 or r, the syllable is regularly short : a-grl.
4. A syllable is short if it contains a short vowel followed
by another vowel or by a single consonant : de-a, a-mat, a-qua.
8. Accent
1. In words of two syllables the accent falls on the first
syllable : a'-ra, a'-mo.
2. In words of three or more syllables the accent falls on
the penult, 2 if this is long; but if the penult is short, the
accent falls on the antepenult : a-ma'-bam, a-ma'-bi-tis, a-ma~
vis'-tis.
9. Exercise in Pronunciation
i. agger, sagitta. 2. r/tio, item. 3. nautae, paucitas,
co&pi. 4. ageris, agcris. f 5. late, ire, vale, mare. 6. filiis,
filiarum. 7. absum, subter. 8 y ext^rcitus, exerpitus, exer-
citibus. 9. eques ; equites, equitibus. 10. iustitia, iustitia.
n. arbitror, alacris, fenestra. 12. amabamus, amabimus.
13. amavf, amavimus, amavisti. 14. iacio. 15. nullus, ap-
propinquo. 1 6. Insidiae, appropinquaveratis, appropinqua-
veritis. 17. fines, eat. 18. regnat, regnatque.
1 This is because x is a double consonant, equivalent to cs. So uxor is
pronounced uc sor,
2 The penult is the syllable next to the last, and the antepenult is the
syllable before the penult.
4 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
LESSON II
10. Present Indicative Active, First Conjugation
SINGULAR
FIRST PERSON : am6, / love, am loving, do love.
SECOND PERSON : amas, you love, are loving, do love.
THIRD PERSON : amat, he (she, it) loves, is loving, does love.
PLURAL
FIRST PERSON : amamuB, we love, are loving, do love.
SECOND PERSON : amatis, you love, are loving, do love.
THIRD PERSON : amant, they love, are loving, do love.
11. Personal Endings. From the forms given above may
be made a table of endings which denote person and number
in verbs :
5 /. mus, we.
By you (singular). tis,you (plural).
t, he, she, or //. nt, they.
12. Number in Nouns
SINGULAR PLURAL
sagitta, an arrow, the arrow. sagittae, arrows, the arrows.
femina, a woman, the woman. feminae, women, the women.
13. Vocabulary
am5, love, amateur. 1 superd, excel; also conquer, insu-
appropinqud, approach, propinquity. perab/e.
demigro, move away, remove, mi- voco, call, vocation.
g rat ion. femina, woman, feminine.
paro, prepare. filia, daughter, filial.
propero, hasten. nauta, sailor, nautical.
pugno,y?#/. pugnacious. Numa, Numa, second king of Rome,
regnd, reign. sagitta, arrow.
et, conjunction, and.
1 Words in this type are etymologically related to the Latin words.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 5
Exercises
14. Inflect in the present indicative active all the verbs in
the vocabulary.
Form the plural of filia and of nauta.
15. i. demigrant, properat. 2. paras, appropinquatis.
3. regnas, pugnant. 4. paratis, pugnamus. 5. regno, vocas.
6. Femina vocat, 1 f Iliae 2 properant. 7. Sagittae superant.
8. Numa demigrat. 9. Feminae appropinquant. 10. Nauta
pugnat et superat. n. Numa regnat. 12. Femina et f Ilia
properant.
16. Agreement of Verb. From an examination of the Latin
sentences discover the rule for the agreement of the verb with its
subject.
17. i. I-call, he-reigns. 2. you-fight, you-are-conquering.
3. we-hasten, he-is-preparing. 4. he-fights, you-reign.
5. you-are-calling, they-approach. 6. they-are-preparing,
he-moves-away. 7. they-call, they-do-call. 8. The-sailors
are-hastening. 9. The-woman and her 3 daughter are-ap-
proaching. 10. The-sailors move-away. n. The-arrows
excel. 12. The-arrow excels.
1 A personal pronoun is not to be used in translating a verb which has its
subject expressed : femina vocat, the woman calls, not the woman she calls.
* her daughters. Latin does not express the possessive adjectives when
they are not required for clearness.
8 This word need not be put into Latin.
ROMAN
6 AN INTRODUCTION 7"O LATIN
LESSON III
18. Present Indicative Active. Learn the present indica-
tive active of moneo, advise ; regO, guide ; audio, hear (section
490).
19. Present Stem. The present stem 1 ends in a in the
first conjugation, e in the second, and I in the fourth : ama-,
mone-, audl-. Before which of the personal endings is the
final vowel of the stem shortened ? Notice that it does not
appear in the first person singular of the first conjugation,
and that the third person plural of the fourth conjugation
is formed irregularly (not audint, but audiunt).
In the third conjugation the final vowel of the present stem
varies. Notice that it does not appear in the first person
singular (compare the first conjugation), is u before nt, and i
elsewhere.
20. Present Infinitive Active
amSre monSre regere audlre
to love to advise to guide to hear
21. Infinitive Ending. The ending of the present infini-
tive active is re.
The present infinitive active, or the final vowel of the stem
with the infinitive ending, is given to show to which of the
four conjugations a verb belongs :
I II III IV
are ere ere ire
Notice that in the infinitive of the third conjugation the
final vowel of the stem is e.
1 By stem is meant that part of a word to which the endings are added.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
22. Vocabulary
audio, -ire, hear, audible. convenio, -Ire, come together, assemble.
debed, -ere, owe> ought, debt. convention.
maneo, -ere, stay, remain, permanent. videC, -ere, see. visible.
mitto, -ere, send, mission. aimcitia, friendship, [amo]. 1
moneo, -ere, advise, warn, monitor, dea, goddess, deity.
reg5, -ere, guide^ direct, regent. n5n, adverb, not. nonsense*
venio, -ire, come, advent. sed, conj., but.
Exercises
23. Inflect video, mitto, and venio in the present indicative
active.
24. i. mittitis, monetis. 2. venitis, superatis. 3. mittunt,
mittit. 4. conveiiimus, mancnt. 5. monent, regunt. 6. Dea
monet. 7. Debes videre et audlre. 8. Fcminae dcmigrare
properant. 9. Nautae conveniunt et pugnare parant.
10. Non manere debemus, sed propcrare. u. Femina
vocat, filiae venire properant. 12. Dea audit et venit.
25. Order of Words. The position of words in a Latin sentence
is largely determined by emphasis. Notice, however, that the subject
normally stands first in the sentence and the verb last.
26. i. The women are approaching. 2. Friendship re-
mains. 3. Numa comes, but does 2 not stay. 4. You ought
to assemble. 5. The sailors are coming together. 6. Numa
is reigning. 7. We are preparing to fight. 8. A goddess
guides. 9. A sailor calls, but we do not hear. 10. He
sends, but his daughters do not come.
1 Latin words in brackets are etymologically related to the other Latin
words with which they are given.
* does stay is one word in Latin.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
27.
CASES
NOMINATIVE
GENITIVE :
DATIVE :
ACCUSATIVE :
ABLATIVE :
NOMINATIVE
GENITIVE I
DATIVE :
ACCUSATIVE I
ABLATIVE :
LESSON IV
First Declension
SINGULAR
sagitta, an arrow, the arrow.
sagittae, of an arrow, the arrow.
sagittae, to or for an arrow, the arrow.
sagittam, an arrow, the arrow.
sagitta, by or with l an arrow, the arrow.
PLURAL
sagittae, arrows, the arrows.
sagittftrum, of arrows, the arrows.
sagittls, to or for arrows, the arrows.
sagittas, arrows, the arrows.
sagittla, by or with arrows, the arrows.
ae
ae
am
a
ae
Arum
is
as
is
28.
Vocabulary
aqua, water, aquatic.
Italia, Italy.
patria, fatherland, country.
tr/'ate.
pugna, battle, fight. [pugnS].
silva, wood, forest, sylvan.
via, road, way. deviate.
exspecto, -are, wait for, await.
pet6, -ere, seek, beg. petition.
relinqud, -ere, leave, abandon,
expa- relic.
in, preposition, followed by the abl.
case, in, on.
-ne, enclitic, 2 used to denote a ques-
tion.
saepe, adverb, often, frequently.
Exercises
29. Decline nauta, fgmlna, silva.
30. i. Femina nautam vocat. 2. Numa in silva manet
et deam exspectat. 3. Dea Numam saepe monet. 4. Numa
1 The ablative has other meanings, which will be given in later lessons.
2 Enclitics are little words that cannot stand alone, but are joined to
the word they follow.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 9
patriam regit. 5. Femina aquam in silva petit. 6. Femina
filiam exspectat, sed filia non venit. 7. Videsne 1 aquam
in silva? 8. Viam relinqud et aquam video. 9. Nautaene
appropinquant? 10. Nautae appropinquant et pug-
nare parant. u. Conveniunt et pugnam exspectant.
12. Nautaene aquam amant? 13. Nautae aquam amant
14. Aquamne (see section 34 beloiv) nautae amant ?
15. Aquam nautae amant. 16. Amantne nautae aquam?
17. Non amant nautae aquam.
31. Subject. What case is used in the sentences to denote the
subject?
32. Direct Object. Sentences 1-8 and 11-17 contain transitive
verbs and their direct objects. Find the object in each sentence,
and notice its case.
33. Position of Adverb. An adverb normally stands just before
the word it modifies, as in sentences 3, 6, 1 7.
34. Position of -ne. The enclitic -ne is usually joined to the
first word in the question, since it naturally goes with the word upon
which the question turns, and this is the emphatic word. Sentences
12, 14, and 1 6 must be translated by the same English sentence,
but the effect of the difference in the order of the Latin words can
be brought out in oral translation by stressing the emphatic word.
35. i. The woman sends her daughter frequently. 2. You
see the arrows in the road. 3. They move away and leave
their country. 4. Do they love their country ? 5. Ought
we to seek friendship? 6. A sailor loves the water.
7. Numa is reigning in Italy. 8. The woman excels her
daughter. 9. They hear, and hasten to leave the arrows.
1 -ne cannot be translated by any single word. In English a question is
denoted by the order of the words : videsne ? do you seel video, / do see.
IO AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
LESSON V
36. Present Indicative Passive, First Conjugation
SINGULAR
FIRST PERSON : amor, / am (being) loved.
SECOND PERSON: amaris or amare,jw/< are (being) loved.
THIRD PERSON : amatur, he (she, it) is (being) loved.
PLURAL
FIRST PERSON : amamur, we are (being) loved.
SECOND PERSON : amamiiil, you are (being) loved.
THIRD PERSON : amantur, they are (being) loved.
37. Personal Endings. How do the active and the pas-
sive endings differ in^ the third person ? In the first person
plural? How is the first person singular passive formed from
the first person singular active? Before which of the passive
endings is the final vowel of the stem shortened?
r, /. mur, we.
ris or re, you (singular). mini, jw (plural).
tur, hey she, or it. ntur, they.
38. Vocabulary
defends, -ere, defend. porta,#/* (of a city), portal.
deled, -ere, destroy, indelible. Roma, Rome.
servo, -are, save, preserve. Troia, Troy* a famous ancient city.
temptd, -are, try, tempt. victoria, victory.
fortuna, fortune. ab or a, 1 prep, with abl., by.
msula, Island, insular. ad, prep, with ace., to. advent.
lupa, wolf.
Exercises
39. Inflect serv5, exspectS, and supero in the present in-
dicative passive.
1 A is not used before words beginning with a vowel or h.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN II
40. i. Fortuna msulam servat. 2. Fcmina flliam ad
portam mittit 3. Victoriam, n5n amicitiam petunt.
4. Veniuntne ad portas? 5. Romam delent et relinquunt.
6. Patriam amare et defendere debctis. 7. Fortunam saepe
temptare non clebemus. 8. Nautae in Insula manent.
9. Dea Romam servat. 10. Roma a dea servatur.
IT. Femina nautam vocat. 12. Nauta a femina vocatur.
13. Viam in silva petimus. 14. Femina a filia amatur.
41. Ablative of Agent. Examine sentences 10, 12, and 14, and
discover how the person by whom a thing is done is denoted in
Latin when the verb is passive.
In the change to the passive voice what becomes of the subject of
the active verb? What becomes of the object?
42. i. The goddess is awaited by Numa, but she does not
come. 2. The sailors assemble and leave Troy. 3. The
woman is called to the gate by her daughter. 4. Water
destroys the road. 5. The women hear and see a wolf on
the island. 6. You are defending your country in battle.
7. Are we being called by the sailors? 8. You are loved
by your daughter. 9. I warn and guide Numa.
LESSON VI
43. Present Indicative Passive. Learn the present indica-
tive passive of mone6, rego, and audio (section 490).
Notice that in the second person singular of the third con-
jugation the final vowel of the stem is not i, as in the active,
but e.
Exercises
44. i. vocor, audi5. 2. temptant, superantur. 3. au-
diuntur, venit. 4. delentur, defenditis. 5. vocamini, con-
venltis. 6. mittitur, petunt. 7. videmur, venis. 8. servaris,
12 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
servamim. 9. relinquunt, relinquuntur. 10. exspectamus,
exspectamur. u. videris, videor. 12. audlmus, paramus.
13. manes, demigrat.
45. i. you are being left, we are sent. 2. you are send-
ing, you are loved. 3. they are approaching, it is being
fought. 4. we move away, we do hasten. 5. she is
seen, it is seen. 6. he reigns, he is reigning. 7. they
assemble, they are warned. 8. I am heard, I am warned.
9. I remain, I am conquering. 10. he guides, it is guided.
46. Vocabulary
duco, -ere, lead, aqueduct. cdpia, abundance ; in plural, forces,
habeo, -ere, have, habit, troops, copious.
impedio, -Ire, check, impede. fama, report, fame.
incendd, -tit, fire, burn, incendiary, fuga, flight, fugitive.
munio, -in, fortify, ammunition. gratia, favor, influence, gracious.
oppugno, -are, attack, besiege. Porsena, Porsena, an enemy of
[pugno]. Rome.
reperio, -Ire, find, repertory. Scaevola, Scaevola, a Roman hero,
celeriter, adv., quickly, celerity.
Exercises
47. Inflect video, relinquti, and impediO in the present in-
dicative passive.
48. i. Copias ad Italiam celeriter dficimus. 2. Lupaene
in via saepe videntur? 3. Roma a Porsena oppugnatur,
sed a Scaevola defenditur. 4. Copiae Porsenae 1 in silva
relinquuntur. 5. Flliae feminae a nauta servantur. 6. Roma
1 Genitive, of Porsena or Porsena* s. Notice that the genitive may
often be translated by the English genitive instead of a prepositional
phrase.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN IJ
celeriter munitur. 7. Portas Romae incendere temptant.
8. Aqua in silvis Insulae reperitur. 9. Gratia dearum a
feminis saepe petitur. 10. Silvac fugam copiarum impedi-
unt. ii. Copiam sagittarum habetis.
49. i. You ought to seek victory and fame. 2. Are you
waiting for the favor of Numa? 3 Troy is fired and de-
stroyed. 4. She has the sailor's arrow, 5. He has the
sailors' arrows. 6. The report comes to Porsena. 7. Scae
vola's country is being attacked by Porsena. 8. Fortune
directs battles.
LESSON VII
50. Past Indicative Active. Learn the past indicative
active of am<5, moneo, rego, and audio (sections 489, 490).
51. Personal Endings. Notice that the personal endings
are the same as in the present tense, except that the first
person singular has m instead of 6.
52. Tense-Sign. Notice that the past indicative is made
up of the present stem, the tense-sign ba, and the personal
endings. The final vowel of the stem is lengthened to 6 in
the third conjugation, and in the fourth I becomes i<. All
conjugations except the first have then g before the tense-
sign ba. Before which of the personal endings is the long
vowel of the tense-sign shortened ?
53. Use of the Past. The past represents an action as
going on at some past time : monebam, / was advising, I ad-
vised, or / did advise.
14 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
54. Vocabulary
demdnstrd, -are, point out, show. vita, life, vital.
demonstrative. de, prep, with abl., about, concern-
do, -are, 1 7?><?. dative. ing.
nuntio,' 2 -are, announce, report. per, prep, with ace., through, per*
captiva, captive* prisoner. manent.
pecunia, money, pecuniary. turn, adv., at that time, then.
praeda, booty * plunder, depredation. ubi, adv., where.
terra, earth, land, subterranean.
Exercises
55. Inflect in the past indicative active nuntio, deled, duco,
and reperi5.
56. i. Italiam defendere parabant. 2. Captivis 3 pecu-
niam dant. 3. Pecunia captivis datur. 4. Troia incendi-
tur et praeda copils datur. 5. Pugna Porsenae 4 celeriter
nuntiiitur. 6. Ubi fcmina pecuniam reperiebat? 7. In
msula pecuniam reperiebat. 8. Vita Scaevolae a Porsena
servatur. 9. Nautls terrain demonstrabarnus. 10. Ubi
lupam videbatis? u. Turn captivas ad Porsenam mitteba-
mus. 12. Fama de victoria fugam copiarum impediebat,
57. Indirect Object. The use of the dative shown in the sen-
tences above is called the dative of the indirect object. Notice that
the dative of the indirect object is used with transitive verbs, with an
accusative of the direct object when the verb is active.
58. Position of the Objects. The indirect object normally stands
before the direct object, as in sentences 2 and 9 above.
1 The a of do is regularly short, but long in das.
2 Notice that this verb, though it ends in io, is not of the fourth conju-
gation.
8 Dative, to the captives. 4 Dative.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 15
59. I . We were not preparing to fortify the gates. 2. We
gave our money to the fatherland. 3. They left the booty
in the road. 4. Money is given to the troops by Porsena.
5. Did you hear often about the fortunes of your daughter ?
6. You were showing the arrows to a woman. 7. He is
led by the goddess through the forests to 1 the gates of
Rome. 8. Porsena was then besieging Rome. 9. They
try the road through the forest and are destroyed. 10. At
that time I had influence in Italy.
LESSON VIII
60. Past Indicative Passive. Inflect amo, mone5, regfl, and
audio in the past indicative passive by substituting the passive
personal endings for the active (sections 489, 490). Remem-
ber that a long vowel is not shortened before the passive end-
ing for the third person singular.
61. Vocabulary
auged, -ere, increase, auction. insidiae, 2 ambush, treachery, insid-
expello, -ere, drive out^ expel. ious.
pervenio, -Ire, arrive, come, [per -f ex or e, 3 prep, with abl., out of, from.
venio] . expel.
vulnero, -are, wound, vulnerable. ibi, adv., in that place^ there.
fossa, ditch) trench. sic, adv., in this way, so, thus.
Exercises
62. Inflect in the past indicative passive vulner5, video,
expello, and impedio.
1 When used of motion, to is not to be rendered by the dative, but
by ad with the accusative.
2 This is nom. pi. The singular is not used. Decline it Insidiae,
insidiarum, etc.
8 E is not used before words beginning with a vowel or h.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
63. i. Lupam sagitta vulnerat. 2. Fuga lupae aqua
impediebatur. 3. Ibi sagittis pugnabant. 4. Copiae ex
Italia conveniebant. 5. Vitam fuga servabam. 6. Ubi
praedam reperiebatis ? 7. Via Porsenae a captlva demon-
stratur. 8. Turn copias per silvas celeriter ducit. 9. Co-
pias augemus et Romam fossa munlmus. 10. Victoria
Numae a nauta nuntiabatur. 11. Fama de victoria ad
Numarn pervenit. 12. Troia oppugnabatur, portae incende-
bantur. 13. Troia per Insidias deletur.
64. Ablative of Means. When used as in sentences i, 2, 3, 5,
and 9, the ablative is called the ablative of means*
Notice that the ablative of means differs in several respects from
the ablative of agent :
ABL. OF AGENT:
ABL. OF MEANS:
a person
a thing
LATIN PREPOSITION
ab or ft
none
ENGLISH PREPOSITION
by
by or with
65. i. Was the woman's life saved by flight? 2. The
flight of the troops was impeded by the trenches. 3. She
has the money. 4. At that time you were being expelled
from Italy. 5. He is increasing his influence by victories.
6. We did not give the money to the troops. 7. In this
way the sailors came to land. 8. The sailor gave the booty
to his daughter. 9. The wolf was wounded with an arrow
by the sailor. 10. In that place they were preparing an
ambush.
MUM A
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
66.
LESSON IX
Second Declension : Nouns in us and um
miirus
wall
NOM. murus
GEN. murl
DAT. mur6
ACC. murum
ABL. mur5
NOM. murl
GEN. murorum
DAT. murlB
ACC. mur6a
ABL. muiis
bellum
war
SINGULAR
ENDINGS
US
bellum
I
belli
5
belld
um
bellum
5
belld
PLURAL
I
bella
6rum
belldrum
is
bellls
5s
bella
is
bellls
ENDINGS
um
i
5
a
from
is
a
is
67. Gender
1. Nouns of the first declension are feminine, except those
that denote males.
2. Nouns of the second declension ending in us are regu-
larly masculine ; those ending in um are neuter.
68.
Case-Endings
1. Notice that the nominative and the accusative singular
of bellum have the same ending, and likewise the nominative
and the accusative plural ; and that the ending in the plural
is a. This is true of all neuter nouns.
2. In masculine and feminine nouns the ending of the
accusative singular is always a short vowel and m ; that of the
accusative plural is always a long vowel and s.
l8 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
69. Vocabulary
a, friend. [amlcitia]. pilum, javelin.
bellum, war. belligerent. Roman! (pl.)> the Romans.
castra, 1 camp. Romulus, Romulus, founder and first
Egeria, Egeria, a goddess. king of Rome.
Labienus, Labienus, a Roman officer, 'telum, missile, weapon.
legatus, ambassador ; also lieuten- ' condo, -ere, found, build.
ant. legation. ' gero, -ere, carry on, w age. belligerent.
murus, wall, mural. terreo, -v&, frighten, terrify.
oppidum, town. est, he (she, it) is.
periculum, danger, peril. sunt, they are.
Exercises
70. Decline fossa, Iggatus, and oppidum.
71. i. Labienum legatum non vulnerant. 2. Labienus
legatus non vulneratur. 3. Tela sunt sagittae. 4. Ibi
amici Rdmuli pills vulnerabantur. 5. Porsena cdpias ad
silvam celeriter ducit et Romanes exspectat. 6. Sic peri-
culum msidiarum augetur. 7. Periculum Romanes non
terret. 8. Turn Roman! Italiam bell5 2 superabant.
9. LegatI de amlcitia ad Romanes ex castrls mittebantur.
10. Oppidum Troiam vocant. 1 1. Oppidum Troia vocatur.
12. R5ma a Romulo condebatur. 13. Labieno legato
pecuniam dabant.
72. Agreement of Noun. What is the case of legatum in sentence
i? ISgatus in 2? sagittae in 3? TrOiam in 10? TrOia in n? IggatO
in 13? Notice that each of these nouns belongs to some other noun
1 This is neuter nom. pi. of the second declension, not nom. sing, of the
first. Decline it castra, castrorum, etc.
2 Literally with war^ but English usage requires in war. In translating,
first make sure that you know the literal meaning of the Latin words, and
then express the idea in the best English you can.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN IQ
denoting the same person or thing, and that it stands in the same
case as that other noun.
73. i. Egeria is a goddess. 2. The goddess Egeria
warns Numa. 3. You called Egeria a goddess. 4. Where
is 1 the camp? 5. The battle is reported to the lieutenant.
6. He shows the booty to his friends. 7. The woman's
daughter is a captive. 8. The Romans were fortifying the
town with a wall and a ditch. 9. Numa did not wage war.
10. They come through the forests to the town and drive out
the Romans. 1 1 . Rome is in the land of 2 Italy. 1 2. Por-
sena's life is in danger. 13. Porsena was not often fright-
ened.
LESSON X
74. First and Second Declensions : Adjectives in us, a, urn
Learn the declension of bonus, good (section 464).
Notice that the masculine of bonus is declined like murus,
the feminine like sagitta, the neuter like bellum.
75. Second Declension : Nouns in ius and turn
Learn the declension of filius, son, and consilium, plan
(section 458).
Notice that these nouns have 1, not il, in the genitive
singular.
76. Exception to Rule for Accent. In the genitive singu-
lar of nouns in ius and ium the accent falls on the penult,
even when this is short : con-si' -li.
1 Notice that the subject is camp, and in writing the Latin verb be care
fill to follow the rule for agreement of verb with subject.
2 In Latin the land Italy > not the land of Italy.
2O AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
77. Vocabulary
bonus, good. fllius, ,ww. [filia].
longus, long. nuntius, messenger ; also news.
magnus, large, great, magnitude. [nuntio] .
multus, much ; in pl.,//w//y. multi- praesidium, 7/tfn/, garrison.
tudo. proelium, battle* engagement.
Alba Longa, Alba Longa, an ancient regnum, reign, throne, [regno].
town of Italy. Troiani (pl.)> Me Trojans, the peo-
&nn\iB,year. annual. pie of Troy.
Ascanius, Ascanius, founder of Alba obtineo, -ere, hold, possess, tenant.
Longa. postea, adv., afterward, posterity.
cOnsilium, plan ; also discretion.
Exercises
78. Decline praesidium, nuntius, and magnus.
79. i. Multi Trdiani ad Italiam perveniunt. 2. Ibi op-
pidum condunt et magnas copias superant. 3. Postea reg-
num ab Ascanio obtinebatur. 4. Ascanius Troianls multa
et 1 bona consilia demonstrabat. 5. Ascanius Albam
Longam, magnum Italiae oppidum, condit. 6. Filil legatl
pilis vulnerabantur. 7. Non longum est telum, sed mag-
num. 8. Castra magno in periculo sunt. 9. Proelium
Romanis nuntiatur et praesidium ex oppido ducitur.
10. Munlturne Roma muro et fossa? 11. Multae feminae
gratiam bonae deae petebant. 12. Amlcus Romanorum a
nuntiis vocabar. 13. Oppida multos per annos defende-
bantur.
80. Agreement of Adjective. Notice that each adjective in the
Latin sentences agrees in gender, number, and case with the noun it
modifies.
1 To be omitted in translating. A conjunction is frequently used to
connect multus and another adjective which modifies the same noun.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 21
81. Decline together sagitta bona, mftrus bonus, cOnsilium
bonum, bonus filius, magna c8pia, longum pllum ; also nauta
bonus, noting the gender of nauta.
82. Position of Adjective. An adjective may either precede or
follow the noun it modifies ; a genitive normally follows the noun it
modifies. When an adjective and a genitive modify the same noun,
the order is often adjective, genitive, modified noun, as in sentence
5 above. When a monosyllabic preposition is used with a noun
modified by an adjective, the preposition often stands between the
adjective and the noun, as in sentences 8 and 13 above.
83. i. The weapons of the Trojans are long arrows. 2.
Thus war increased the fame of Alba Longa. 3. At that
time Ascanius held the throne. 4. We saw the discretion of
Ascanius. 5. Ascanius called the town Alba Longa.
6. A large garrison was left in the town of l Alba. 7. Por-
sena waged many great wars. 8. The lieutenants forces
were driven out from the town through treachery. 9. The
news terrifies Romulus.
LESSON XI
84. Future Indicative, First and Second Conjugations
Learn the future indicative, active and passive, of amO and
moneO (sections 489, 490).
85. Tense-Sign. Notice that the tense-sign of the future
indicative in the first and second conjugations is b followed
by a vowel which varies in the same way as the final vowel
of the stem in the present of the third conjugation.
1 See section 73, sentence u.
22 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
86. Vocabulary
deligo, -ere, choose^ select, eligible. amicus, 2 friendly.
arma (neut. pi.), arms. idoneus, suitable.
impcrium, flower, ride, imperial. propinquus, near, neighboring, [ap-
locus (pi. loca 1 ), place* position. propinquo].
local. Rdmanus, Roman.
populus, people, nation, popular. in, prep, with ace., into*
Remus, RCHIU^ brother of Romulus. sub, prep, with ace. and abl., under.
signum, signal; also standard (mill- subterranean.
tary).
Exercises
87. Inflect vulnerO and obtineo in the future indicative
active ; servS and terreC in the future indicative passive*
Decline insidiae, castra, arma, and locus.
88^ i. Porsena non cst Romanorum amicus. 2. Bona
dea Romanis 4 est arnica. 3. Postea Troianl locum castris 6
idoneum dcligebant. 4. Oppidum est magnae silvae propin-
quum. 5. Legatus Romanis signum proeli 6 celeriter dabit.
6. Magnd e pcrlculo a filio servabitur. 7. Multa tela turn
in castra mittebantur. 7 8. Romulus et Remus de imperio
pugnabunt. 9. Romulus regnum obtinebit. 10. Bellum
a Romulo multos per annos gerebatur. II. Alba Longa
sub imperio populi Roman! 8 est. 12. Alba Longa sub im-
perium populi Roman! venit
1 This noun is masculine in the singular, but usually neuter in the plural.
2 Notice that this word may be either noun or adjective.
s Notice that in is used with the accusative to denote place to which,
with the ablative to denote place where. The use of sub is similar.
4 Dative, not ablative. 5 Dative, for a camp.
6 the signal for battle, literally of battle.
7 With telum and pilum, mitto may be translated hurl or throw.
8 When the two words populus Rdmanus are used together, they are
always written in this order. Notice, too, that they are singular. There
was only one Roman people.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 23
89. Dative with Adjectives. Observe that the datives in sen-
tences 2, 3, and 4 modify adjectives, and notice carefully what adjec-
tives take the dative.
90. i. The flight of the Roman sailors will terrify the
forces. 2. I shall not often call the Roman people to l
arms. 3. The messenger is in the town. 4. The mes-
senger comes into the town. 5. Porsena fortified the town
with a wall and left a garrison there. 6. Ascanius is found-
ing the town of Alba Longa. 7. She is friendly to the
Trojans. 8. You will be called a friend of the Roman
people. 9. He will show the plan to Labienus, the lieu-
tenant 10. A place suitable for a camp is chosen by the
lieutenant. 11. Is the place near Alba? 12. In the camp
of the Romans are many long javelins.
LESSON XII
91. Second Declension : Nouns in er, and vir
Learn the declension of puer, boy; ager, field; and vir,
man (section 458).
Notice that the case-endings are the same as in the de-
clension of nouns in us, except that the nominative singular
does not have us. How does the declension of ager differ
from that of puer ?
92. Gender. Nouns of the second declension ending in
er are masculine.
93. First and Second Declensions : Adjectives in er, a, um
Learn the declension of liber, free, and integer, fresh (sec-
tion 464).
1 Use ad.
24 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Notice that integer differs from liber in declension as ager
from puer.
94. Vocabulary
ager, field \ also territory, agri- ripa, bank (of a river).
culture. vir, man. virile.
animus, w/W; also courage, mag- creber, frequent, numerous.
nanimous. integer, unwearied, fresh.
Latin! (pi.), the Latins, a people liber, free, liberty.
of Italy. miser, wretched, miserable.
matrimonium, marriage. matri- occido, -ere, kill.
monial. cum, prep, with abl., with. [COD-
puer, boy; puerl (pi.), children. venio].
puerile. nam, conj., for.
Exercises
95. Decline creber (like integer), miser (like liber).
96. i. Postea cum multis Troianis in Italiam pervenit.
2. Filio Ascani filiam in matrimonium dabo. 3. Aqua
miseros pueros Romulum et Remum in ripa relinquebat.
4. Vir consilils Romanorum est non amicus. 5. Scaevola
Porsenam telo occldere in animo habet. 6. Legatus cum
magnis copils ad oppidum Albam Longam mittitur. 7. Nam
crebri nuntii per agrum Romanum veniunt. 8. Sic prae-
siclium ex oppido expellebatur. 9. Turn signum proeli sub
armis exspectabatis. 10. Castra in propinquis agrls habe-
bitis. ii. Locus castris idoneus est. 12. Roman! cum
Latmis sacpe pugnabunt.
97. Ablative of Accompaniment. Observe the use of the ablative
with cumin sentences i, 6, and 12.
98. i. A free people chooses good men. 2. The miser-
able Latins are under the rule of the Roman people.
3. Afterward we carried on long wars with the Romans
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 2$
through many years. 4. Fresh troops are being led into the
battle. 5. The lieutenant was sent to the camp with large
forces. 6. The wretched women will remain in the town
with the children. 7. I shall hold the throne with arms.
8. Ascanius will be called a good man.
LESSON XIII
99. Future Indicative, Third and Fourth Conjugations
Learn the future indicative, active and passive, of reg6
and audio (section 490).
100. Tense-Sign. Notice that the tense-sign of the future
indicative in the third and fourth conjugations is a for the first
person singular, e (shortened in the usual places) elsewhere.
Exercises
101. Inflect deligo and perveniS in the future indicative
active, occidG and impediO in the future indicative passive.
102. i. obtinebo, obtineo, obtinebam. 2. condebant,
condent, condunt. 3. terrebit, terrebitur. 4. conditur,
condetur. 5. mittebamin!, servabor. 6. expelletis, ex-
pelleminl, terremini. 7. manes, munies, ducam. 8. vide-
bitur, occldetur. 9. relinqueris, relinqueris, vulnerabere.
10. occidebantur, defendimur, superabimus.
103. i. you were waited for, you are being saved. 2. we
fortified, you saw. 3. it was being tried, we shall report.
4. you announced, they are waged. 5. you are showing,
he did have. 6. I was advised, we do show. 7. you
expel, you are being wounded. 8. we are impeded, we
hall be wounded. 9. it is being destroyed, you will pre-
26 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
pare. 10. they will be found, they are being found,
ii. we were sent, I am heard, I shall be seen.
104. Vocabulary
circumdo, -are, 1 put around, sur- novus, new. novelty.
round. [d5]. parvus, small, little.
occupo, -are, seize. paucl, paucae, pauca (pi.), a few.
Graecl (pi.)' the Greeks. paucity.
iniuria, wrong, injury. post, prep, with ace., after.
iustitia, justice, uprightness. [postea].
natura, nature, character. -<l u e, enclitic, and.
nonne, adv., used to introduce a question to which an affirmative answer is
expected, not ? [non -f -ne] .
num. adv., used to introduce a question to which a negative answer is
expected.
Exercises
105. i. Post proelium Graeci ad oppidum cum captivis
veniebant. 2. Latin! sunt miser! iniurils (see section 106
bcloiv). 3. Numa iustitia vocabatur bonus vir. 4. Nonne
integras copias exspectabimus ? 5. Num 2 oppidum nov5
mGro circumdabitis ? 6. Pauci Troiani in Italiam per-
venient. 7. Signum armis defendemus. 8. Romulus
Remum occidet regnumque 3 occupabit. 9. Natura loci
castra ibi habemus. 10. Nam locus est ripae propinquus
castrisque idoneus. n. Nauta puerum arnicitia monebit.
106. Ablative of Cause or Reason. In sentence 2 iniurils tells
why the Latins are wretched, and is to be translated on account of
1 See page 14, foot-note I.
2 Num cannot be translated by any single word. In English we show
that a negative answer is expected by the tone in which the question is
asked or by the form of the question : num circumdabitis ? you will not
surround, will you f
8 -que is joined to the word it adds ; if it adds a phrase or clause, it is
usually joined to the first word of that phrase or clause. It must there-
fore be translated before the word to which it is joined.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 27
their wrongs or because of their wrongs. Find other ablatives of
cause or reason in the sentences above, and translate each in as many
ways as you can.
107. i. The prisoner is wretched on account of the danger
of her son. 2. The little children were not frightened by
the danger. 3. He has it 1 in mind to give his daughter in 2
marriage to his friend. 4. The Roman people seized the
neighboring territory. 5. The nations of Italy are not free ;
for they are under the rule of the Romans. 6. He is not
friendly to the Greeks, is he ? 7. Is he not friendly to the
Greeks ? 8. He will be selected on account of his great
influence. 9. The towns are many, but small.
LESSON XIV
108. The Irregular Verb sum. Learn the present, past,
and future indicative of sum, be (section 493).
109. Vocabulary
sum, esse, 8 be. essence. memoria, memory.
educo, -are, bring up, rear, education. egregius, uncommon, remarkable.
habito, -are, dwell, live, habitable. egregious.
invenio, -lie, find, inventory. atque or ac, 6 conj., and.*
moved, -ere, movie, diu, adv., long, a long time.
captivus, 4 captive, prisoner. quondam, adv., once upon a time,
diligentia, diligence, industry. formerly, once.
1 Omit.
2 See section 96, sentence 2. Compare in ////';/</ and in marriage with
reference to the force of in.
8 This is the present infinitive.
* Notice that captiva denotes a female prisoner, captivus a male.
6 Ac is not used before words beginning with a vowel or h. Of what
other words is this true?
6 Et is the simplest and commonest of the words translated and ; -que
indicates a close connection ; atque (ac) adds something of greater impor-
tance than that which precedes it.
28 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Exercises
110. i. Nam turn Numa, vir egregiae iustitiae, rgn5bat.
2. Nam turn Numa, vir egregia iustitia (see in), regnabat
3. Nonne Graecl oppidum muro fossaque circumdabunt ?
4. NStura sumus liberl. 5. Iniuriae viros liberos ad bellum
movent. 6. Quondam Romulus, vir magni consill, in silva
habitabat. 7. Captivl diu erunt in magno perlculo. 8. Eras
puer magna diligentia memoriaque. 9. Filiam amici in
matrimonium duces. 1 10. Postea cum fili5 et filia ad lga-
tum venit atque gratiam amlcitiamque petit. n. Post
victoriam egregiam legatus erat magna gratia 3 in Italia.
12. Integrl atque bono animo estis.
111. Descriptive Genitive and Ablative. The ablative Sgregii
itUtitift in sentence 2 modifies vir and describes Numa exactly as the
genitive egregiae iustitiae in sentence i does, and is to be translated
in the same way. Find all the other examples of these constructions
in the sentences above, and notice that an adjective is used in each.
i. The boys will not be killed, but will be brought up
on the river-bank where they were found. 2. With a few
friends they will found Rome. 3. The Roman territory
was increased by frequent wars. 4. The Latins will be of
good courage. 5. The new lieutenant was a man 8 of great
diligence. 6. He will come with large forces and will seize
the town. 7. A good man is not moved by money, is he ?
8. Once upon a time there 4 lived in a small town a man of
uncommon 6 discretion. 9. We were wretched on account
of the news. 10. You are a boy of remarkable memory.
1 lead into marriage, i.e. marry.
3 Put in man (a man of great influence).
8 Omit ; was of great duigence.
4 Omit Notice that this there does not denote place ; for this
ibi cannot be used.
5 Adjectives in iua have i! in the masc. and neut. gen. sing., not i
ROMAN GIRL
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 2<)
LESSON XV
113. Demonstrative Pronouns: hie, ilk, iste. Learn the
declension of hie, t/iis, and ille, that (section 483).
Like ille, decline iste, that {of yours}.
114. Use of Me, ille, iste. Hie denotes that which is near
the speaker in place, time, or thought ; ille, that which is more
remote. Iste is used of that which belongs to the person
addressed.
The demonstrative pronouns may be used as adjectives:
haec sagitta, this arrow.
115. Vocabulary
hie, this. Sabmi (pi.), the Sabines, a people
ille, that. of Italy.
iste, that of yours, that. clams, famous, glorious.
adiungo, -ere, join /<?, join^ add. deinde, adv., then? next.
junction . propter, prep, with ace. , on account of?
claudo, -ere, shut, close, exclude. quidem, adv., indeed.
deus, god. [dea] . tamen, conj . , yet, nevertheless.
Exercises
116. i. Lupa ad ilium locum properabit ubi sunt parvl puerl.
2. Romulus et Remus cum lupa in ilia ripa inveniebantur.
3. Nonne Latin! his in locis quondam habitabant? 4. Deinde
Romulus novum oppidum condit Sabmosque ad populum
Romanum adiungit. 5. Roman! quidem 3 Romulum vocabant
deum. 6. Post Romulum Numa, vir egregia iustitia, reg-
nabat. 7. Numa egregia iustitia 4 deligitur. 8. Illud
clarum imperium Romanum Romulus condebat ac Numa
1 Notice that deinde does not mean then in the sense of at that time.
What word does mean this ?
a In what other way may cause be expressed?
8 Quidem follows the word it emphasizes. 4 Not descriptive ablative.
30 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
augcbat 9. Iste ager est propinquus illl oppido. 10. Num
propter istas paucas iniurias miser eris ? n. Hie esi puer
magna diligentia, ille est puer bona memoria.
117. i. We often hear about the character of those Greeks.
2. On account of this news he will leave the prisoners in the
ramp. 3. He ought to move the camp from this place.
4. We shall surround that camp of yours. 5. Next we
shall seize that town and close the gates. 6. Those plans
of yours are indeed good, yet not remarkable. 7. That
people will not long remain free. 8. These boys were
brought up in the forest, those in the town.
LESSON XVI
118. Perfect Indicative Active. Learn the perfect indica-
tive active of amo, moneo, reg5, audio, and sum (sections 489,
490, 493)-
119. Personal Endings. The personal endings in the
perfect indicative active are not the same as in the other
tenses :
I, /. imus, we.
vati\*you (singular). istis,jw// (plural),
it, he* she* or it. erunt or ere, they.
120. Uses of the Perfect. The Latin perfect has two
uses :
1. It may represent an action as already completed at the
time of speaking : monui, / have advised. In this use it
corresponds to the English present perfect tense, and may
be called present perfect.
2. It may merely represent a past action : monul, / advised
or / did advise. In this use it corresponds to the English
past tense, and may be called past absolute.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 31
Distinguish carefully between the past absolute use of the
perfect tense and the past tense, which also may often be
translated by the English past. The past tense in Latin de-
scribes a past action as going on, and may be called past
descriptive ; in the past absolute use the perfect simply states
a past action as a fact : monebam, / advised (i.e. I was giving
the advice at the time); monui, / advised (i.e. I once gave
the advice).
121. Vocabulary
appelld, -are, call, name, appella- tribunus, tribune, a Roman magis-
tion. trate.
creo, 1 -are, make, elect, creature. ab or a, 2 prep, with abl., away from,
expugno, -are, take by assault, cap- from* avocation.
ture. [ex + pugno]. aut, conj., or.
auxilium, aid. [augeo]. itaque, conj., and so, therefore.
decemviri (pi.)* decemvirs, a board, [-<iue].
or commission, of ten men. semper, adv., always.
numerus, number, numerous. tandem, adv., at last, finally.
Exercises
122. j. Hanc egregiam victoriam Sabini ex captivls audi-
verunt. 2. Numa non deus erat, tamen a dea Egeria ama-
batur. 3. Propter iustitiam Numa semper erat niagna
gratia. 4. Hoc adiungam : sub regno Numae bellum non
gerebatur. 5. Haec oppida auxilium a Romanls petunt,
sed tamen a Porsena celeriter expugnabuntur. 6. Tribuni
a Romanls creabantur. 7. Hi tribunl quondam vfros miseros
ab iniuria defendebant. 8. Magna quidem fuit diligentia
1 Notice that this verb, though it ends in eo, is not of the second con-
jugation.
a This is the same word that is translated by when used with the ablative
of agent.
8 Notice that ab means from in the sense of away from, while ex means
from in the sense of out of.
32 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
illorum tribunorum. 9. Tandem clarl virl deliguntur atque
e numero appellantur decemviri. 10. Itaque his iniurils
decemviros occidetis aut expelletis ac portas claudetis.
n. Rdmani cum magno captivorum numero a ripa veniunt.
123. i. I have warned this lieutenant; for I am a friend of
the Roman people. 2. Next I warned that lieutenant ; for
I was a friend of the Roman people. 3. You are moved
by the memory of this friendship. 4. , You don't live in that
little town, do you? 5. I shall not remain there long; for
I shall be made tribune. 6. He is a man of great courage
and will take the town by assault. 7. Finally we seek aid
from the Romans. 8. A large number of these weapons
will be found ; they are called javelins. 9. Those boys
were being brought up by a good woman. 10. That friend
of yours is always found in this place.
LESSON XVII
124. Perfect Indicative Passive. Learn the perfect in-
dicative passive of amo, moneO, reg5, and audid (sections 489,
490).
The perfect passive of a Latin verb is made up of its per-
feet passive participle and the present of sum. The perfect
participle is declined like bonus, and agrees with the subject
in gender, number, and case : audltus est, he was heard ;
audita est, she was heard ; audltum est, *'/ was heard ; audit!
sunt, auditae sunt, audita sunt they were heard.
125. Principal Parts. Before the full conjugation of a
verb can be given, it is necessary to know its present indicative
active, present infinitive active, perfect indicative active, and
perfect passive participle. From their importance these are
called the principal parts of the verb.
AN INTRODUCTION TO I^iTIN
33
The principal parts of all verbs that have been used in
previous lessons must now be committed to memory :
PRES. IND. PRES. INF.
PERF. IND.
PERF. PART.
I
amd
a mare
amavl
amatum l
love
cre5
creare
creavi
creatum
make
So all
regular verbs of the
first conjugation, but :
do
dare
dedi
datum
give
circumdo
circumdare
circumdedi
circumdatum
put around
II
moned
monere
monui
monitum
advise
debeo
debere
debu!
debitum
owe
habeo
habere
habu!
habitum
have
terreS
terrere
terrui
territum
frighten
obtineo
obtinere
obtinui
obtentum
hold *
deled
delere
delevi
deletum
destroy
augeo
augere
auxi
auctum
increase
maneo
manere
manai
mansum
remain
moved
movSre
movi
motum
move
video
vidSre
vidi
visum
see
III
reg5
regere
rexi
rectum
guide
adiungd
adiungere
adiunxl
adiunctum
join to *
duco
ducere
dux!
ductum
lead *
gero
gerere
gessl
gestum
carry on
claudo
claudcre
clausi
clausum
shut
mitt5
mittere
mis!
missum
send
deligS
deligere
delegi
delectum
choose *
relinqu5
relinquere
reliqui
relictum
leave *
defendo
defendere
defend!
defensum
defend
incendd
incendere
incendi
incensum
burn
condo
condere
condidl
conditum
found *
expelld
expellere
expuli
expulsum
drive out
occidd
occidere
occldi
occisum
kill
peto
petere
petlvi or petit
petitum
seek
1 Neuter nominative singular.
34 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
IV
audio audire audm auditum hear
impedid impedire impediv! impeditum check
munio munire munivi munitum fortify
venio venire veni ventum come
So convenio, invenio, pervenio.
roDerio reperire repperi repertum find
Exercises
126. Inflect in the perfect indicative active do, video, de-
fendO, and reperio ; in the perfect indicative passive creo,
deled, peto, and reperi5.
127. i. venit, venit. 2. missa est, missa sunt. 3. ap-
propinquatis, appropinquavistis. 4. movebunt, moverunt.
5. delebit, delevit. 6. creabimus, creavimus. 7. circum-
datum est, servatum est. 8. relinquit, reliquit. 9. monere,
monebere. \i& defendere, defendere. n. incendunt,
incendit 12. incenderunt, incendit 13. defenditis, de-
fendistis. 14. habuistis, habuistl. 15. amaris, amabaris.
16. visus est, visum est, visa est. 17. obtinetur, claudetur.
1 8. expellent, expellentur. 19. vident, videntur. 20. mittis,
venls.
128. i. she is finding, she was finding, she will find, she
has found. 2. she is found, she was found, she will be
found, she has been found. 3. you do found, you did found,
you will found, you have founded. 4. it is being founded,
it was being founded, it will be founded, it has been founded.
5. they have given, it has been given. 6. he came, he saw.
7. I have had, they were checked. 8. you have assembled,
he has been conquered. 9. we have remained, you have
moved away, \iojl have sent, I have been sent. n. we
have sought, we have fortified. 12. he has increased, it has
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 35
been increased. 13. you have been chosen, they have been
left. 14. it has been reported, they have arrived. 15. they
have been killed, he has captured.
THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME
Latinus 1 quondam in Italia regnabat. Turn Troia a Grae-
cis oppugnabatur. Tandem deleta est, atque Aeneas cum
multis Troianis ex patria in Italiam pervenit. Huic viro
Latinus Laviniam filiam in matrimonium dedit. Aeneas
oppidum in Italia condidit. Hoc oppidum Lavinium a 5
Lavinia appellavit Ascanius, Aeneae 2 filius, Albam Longam
condidit.
Postea vir bonus in Alba regnabat. Hie vir egregiam
filiam, Rheam Silviam, habebat Romulus et Remus f uerunt
filii Rheae Silviae. Amulius regnum occupavit ac puerds in 10
aquam misit 3 Nam pueros occldere in animo habebat. Sed
aqua Romulum Remumque in rlpa reliquit Lupa parvos pu-
eros audlvit atque ad ilium locum properavit ubi erant. Saepe
lupa veniebat. Turn Faustulus, vir bonus, in loco huic ripae
propinquo habitabat. Itaque lupam vidit et pueros invenit. 15
Romulus et Remus a clara femina educati sunt. Postea
propter iniurias Amulium occiderunt. Deinde oppidum con-
diderunt in illo loco ubi a Faustulo invent! sunt. Romulus
novum oppidum Romam appellavit. Sablnos ad populum
Romanum adiunxit multaque oppida expugnavit. Tandem 20
occisus est Sed Roman! Romulum deum appellabant.
Turn regnavit Numa Pompilius, vir magna iustitia.
Numam Roman! ex oppido Sabinorum vocaverunt. Belium
1 Proper nouns and adjectives are given in the Latin-English vocab-
ulary in the latter part of the book only when they are likely to cause
difficulty.
2 Genitive. ^ threw.
36 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
quidem non gessit, tamen imperium Romanum auxit. Nam
a dea Egeria amabatur. Post Numam Tullus Hostilius reg-
num obtinuit. Bellurn saepe parabat. Multa oppida supe-
ravit atque Albam Longam delevit. Haec bella fuerunt multa
5 et clara. Deinde Ancus Marcius imperium obtinuit et cum
Latlnls pugnavit.
L. 1 Tarquinius Priscus ex Etruria demigravit et in agrum
R5manum venit. Amicitiam And petiit, sed postea per
Insidias filios Ancl ex oppido misit regnumque sic occupavit.
10 Multa bella gessit et multorum oppidorum agros ad imperium
Romanum adiunxit. Himc Tarquinium Ancl filil occiderunt.
Turn Servius Tullius, filius captivae, regnum obtinuit. Hie
vir Tarquinl filiam in matrimonium duxit. Servius Romam
fossls et novo muro circumdedit. A filia non amabatur, atque
15 ab hac femina et L. Tarquinio Superbo, Priscl fllio, occisus
est. Deinde hie L. Tarquinius Superbus regnum occupavit.
Multos populos bello superavit. Tarquinios tandem propter
multas iniurias Roman! ex oppido expulerunt portasque
clauserunt.
LESSON XVIII
129. Demonstrative Pronouns : is and idem. Learn the
declension of is, this or that, and idem, the same (section 483).
Idem is only is with dem added. Notice, however, that
the masculine nominative singular is idem instead of isdem ;
that the neuter nominative and accusative singular is idem,
not iddem ; that m is changed to n before d in the accusative
singular and genitive plural ; and that the masculine nomina-
tive plural and the dative and ablative plural of is are
best spelled ii, iis, while idem has a single i in these
cases.
,
1 The abbreviation for Lucius.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 37
130. Use of is. Is may denote any person or thing men-
tioned, and is therefore less definite than hie and ille : hie
puer, this boy (here) ; ille puer, that boy (there) ; is puer, this
boy or that boy (of whom I am speaking).
131. Vocabulary
is, this, that. paratus, prepared, ready. [par5].
Idem, the same, identical. hie, adv., here, [hie] .
Gall! (pi.), the Gauls, a people. neque or nee, conj., and not, nor.
cared, carere, carui, cariturus, 1 be cut off* be without, lack.
desista, desistere, destiti, destitum, cease^ give up.
excedd, excedere, excess!, excessutn, go out, withdraw, antecedent
libero, liberate, liberavi, liberatum, set free, free, [liber].
prohibeo, prohibere, prohibul, prohibitum, keep, prevent, prohibition.
Exercises
132. il Itaque Romulus a Romanis deus appellabatur.
2. Paratus eram hlc manere cum parvo numero amicorum.
3. Oppidum est expugnatum, 2 eiusque oppidi ager ad im-
perium Romanum est acliunctus. 4. Galll Romam occupa-
verunt, ac postea cum magna praeda ex eo oppido exces-
serunt. 5. Tandem Italia illo periculo (see 133) liberata est.
6. Galll oppido excesserunt. 7. Roman! a fuga destiterunt,
Gallosque ex agro Romand expulerunt. 8.) Roman! fuga
destiterunt, Gallosque agro Romano expulerunt. 9. Tamen
in eo periculo non caruimus auxilio deorum. 10. Roman!
Gallos ab Italia prohibebunt. 1 1. Roman! Gallos Italia prohi-
bebunt. 12. E5dem animo semper ero, neque propter istud
penculum bello desistam. 13. Deinde legatl oppido expulsl
sunt et portae clausae sunt.
1 This is the future active participle. Careo has no perfect participle.
' 2 This is the same as expugnatum est. The forms of sum are often put
before the perfect participle.
38 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
133. Ablative of Separation. In sentence 5 1110 periculO means
from that danger* Notice that no preposition is used for from.
The idea of separation is often expressed by the ablative without
a preposition, regularly so with careO and HberO. Find other ablatives
of separation in the sentences above, and observe the use and the
omission of prepositions.
134.; T. At that time indeed the Romans ceased to elect
tribunes. 2. That friend of yours lacks money. 3. After
that battle Romans and Sabines lived in the same town.
4. These famous men freed their fatherland from the rule of
the decemvirs. 5. I was without influence ; and so I was
not made tribune. 6. They are prepared to withdraw from
the town, nor will they be prevented by the lieutenant.
7. We have captured this camp, and here we shall remain.
8. Then those prisoners were set free or killed.
LESSON XIX
'* ~
'135. Past Perfect Indicative. Learn the past perfect in-
dicative, active and passive, of amo, moneO, reg5, and audio
(sections 489, 490) ; and the past perfect indicative of sum
(section 493).
. Notice that the past perfect active is formed as if by add-
ing the past of sum to the perfect stem, and that the past
perfect passive is made up of the perfect passive participle
and the past of sum.
136. Vocabulary
elephantus, elephant. antea, adv., before^ previously.
Pyrrhus, Pyrrhus, king of Epirus. antepenult.
sententia, opinion^ view, consent. apud, prep, with ace., among^ with.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 39
despero, desperare, dSsperavi, desperatum, be hopeless, despair.
fugo, fugare, fugavl, fugatum, put to flight , rout. [fuga].
revocS, revocare, revocavi, revocatum, call back^ recall, [voco] .
timed, timerc, timui, 2 /^r, be anxious, timid.
vinc5, vinccre, vlcl, victura, defeat, [victoria] .
Exercises
137. Inflect in the past perfect indicative active do, dSleo,
relinquo, and veni5; in the past perfect indicative passive
creS, moves, expello, and reperio.
138. i. Tribunus creatus eram; nam cram magna gratia
apud hunc populum. 2. Numerus tribunorum antea auctus
erat. 3. Turn parati eramus eo loco excedere. 4. Pyrrhus
Romanes auxili5 elephantorum vlcerat. 5. Romam ele-
phantos Pyrrhl vulneraverant. 6. Decemviri copils armisque
carebant et de victoria desperabant. 7. (lane sententiam
semper habui, neque hac sententia desistam. 8. Ista sen-
tentia 3 ex patria expulsus eras, sed postea revocatus es.
9. Oppida expugnaveratis, praesidiaque expuleratis aut occf-
deratis. 10. Apud Romanos Romulus appellatus erat deus.
139. i. The Gauls had always been men 4 of great courage.
2. Yet the Romans had here defeated and routed the same
Gauls before. 3. The ambassador lacked influence; and
so he had been recalled. 4. Then we hastened to come
into Italy, but were prevented. 5. I was hopeless about
this plan. 6. You had not ceased to fear the Romans.
7. At last I have freed my country from these perils.
8. I am anxious about that boy ; for he is without friends.
1 Notice that back is the meaning of the prefix re-.
2 Timed has neither perfect passive nor future active participle.
8 See section 106. 4 Omit.
4O AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
LESSON XX
140. Relative Pronoun. Learn the declension of qui,
who, which) //^/(section 485).
141. Vocabulary
qui, who, which, that. socius, ally, social.
equus, horse, equine. autem, conj., however.
frumentum,gra/n. subito, adv., suddenly.
comprehendd, comprehendere, comprehend!, comprehensum, seize, arrest.
comprehension .
concili5, conciliare, conciliavi, conciliatum, win over, reconciliation.
renovo, renov&re, renovavi, renovatum, renew, [novus].
scribS, scribere, scrips!, scrip turn, write, postscript.
Exercises
142. i. Romulus oppidum hie condidit, quod Romam ap-
pellavit. 2. Ad Pyrrhum ea 1 scrips! quae audiveram.
3. Romam eos elephantos timebant quos Pyrrhus habebat
quorumque auxilio easdem cdpias antea vicerat et fugaverat.
4. Eos populos autem, qui Romanis amlci fuerant, legatus
conciliare belloque prohiberetemptabat.f sJNeque renovabo
earn amlcitiam qua turn destiti. 6. Romanf 4esperabant de
eo frumento quod a socils missum erat. 7. Hi6.yir est idem
qui patriam liberavit. 8. Magnum numerum eqil^riirn, qui
relicti eirant in castris Gallorum, comprehenderunt. [ X 9?j Ea
quae apud Gall5s gerebantur nuntiavit. . ^^
>
143. Agreement of Relative Pronoun. Notice that the relative
pronoun agrees with its antecedent in gender and number, but that
it is not necessarily in the same case as the antecedent. Determine
the case of the relative in each of the sentences above, and the reason
why that case is used.
1 Neut. pi., those (things).
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 41
144. i*. He reported the same things 'that we had often
heafaoefore. f 2. He wrote to Pyrrhus about those l towns
that were without a garrison. 3. With a few horses which
they had seized they quickly withdrew from the camp.
4. Those ambassadors to whom the allies had given money
were suddenly recalled and arrested. 2 5. I have the same
opinion about this man that I have always had. 6. The
grain that the Romans were waiting for had been destroyed
by the allies. 7. The Romans, however, 3 were prepared to
win over the allies and renew the
ROMULUS
LESSON XXI
V
145. Interrogative Pronoun. The interrogative pronoun
quis, who f which f what ? is declined like the relative pro-
noun qul, except that it has two forms, quis and qul, for
the masculine nominative singular, and two, quid and quod,
for the neuter nominative and accusative singular (section
486).
The interrogative pronoun may be used as an adjective
(except the forms quis and quid); the forms qul and quod
and the feminine singular are regularly used only as adjec-
tives : quis ? who ? qui vir ? what man ? quae f emina ? what
woman? quid? what? quod oppidum? what town?
1 The demonstrative that* those, when used merely to introduce the
relative, is to be rendered by is, not ille.
** revocati et comprehensi sunt. As in English, the auxiliary is expressed
with only one of the verbs.
1 Autem cannot stand first in a sentence or clause.
42 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
146. Vocabulary
quis, who f which f what ? contra, prep, with ace., against.
barbarus, barbarian. contradict.
conloquium, conference, colloquial. pro, prep, with abl., in front of, be-
litterae (pl.)> despatch, letter. fore] in place of, for. pronoun.
cogo, cogere, coegi, coactum, collect ; also compel, cogent.
dlco, dlcere, dixi, dictum, say, speak, contradict.
postulo, postulate, postulavi, postulatum, demand.
quaero, quaerere, quaesm, quaesitum, ask, inquire.
Exercises
147. /i. Barbari in conloquio contra imperium Romanum
dfxerunt. 2. Legatus autem iis copiis quas subito coegerat
Gallos vicit et fugavit. 3. Quae copiae pro castris relictae
sunt? 4^ Socios coegit id frumentum mittere quod antea
postulaverat. 5. Quid pro frumento dabo ? 6. Quos
populos ill! legati Romanorum conciliaverunt ? 7. Quod
oppidum Romulus condidit? 8. Quid in ils litterls quas ad
Pyrrhum misistl de illls elephantis scripseras ? 9. Eadem
in sententia maneo in qua semper fui. 10. Num de hoc
consilio desperas ? 1 1. Quis fuit ille vir qul quidem patria
expulsus est, sed postea revocatus est? 12. Qui amlcus
amlcum non amat ?
X
148. i. Tribunes, however, were elected in place of the
decemvirs, who were then arrested. 2. Whom do you fear ?
3. Against whose rule was the war waged? 4. What
nations renewed their friendship with the Romans ? 5.^. Did
the barbarians demand the same things about which-'we had
spoken in the conference? /D.J About whose character did
you inquire ? 7. Frequent ctespatches had been sent con-
cerning those troops that were being collected among the
Gauls. 8. Which horse was selected ?
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 43
LESSON XXII
149. Future Perfect Indicative. Learn the future perfect
indicative, active and passive, of am6, mone5, rego, and audifl
(sections 489, 490) ; and the future perfect indicative of sum
(section 493).
Notice that the future perfect active is formed as if by add-
ing the future of sum to the perfect stem, and that the future
perfect passive is made up of the perfect passive participle
and the future of sum. But the third person plural in the
active ends in erint, not erunt.
Exercises
150. Inflect in the future perfect active voc6, dele6, condQ,
and veniO ; in the future perfect passive creo, video, vincO, and
reperi5.
151. i. ero, revocavero, revocatus ero. 2. eras, prohibu-
eras, prohibitus eras. 3. dederat, llberat. 4. venerit,
reperit. 5. repperit, reppererit 6. m5veratis, desperatis,
7. vlderitis, quaeritis. 8. vlcerunt, victl erunt. 9. move-
rint, moverunt. 10. erunt, fuerint. n. videris, vlderis,
videberis. 12. defenderis, 1 defenderis.
152. i. I shall have, I shall have been. 2. he had been,
he had. 3. we had ceased, we had had. 4. we shall have
written, we had written. 5. he had come, they had been
defeated. 6. they will have been, they will have been set
free. 7. you will have reigned, you will have been fright-
ened. 8. you are excelling, you will have excelled. 9. she
had been sent, it will have been surrounded.
1 Translate this in two ways.
44 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
153. Vocabulary
servus, slave, servile. ad, 1 prep, with ace., near, at.
supplicium, punishment, penalty. si, conj., if.
reliquus, adj., the remaining, the rest nisi, conj., if not, unless, except,
of. [relinquo], sine, prep, with abl., 'without.
armd, armare, armavi, armatum, arm. [arma] .
cogito, cogitare, cogitavi, cogitatum, consider; also intend, cogitation.
c5nstituo, c5nstituere, constitui, constitutum, station, fix, determine, con-
stitution.
Exercises
154. i. Cogitamus eos servos armare quos conciliaverimus.
2. Si reliquae copiae coactae erunt, bellum contra barbaros
sine magno perlculo renovabimus. 3. Pro his iniuriis sup-
plicium constituemus. 4. Quis eas litteras videbit quas
scripserimus ? 5. In hoc conloquio de litteris quaeslvl.
6. Quod consilium cogitas ? 7. Nisi idoneum equum rep-
perero, hie manebo. 8. Si conloquium petent, non sine
perlculo venietis. 9. Non veniemus nisi cum praesidio.
155. Future Tenses in Subordinate Clauses. Notice that in sen-
tence 7 reppererO, / shall have found, may be translated I find. When
both the principal and the subordinate verb represent future actions,
English regularly uses the present in the subordinate clause, but Latin
requires the more exact future or future perfect.
156. i. Unless you prevent, 2 they will arm the slaves.
2. Then they will demand aid from 3 their allies. 3. The
rest of the slaves were suddenly arrested at the gate. 4-yIf,
however, the barbarians burn 2 the grain, where shall yoirsta-
tion the troops? 5. The place which had been selected
1 This is the same word that is translated to when used with a verb
expressing motion.
2 See section 155. 8 ab.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 45
was near Rome. 6. The remaining troops were quickly
collected. 7. We have determined to wage war with the
Gauls. 8. They are said to have a great number of horses.
LESSON XXIII
157. Third Declension : Masculine and Feminine Nouns
with Genitive Plural in urn
hiema cSnsul arbor
winter consul tree
SINGULAR ....miqap
hiems consul arbor a or none
GEN, hiemis consults arboria is
DAT, hieml consull arborl I
hiemem consulem arborem em
hieme consule arbore e
PLURAL
NOML hiemBs consults arborSs 6s
GEN. hiemum consul um arborum um
JL^AT. hiemibus consulibua arboribua ibua
Ace. hiemfis consul 6s arborSs 6s
ABL. hiemibus consulibua arboribua ibus
158. Case-Endings. Notice that in this declension also,
as in the first and the second, the dative and the ablative
plural have the same ending. This is true of all declensions.
What is the ending of these cases in the first and second
declensions ?
159. Gender. Nouns of all three genders are found in
the third declension, and the gender of any noun of this
declension must be learned with the noun.
46 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
160. Vocabulary
agger, m., agger, a mound used in hiems, f., winter.
military operations. mulier, f., woman.
arbor, f., tree. dum, conj., while.
career, m., prison, incarcerate. iterum, adv., again, a second time
consul, m., consul, chief magistrate reiterate.
of Rome. primus, adj., first, [pro].
Hannibal, m., Hannibal, a famous
Carthaginian general.
Exercises
161. Like arbor, decline agger, career, and mulier.
162. '\. Dum illl prlmi consules imperium obtinent (see
j6j), bellum contra Romanes gessit. 2. Tandem ii servi,
qui in carcere per hiemem manserant, Hberatl sunt. 3. Quid
in conloquio de illis mulieribus dictum est? 4./Dum haec 1
in oppido geruntur, Roman! aggerem paraverunt. 5. Tan-
dem propter magnum periculum pueros mulieresque armare
constituerunt. 6. Si hac in silva copias constitueris, his
magnis arboribus defendentur. 7. I lias litteras a consule
iterum postulat. 8. Dum reliquae 2 Hannibalis copiae
coguntur, hiems appropinquabat. 9. Dum in carcere sum,
de supplicio saepe quaeslvl. 10. Tribuni pro consulibus
creati sunt.
163. Present Indicative with dum. The present indicative is
used with dum, while, even when a past action is represented ; it
must then be translated by the past.
--/'
164. ' i . Whose troops will remain near the town ? 2. You
will not capture the first town without an agger. 3. What
town of Italy did Hannibal attack? 4. This is the town
1 Compare ea, section 142, sentence 2. a See section 82.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 47
which Hannibal attacked. 5. The trees about which you
inquire are in front of the prison. 6. We intend to remain
under this tree. 7. While these things were going on, 1 the
Romans seized the camp of the Gauls with the women 2 and
children. 8. The despatch announced the victory of the
consuls. 9. While the consul was hastening into Italy, the
lieutenant defeated the barbarians a second time. 10. Un-
less you come 3 without arms, they will not remain in the
conference.
ROMAN
LESSON XXIV
165. Third Declension : Masculine and Feminine Nouns
with Genitive Plural in urn (continued)
Learn the declension of dux, leader; rex, king; palus,
swamp ; and virtus, bravery (section 459).
Notice that final c and g of the stem unite with the ending
s to form x in the nominative singular and that final d and t
of the stem are dropped before s.
166. Learn the declension of centurio, centurion ; homo,
man; miles, soldier; and ^9^1^ father (section 45 9).
Notice that the stem does not clearly appear in the nomina-
tive singular of these words. It is necessary, therefore, to
learn not only the nominative singular and the gender of
third-declension nouns, but their genitive singular as well.
1 Compare section 162, sentence 4.
2 Notice how women and children is expressed in section 162, sentence 5.
8 See section 155.
48 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
167. Vocabulary
centuriS, centurionis, m., centurion, pax, pads, f., peace, pacify.
a Roman military officer. rex, rggis, m., king. [rego].
dux, duels, m., leader, commander. aSditio, seditidnis, f., sedition, insur-
[duco]. rection.
homo, hominis, m. and f., human suspicid, suspicionis, f., suspicion.
being, man. homicide- virtus, virtutis, f., bravery -, valor.
16x, legis, f., law. legal. [vir].
miles, militis, m., soldier, military. postquam, conj M after, [post],
palus, paludis, f., swamp, marsh. ubi, 1 conj., when.
pater, patris, m., father; patres
(pi.), senators, paternal.
Exercises
-" -- \^
168.) i. Rex expulsus cst, cuius in locum consules creati
sunt. 2. Ubi servi comprehensi sunt, noti in carcerem sed
ad supplicium ducti sunt. 3. Ubi hoc proelium legato nun-
tiatum est, castra movere constituit. 4.^-Oppidum aggere op-
pugnare cogitabamus. 5. Hie fuerant crebrae arbores.
6. Itaque centuriones idoneos homines delegerint. 7. Ubi
legatus appropinquavit, puerl mulieresque ex muro pacem ab
Romanis petierunt. 8. Dum consul reliquos milites armat,
Hannibal copias per paludes duxit. 9. Nam Hannibal fuit
magni consill et virtutis. 10. Postquam miseri homines
seditionem moverunt, 2 patres pacem iterum petierunt.
11. Turn iniuriae et suspiciones populum incendebant
12. Hae leges an tea a decemviris scriptae erant.
169. Perfect Indicative with postquam and ubi. Notice that
the perfect indicative is used with postquam and ubi in clauses ex-
pressing time. In this use it may often be translated by the past
perfect.
1 This is the same word that has already been given as an adverb
meaning where.
a stirred up.
BRUTUS
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 49
170. i. After the king had been driven out, consuls were
elected. 2. Unless winter prevents, 1 I shall come. 3. When
the first news came, the commander gave up his plan. 2
* The centurion was arrested by the commander on account
of a suspicion of insurrection. 5. When winter came, the
soldiers remained near the marshes without great danger.
6. Among the Gauls the women are of remarkable bravery.
7. After the men 3 had been killed, the women defended the
camp from the Romans. 8. If the senators give the new
laws which we demand, there will be peace and friendship in
place of suspicion and sedition.
THE EARLY REPUBLIC
Postquam Tarquinil expulsi sunt, consules pro regibus
creatl sunt, L. lunius Brutus et L. Tarquinius Collatinus.
Collatlnus autem in suspicionem venit. Nam appellabatur
Tarquinius. Itaque Romanl hunc virum expulerunt, cuius in
locum P. 4 Valerius Publicola consul creatus est. Brutus in 5
bello a fili5 L. Tarquinl Superbi occlsus est. Pater patriae
appellatur.
Postea propter multas patrum iniurias seditio mota est
Multi milites ex oppido excesserunt atque castra aggere fos-
jaque munlverunt. Hie diu manserunt. Patres terrebantur ; 10
nam sine ils qu! excesserant bella gerere non parati erant.
Itaque pacem petierunt et plebem 6 sic conciliaverunt : tribunl
sunt creati, qui plebem ab iniuriis patrum defendebant.
Tamen multae iniuriae manserunt. Tandem clarl viri sunt
delectl, qui appellabantur decemviri, in 6 his Appius Claudius. 15
1 See section 155. a See section 132, sentence 12.
8 Vir, not homo, is used for man as distinguished from woman.
4 The abbreviation for Publius.
6 plibs, plebis, f., the common people, the plebeians. 6 among.
50 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Imperium pro consulibus obtinebant et leges scripserunt
Appius Claudius Verglniam, filiam centurionis, amabat ac
per insidias comprehendere 1 cogitabat. Filiam pater occldit;
turn milites ad seditionem movit. Sic decemviri sunt
5 expulsi.
M. 2 Furius Camillus, qul Veios 3 expugnaverat, propter sus-
picidnes patrifi expulsus est. Postea tamen patriam servavit.
Nam Gallos, quos Roman! semper timebant, bello superavit.
Galli copias Romanorum ad Alliam vicerant ct Romam occu-
lopaverant. Turn subito Camillus, qul in patriam revocatus
erat, magnis cum copiis ad oppidum pervenit Gall5rum
copias proelio vlcit et delevit.
Erant in Italia multa Graecorum oppida, quae imperium
popull RomanI timebant. Haec oppicla a Pyrrho, rege Epirl,
15 auxilium petierunt, qul in Italiam cum magnis copiis ele-
phantlsque multis venit. Contra hunc regem missus est
P. Valerius Lacvinus consul. Pyrrhus Romanes elephantls
vicit. Tamen RomanI non desperaverunt neque pacem peti-
erunt. Legatos de captivis ad regem miserunt, in his C. 4
20 Fabricium. Hunc clarum virum Pyrrhus pecunia temptavit.
Fabricius autem non motus est ; nam erat magnae iustitiae.
Bellum est renovatum et multos per annos gestum. Roman!
quidem pro patria pugnabant. Tandem regem superaverunt
atque ex Italia expulerunt.
1 Verglniam is the object of this verb as well as of amabat, but we must
say in English to seize her.
2 The abbreviation for Marcus.
8 Many names of towns are plural in Latin.
4 The abbreviation for Gaius.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
LESSON XXV
171. Third Declension : Neuter Nouns
with Genitive Plural in um
nomeii
name
NOM. nomen
GEN. nominlfl
DAT. nominl
ACC. nomen
ABL. nomine
NOM. nomina
GEN. nominum
DAT. nominibuB
ACC. nomina
ABL. no minibus
genus
race
SINGULAR
genus
generis
generl
genus
gen ere
PLURAL
genera
generum
generibus
genera
generibus
ENDINGS
none
.is
I
none
e
a
um
ibus
a
ibua
172.
Vocabulary
corpus, corporis, n., body, incor- magnitude, magnitudinis, f., great-
p orate. ness, size, [magnus] .
flumen, fluminis, n., river, fluid. nomen, nominis, n., name, nomi-
genus, generis, n., race; also kind. native,
general. opus, operis, n., work, cooperate.
iter, itineris, n., march; also route, potestas, potestatis, f., power.
itinerary. potent.
et . . . et, both . . . and.
Exercises
173. Decline corpus, flumen, iter, and opus.
174. i. Romulus fuit magnus et in bello et in pace.
2. Gall! Romanes magnitudine (see 175) corporum superant
52 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
3. Hannibal dum 1 apud regem est, in susplcidnem venit
4. Postquam mllites ad flumen pervenerunt, f uga destiterunt.
5. Hoc oppidum Gallorum Roman! operibus circumdabant.
6. Centurio et animo et corpore miser esse dicitur. 7. Dux
erat egregia virtute. 8. Dux erat egregius virtute.
9. Romanum genus semper fuit prlmum et virtute et po-
testate. 10. PaucI homines in illls locls iter Hannibalis im-
pediebant. 11. Pater huius mulieris erat Romanus nomine,
genere barbarus.
175. Ablative of Respect. The ablative magnitudine in sen-
tence 2 tells in what respect the Gauls surpass the Romans, and is to
be translated with in.
Consider carefully the ablatives in sentences 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and n ;
and determine in what construction each is used.
176. i. He is consul, not in name but in power. 2. When
this news came, the senators feared an insurrection. 3. I
was arrested a second time and remained in prison through
the winter. 4. A work of this kind the Romans called an
a g& er - 5- We had determined to come to the river by the
same route, but were prevented by the size of the marsh.
6. You are said to excel the rest of the soldiers in bravery.
7. The soldiers found the body of the leader near the trees,
where he had been killed. 8. The Roman race excelled
the Greeks both in laws and in arms.
1 while Hannibal, not Hannibal while. When a Latin sentence begins
with a subordinate clause whose subject is also the subject of the principal
clause, this word is regularly put first.
ROMAN SWOKU
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 53
LESSON XXVI
177. Third Conjugation : Verbs in id. Learn the indica-
tive, active and passive, of capi5, take (section 491).
Capifl and some other verbs in iO have ere in the present
infinitive active and are put in the third conjugation. Notice,
however, that their forms are the same as those of verbs
of the fourth conjugation in the first person singular and the
third person plural of the present indicative and throughout
the past and future indicative. These forms are those in
which the i is followed by another vowel.
178. Vocabulary
causa, -ae, 1 f., cause, reason. prlstinus, adj., former* old-time.
cupiditas, cupiditatis, f., desire. [primus].
[cupio]. de, 2 prep, with abl., down from,
timor, timdris, n\.,fear. [timeo]. from, depress.
capio, capere, cepi, captum, take, capture, [captivus] .
accipid, accipere, accepi, acceptum, receive, [ad -f capiO] .
cupio, cupere, cupivi, cupltum, desire, wish, [cupiditas].
facio, facere, fed, factum, do, make, factory.
retineS, rctinere, rctinui, retentum, retain. [obtineS].
vlt6, vitare, vltavi, vitatum, avoid, inevitable.
Exercises
179. i. caperis, duceris, moveris. 2. ceperis, capieris.
3. facit, fecit. 4. faciebam, faciam, feceram. 5. vides,
capies, retinebis. 6. quaeres, reperies. 7. ceperant, pro-
perant. 8. capere, capiere, cepere. 9. fecistis, facitis.
10. impediebantur, capiebantur, occldebantur. n. ceperunt,
gerunt 12. venis, accipis. 13. venltis, accipitis. 14. im-
pedlmini, capiminl.
1 This is the ending of the genitive singular. It is given to show to
which declension the noun belongs.
a This is the same word that has already been given with the meaning
about* concerning.
54 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
180. i. you take, you hear. 2. it is taken, it is heard.
3. they are leading, they are taken. 4. they will make,
they will send. 5. you will he heard, you will be taken.
6. he was sending, I was receiving. 7. to make, to hear,
to guide, to advise. 8. we desire, we are fortifying.
9. we are being impeded, we are being captured.
181. i. Ubi barbarl cum nuntium acceperunt, timore belli
terrcbantur. 2. Postquam magnitudinem operum viderunt
quibus circumdatT erant, novum consilium ceperunt 1 ac pacem
petierunt. 3. l)e oppidis in ea loca demigrabunt quae
flumine paludibusque rnuniuntur. 4. Hie locus nomen cepit
ex proelio quod ibi factum est. 2 5. Ea de causa 3 memoriam
prlstinae virtutis retinere debemus. 6. Nisi integer es et
corpore et animo, hoc facere non debes. 7. Tribunus cen-
turioncs militesque cupiditate seditionis 4 incendebat. 8. Est
in hominibus eius generis magna cupiditas pecuniae.
9. Nonne hanc suspicionem vltare cupis ?
182. i. We wish to do this, but are prevented by the laws.
2. He is a king in his desire for 6 power, a woman in his
fear of danger. 3. Will the leader receive the plunder
which has been taken ? 4. For 6 the same reason new
plans were formed. 7 5. The father retained the memory
of his former valor. 6. He freed his country from the old-
time fear of the Gauls. 7. He was arrested on account of
a suspicion of treachery. 8. Men of this kind always de-
sire to avoid danger.
1 took, that informed. 2 was made, that is was fought.
8 from this cause * that is for this reason.
4 The genitive is here best translated with for, as often when it would
become the object, if the noun or adjective which it modifies were changed
to a verb expressing the same idea (they desired an insurrection).
6 See section 181, sentence 7. 6 See section 181? sentence 5.
7 See section 181, sentence 2.
AN INTRODVCl 1O.\ TO LATIN
55
LESSON XXVII
183. Third Declension: Masculine and Feminine Nouns
with Genitive Plural in ium
hostia
enemy
NOM. hostia
GEN. hostis
DAT. hostl
ACC. hostem
ABL. hoste
NOM.
GEN.
DAT.
ACC.
ABL.
hostfis
hostium
hostibus
hostis or hostSs
hostibus
urbs
city
SINGULAR
urbs
urbis
urbl
urbem
urbe
PLURAL
urbCs
urbium
urbibus
urbis or urb6s
urbibus
is or a
is
I
em
a
8s
ium
ibus
Is or 6s
ibus
184. Case-Endings. In what cases do the endings of thesei
words differ from those of hiems ?
1185.
Vocabulary
eo, adv., to that place, thither, [is] .
extra, prep, with ace., outside of.
[ex],
iam, adv., already.
civitas, clvitatis, f., state, civil.
classis, classis, i., fleet.
hostis, hostis, m., enemy, hostile.
navis, navis, 1 f., ship, vessel, naval.
urbs, urbis, f., city, urban.
ceteri, ceterae, cetera, pi. adj., the
other.
deduce, deducere, deduxi, deductum, lead down, lead away, withdraw ; also
bring. [de + duc5].
desero, deserere, deserui, desertum, desert.
trad5, tradere, tradidi, traditum, hand over, surrender, tradition.
1 The ablative singular of this word often has the ending i : navi.
56 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Exercises
186. Like hostis, decline classis and navis.
187. i. Eo hostium 1 copiae eodem itinere deductae sunt.
2. Galll propter magnitudinem operum Romandrum despe-
raverant atque oppidum tradiderant. 3. Milites ex urbibus
deducentur. 4. Eo milites iam iter f ecerant. 2 5. Postquam
nuntium de hostium classe acceperunt, proelium vitare c5n-
stituerunt. 6. Non sine causa ducem deserimus. 7. Extra
hanc civitatem urbes murls carebant. 8. Ceterae civitates
in potestatem popull Roman! venire cupiebant. 9. Hostes
arma navisque iam tradiderant.
188. i. While these things were going on 3 in the city, the
ships of the enemy were seen to be approaching. 2. On
account of fear the enemy had suddenly deserted the fleet.
3. Th^jrjvere already outside of the city, and were marching 4
to the river. 4. The other vessels of this kind were cap-
tured. 5. For this reason he desired to retain his former
power. 6. He is remarkable both in body and in mind.
7. Desire for 6 power and for a great name brought the man
into this danger. 8. They hastened thither by forced 6
marches. 9. After the city was taken, the arms were sur-
rendered.
1 The enemy, as a military term, is generally expressed in Latin by the
plural of hostis. 2 had made a march^ that is had marched.
8 See section 162, sentence 4. 4 See section 187, sentence 4.
5 See page 54, foot-note 4. 6 Use magnus, great.
ROMAN STANDARDS
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
57
LESSON XXVIII
189. Third Declension : Neuter Nouns
with Genitive Plural in turn
Insigne
decoration
NOM. Insigne
GEN. insignia
DAT. Insignl
ACC. Insigne .*
ABL. Insignl
animal
animal
calcar
spur
SINGULAR
animal calcar
animalis calcaris
animall calcarl
animal calcar
animall calcarl
ENDINGS
e or none
is
I
e or none
I
PLURAL
NOM.
Insignia
animalia
calcaria
ia
GEN.
Insignium
animalium
calcarium
ium
DAT.
Insignibus
animalibus
calcaribus
ibu
ACC.
Insignia
animalia
calcaria
ia
ABL.
Insignibus
animalibus
calcaribus
ibuft
190. Case-Endings. In what cases do the endings of these
words differ from those of hostis? From those of nOmen?
191. Nouns with Genitive Plural in ium. The following
classes of third-declension nouns have their genitive plural in
ium :
1. Masculine and feminine nouns having no more syllables
in the genitive singular than in the nominative 1 : hostis,
hostis.
2. Masculine and feminine nouns having two consonants
before the ending of the genitive singular: urbs, urbis;
mdns, montis.
3. Neuter nouns in e, al, and ar : Insigne, animal, calcar.
1 Pater is an exception. See section 459.
58 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
192. Vocabulary
animal, animalis, n., animal. mors, mortis, f., death, mortal.
calamitas, calamit&tis, f., disaster. nihil, indeclinable noun, n., nothing.
calcar, calcaris, n., spur. annihilate.
civis, civis, 1 m. and f.,#/>*#,/^//w- vis, vis, 2 f., force, violence; vlrgs
citizen, [civitas]. (p\.), strength.
insigne, insignia, n., decoration; in- inter, prep, with ace., between,
signia (pi.), insignia f among, intervene.
mare, maris, n., sea. marine. ita, adv., in this way, thus, so. [is].
m5ns, mentis, m., mountain. primum, adv.,yrj/. [primus].
premo, premere, pressi, pressum, press, press hard, overwhelm.
suscipio, suscipere, suscepi, susceptum, undertake, [sub -f capio] .
Exercises
193. Decline civis, m6ns, mors, and vis.
194. I. In hoc marl Roman! magnam calamitatem acce-
perunt. 8 2. Ea civitas illlus pristinae calamitatis memo
riam semper retinebit. 3. Nihil sine auxilio civium faciet.
4. ,-Multae naves de hac classe vi maris premuntur. 5. Hostes
primum copias ab oppido deduxerunt, deinde bellum susce-
perunt. 6. Nihil nisi haec calcaria invenl. 7. Cetera
animalia, quae in montibus non capta erant, fuga mortem
vitaverunt. 8. Vires eorum hominum qui eo venerant in-
tegrae erant. 9. Si cupis, ita faciam. 10. Consul! haec
insignia imperi a civibus dabantur.
195. i. Concerning the death of those who had underta.ken
the war he spoke thus. 2. First we took by force the towns
which are between the mountains and the sea. 3. The
soldiers' desire for 4 plunder was the cause of the disaster.
citizens were ready to desert their leaders and sur-
1 The ablative singular is cive or civi. Compare navis.
2 Learn the declension of this word, which is irregular (section 463).
8 received, that is suffered. * See page 54, foot-note 4.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 59
render the city. 5. Outside of the city we were already
pressed hard by the enemy's troops. 6. He had received
these decorations from the commander. 7. I said nothing
about the spurs which I had found among the Gauls.
8. You desired to undertake the war, but the fear of disaster
prevented.
LESSON XXIX
196. Personal Pronouns. Learn the declension of ego, /,
and tu, you (section 48 1 ).
-V
197. Personal Use of is. Latin has no personal pronoun
of TKe third person, but the demonstrative is is used instead.
When so used, it should be translated as follows :
SINGULAR
MASC. FEM. NEUT.
NOM. is, he. ea, she. id, it.
GEN. eius, his. . Sius, her. eius, its.
DAT. ei, him. ei, her. ei, it.
ACC. cum, him. earn, her. id, it.
ABL. eo, him. ea, her. e5, it.
PLURAL
NOM. ii or ei, they. cae, they. ea, they.
GEN. corum, their. earum, their. corum, their*
DAT. iis or els, them. ils or eis, them. iis or els, them.
ACC. cos, them. eas, them. ca, them.
ABL. ils or els, them. iis or els, them. iis or els, them.
JLflflL Omission of Subject. The nominative of the personal
pronouns is used only for emphasis or contrast : tu es liber,
ego sum servus, you are free, I am a slave. Otherwise th6
subject is sufficiently indicated by the personal ending of the
verb: sum servus, I am a slave; pugnabfttis, you were
fighting.
60 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
199. Possessive Adjectives. Corresponding to the per-
sonal pronouns, there are four possessive adjectives : meus,
my; noster, our; tuus, yottr(oi a single possessor); vester,
your (of more than one possessor). The possessives are
adjectives of the first and second declensions, and are de-
clined like bonus and integer. Like other adjectives, they
agree in gender, number, 1 and case with the noun they
modify. They normally follow the noun.
The possessive adjectives are generally used only for em-
phasis or contrast, or where the meaning would not be clear
without them : patrem tuum vidit, he saw your father.
200. Vocabulary
ego, /; n6s (pi.), we. egotist. multitudd, multitudinis, f., great
meus, my, mine. number, number, [multus].
noster, our, ours. pars, partis, f., part.
tfl,jwj*; v5s (pl.Xjwa. salus, salutis, f., safety, salutary.
tuus, your, yours. eti&nj, ad v. , even . [et -f iam] .
Tester, your, yours. ndn^iam, no longer.
redd5, reddere, reddidi, redditum, give back* restore. [d5]. *
remittd, remittere, remisi, remissum, send back, return, [mitto].
traducd, traducere, traduxi, traductum, lead across, bring over, [ducd] .
Exercises
201. Decline together pars nostra, cGnsilium tuum, ager
noster, pater vester, and opus meum.
202. i. Primum a nobls, deinde a ceteris civitatibus bellum
susceptum est. 2. VI maris terrebamur, atque etiam mortem
exspectabamus. 3. Dux a classe revocatus est, neque ad
earn 2 postea remissus est. 4. Magnam multitudinem
1 Notice that the number of a possessive adjective is not determined by
the number of possessors denoted by it, but by the number of the noun
which it modifies: amicus noster, our friend; amlcl mel, my friends.
2 We say /7, but the Latin has earn, her, because classis is feminine.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 6 1
clvium meorum in insulam vestram traducam. 5. Nostri 1
in hac montium parte a multitudine hostium iam premuntur.
6. Legatl ad eum miss! erant, prim! 3 civitatis. 7. Ea
calcaria quae accepisti mihi reddes. 8. Inter eos erat nihil
amlcitiae. 2 9. Magna pars hostium post eius mortem fuga
salutem petiit.
203. i. The consul is anxious about the safety of the
citizens. 2. A large part of the city had already been
deserted, but nothing was found there by our men. 8
3 Thither he brought the soldiers ; then he stationed them
outside of the city. 4. I have brought over the rest of 4
my troops, and shall leave them in your camp. 5. Their
ships will not be sent back to us; for there is great danger in
our sea. 6. After this disaster nothing of the former power
was restored to the state. 7. I shall surrender to you even
these insignia of power; for I am no longer your consul.
8. The strength of these animals is remarkable. 9. He
ought not thus to wound you, who are 6 his friends and love
him.
THE FIRST PUNIC WAR
Clarum iam erat nomen urbis Romae, tamen bellum extra
Italiam non gestum erat. Prlmum in Sicilia bellum contra
Poenos a Romanls susceptum est. E5 R5mani magnas
copias traduxerunt ac regem Syracusarum vicerunt et Poenos,
1 The masculine plural of an adjective is often used as a substantive
(that is, with the construction of a noun), and may then generally be
translated with men: nostri, our men\ prim!, the first men. Compare
English the poor.
2 nothing of friendship^ that is no friendship.
8 Omit. 4 See section 154, sentence 2.
6 Notice that a verb which has a relative pronoun for its subject agrees
in person with the antecedent of the relative.
62 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATWJL
qui magnam partem eius insulae occupaverant. Turn primum
Roman! in marl pugnaverunt. Dullius consul multas navis
cepit aut delevit et magnum hostium numerum occidit. Qua l
victoria animus Romanorum auctus est.
5 Post paucos annos in Africam copiae Romanorum missae
sunt. Hamilcar, Karthaginiensium dux, qui magnum nu-
merum navium coegerat, cum classe Romana pugnavit at-
que fugatus est. Ubi Roman! in Africam venerunt, multis
proeliis Karthaginiensis vicerunt, 2 multa oppida conciliave-
10 runt. Tandem Karthaginienses pacem a R5manis petierunt.
Ubi M. Atilius Regulus, dux Romanorum, pacem cum iis non
fecit, auxilium a Graecis petierunt. Graeci Xanthippum
miserunt, qui Regulum magn5 proelio vicit. Mult! Roman!
occisT sunt, Regulus captus est.
15 Postea tamen fortuna Karthaginiensis deseruit. Itaque hi
Regulum cum legatis de pace et de iis captivis quos Roman!
retinebant ad urbem Romam miserunt. Regulus ad patres
vocatus est et ita dixit : " Si pacem facietis et Poenis captivos
reddetis, ego hac in urbe manebo; si captivos retinebitis,
20 Poeni me postulabunt. Sic constitiitum est. Ego autem in
potestatem hostium veni, qua de causa non iam civis Romanus
sum. Poeni calamitate periculoque premuntur, de vict5ria
desperant, nihil nisi pacem ac salutem cogitant. Itaque non
pacem cum iis facere captlvosque reddere, sed me ad eos
5 remittere et bellum renovare debetis." Haec sententia supe-
ravit. Captivi retenti sunt. Regulus ad hostis remissus est,
id quod 3 postulaverat, ac suppliciis occisus est. Haec f uit
clara ilia Reguli mors.
1 Do not translate literally by which^ but by this. Latin often uses the
relative pronoun to introduce a sentence, where a demonstrative or per-
sonal pronoun is required in English.
2 English usage often requires and where no conjunction is used in
Latin.
8 that which, that is as.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 63
Tandem ubi classis a Romanls magno proelio deleta est,
PoenI iterum pacem petierunt, quae iis data est. Romanis
captlvos reddiderunt ac Sicilian! ceterasque Insulas quae inter
Italiam et Sicilian! sunt tradiderunt.
LESSON XXX
204. Reflexive Pronoun. Learn the declension of sul,
.H^X section 482).
Notice that sul has no nominative, and that the same
forms are used for all genders and for both numbers.
205. Intensive Pronoun. Learn the declension of ipse,
self( section 484).
Notice that ipse is declined like ille and iste, except for the
neuter nominative and accusative singular.
206. Vocabulary
sui, set/; himself, herself, itself, frater, fratris, 1 m., brother. fra-
themsehes ; him, her, it, them. tern a/.
suus, poss. adj., /it's (own), her legatio, legationis, f., embassy, [le-
(own), its (own), their (own). gatus].
ijpe 9 se/f; myself , you} self , himself , legio, legionis, f., legion, a division
herself, itself, etc. ; sometimes of the Roman army.
very. obses, obsidis, m., hostage.
adulescens, adulescentis, m., young responsum, -I, n., reply, answer.
man, youth, adolescence. responsible.
auctdritas, auctoritatis, f., influence, interim, adv., in the meantime,
authority. meanwhile, [inter] .
dimitto, dlmittere, dimisi, d!missum ? send about ; also send away, dismiss*
[mitt6].
perturbo, perturbare, perturbavi, perturbatum, throw into confusion, per-
turbation .
1 Frater, like pater, has the genitive plural in urn.
64 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Exercises
207. i. Huius legionis milites, quorum vires non iam inte*
grae erant, ab hostibus premebantur; tamen se defendebant.
2. Etiam nos ipsae calamitate vestra perturbatae sum us.
3. Itaque eius frater legationem a se sine response dimisit.
4. Interim adulescens de fratre suo eiusque salute timebat.
5. Tune ipse hanc legationem suscipies ? 6. Ceteros lega-
tos dlmittet, me autem secum l retinebit. 7. Interim earn
ipsam legionem quam secum habebat ad montem duxit.
8. Obsides qu! redditi erant magnae auctoritatis inter suos
clvls erant. 9. Ego ipse tibi haec calcaria do. 10. Ipse
me 2 ab tills animalibus ita defend!.
208. Use of Reflexive Pronoun. Notice that s& in sentence i
denotes the same persons as militSs, and that sS in sentence 3 de-
notes the same person as frater. The reflexive pronoun is regularly
used, instead of is, to refer to a subject in the third person. In
sentence 3, for example, s5 must be translated him, as e6 would be ;
but if e6 had been used, it would refer to the person denoted by
6ius, not to frater.
< W F" i
209. Use of Intensive Pronoun. Notice that ipsae in sentence 2
emphasizes, or intensifies, n5s (we ourselves) ; that ipsam in sentence
7 emphasizes legiOnem (that legion itself, that very legion) \ and that
ipse in sentence 10 emphasizes the unexpressed subject (I myself).
The English words himself, herself, itself, themselves are sometimes
reflexive and sometimes intensive ; and their Latin equivalent is
therefore sometimes sui and sometimes ipse.
210. Use of si/i/s. Notice that su5 afid eius in sentence 4 are
both translated his ; but that su5 refers to adulsc8ns, the subject of
1 Translate as if it were cum se. When the preposition cum is used
with a personal, reflexive, or relative pronoun, it follows and is joined to
the pronoun.
2 / myself defended me, that is / defended myself.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 65
the sentence, while 6ius refers to frStre. Suus is the possessive ad-
jective corresponding to the reflexive pronoun sui.
211. . i. By his influence he won over to himself 1 a great
number of the young men and prevented their insurrection.
2t First they armed themselves against those states that
were near. 3. Then I sent away from me this very em-
bassy. 4. Meanwhile through 2 his influence the hostages
were sent back into their own country. 5. The soldiers
whom 1 was bringing over with 3 me were frightened by the
violence of the sea. 6. Our centurions themselves will be
thrown into confusion by the great number 4 and the courage
of the enemy. 7. The soldiers of this legion are leaving
the decorations which they have received. 8. I have heard
nothing concerning the reply which your brother gave to the
embassy at that time. 9. After the death of their leader
they had made peace_jwith us.
Vfe***. 1 *-- 1 - /J ** t '' '"*" J- L-vO
/LESSON , XXXI
V '
212. Third Declension : Adjectives of Three Endings
Learn the declension of ace)*, sharp (section 466).
Adjectives of the third d^qlension are regularly declined
like nouns with genitive phir^f ift ikm, but they have 1 in the
ablative singular in; all genders.
Notice that the tomiTnafivjr^b^ular of Seer has a different
ending in each of the "^^g&bd&&^^
213. Third Declension : Adjectives of Two Endings
Learn the declension of omnis, all (section 467).
Notice that the nominative singular of omnis has the same
ending in the masculine and feminine genders.
1 Pative. 2 See section 106.
A * See page 64, foot-note i. 4 Use multitude.
66 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
214. Third Declension: Adjectives of One Ending
Learn the declension of ingens, enormous (section 468).
Notice that the nominative singular of ingens has the same
ending in all three genders.
215. Vocabulary
4cer, acris, acre, 1 sharp ; also active. omnis, omne, all. omnipotent.
acrid. eques, equitis, m., horseman;
audax, audacis, 1 bold, daring, au- equites (pi.)? cavalry, [equus].
dacity. pedes, peditis, m., foot-soldier;
ingens, ingentis, enormous, great. pedites (pl.)> infantry, pedes-
nobilis, nobile, well-knoum ; also of trian.
noble birth, noble. fortiter, adv., bravely, fortitude.
interficio, interficere, interfeci, intcrfectum, put to death, kill, [facio],
resists, resistere, restiti, resist.
Exercises
216. Decline together hoc audax consilium ; homd nobilis ;
hostis tuus acer; and tu, femina nObilis.
. 217. i. Ego quidem ipse pacem voblscum faciam. 2. Le-
gati omnes qui ad nos venerunt vin boni fuerunt ac nobiles.
3. Legation! quae ad Hannibalem a Romanis missa erat re-
sp5nsum non datum est. 4. Postquam Hannibal cum omni-
bus suis copiis montis superavit, 2 Romaiii eius consilils acri-
bus audacibusque terrebantur. 5. Roman! non iam legiones
suas in Africam traducere parabant, sed etiam suam patriam
portasque Romae ipsius defendere c5gebantur. 6. Paucos
adulescentls audacis e numero equitum delegcrat, iisque con-
silia sua demonstrabat. 7. Hae legiones multitudine hostium
1 Hereafter all the forms of the nominative singular of adjectives will be
given in the vocabularies. Of adjectives of one ending, the nominative and
the genitive singular will be given.
2 crossed.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 6/
perturbabantur atque cum omnibus equitibus fuga salutem
petebant. 8. Reliqui pedites fortiter resistebant neque sus-
plcionem fugae dabant. 9. N until qul in omnls partis silvae
dimissi erant a barbarls comprehensi l interfectlque sunt.
j i. You resisted long and bravely, but were defeated
by an active consul's influence. 2. The cavalry and a part
of the infantry which he had brought over with him he
sent back to his brother. 3. After this battle, in which an
enormous number of Romans had been killed, a few young
men of noble birth determined to desert Italy. 4. Mean-
while you yourself had given back all the hostages to your
allies. 5. Our men 2 saved themselves and their country
by this daring plan. 6. All were men of active mind and
uncommon bravery.
LESSON XXXII
219. Participles. Learn the participles of amfl, moneQ,
rego, audio, and capio, including the gerundive, which is some-
times called the future passive participle (sections 489, 490,
490-
Learn also the future participle of sum (section 493).
The present participle and the gerundive are formed from
the present stem of the verb, and have the endings ns and
ndus respectively. For the quantity of the vowels before
these endings, see section 4.
The neuter nominative singular of the perfect participle is
learned as one of the principal parts of the verb. The future
participle may usually be obtained from the perfect participle
by changing us to urus.
1 sunt goes with comprehensi as well as with interfectl.
2 See page 61, foot-note i.
68 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Notice that Latin has no perfect active participle and no
present passive participle.
220. Declension of Participles. Present participles are
declined like ingens, except that they have e in the ablative
singular (section 470). All other participles are declined like
bonus.
221. Future Active Participle and Gerundive with sum
The future active participle is used with a form of sum
to represent an action as about to occur or intended : moni-
turus est, he is about to advise^ is going to advise, is intending
to advise.
The gerundive is used with a form of sum to represent
an action as necessary or proper: monendus est, he is to be
advised^ must be advised, ought to be advised.
222. Vocabulary
oppugnatid, oppugnationis, f., attack, quoque, adv., also.
siege, [oppugno]. statim, adv., immediately, at once,
fere, adv., almost. instantly.
consulo, c5nsulere, cSnsului, consultum, with dat., look out for, consult.
[consilium] .
impero, imperare, imperavi, imperatum, with dat., command, rule, [imperium] .
noceo, nocere, nocui, nocitum, with dat., do harm to, injure, innocent.
persuades, persuadere, persuasi, persuasum, with dat., persuade.
studeo, studere, studul, with dat., be eager for , be devoted to. student.
Exercises
' 223, i. Nos ipsi nostris cupiditatibus (see 224) imperare de-
bemus. 2. Hannibal dux factus sociis Romanorum nociturus
erat. 3. Litterae de hac oppugnatione acceptae causa
ingentis tim5ris erant 4. Roman! suae salutl consulentes
socios deseruerant. 5. Galll Romanes ab Hannibale victos
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 69
deseruerunt ; nam amicitiae Karthaginiensium semper stude-
bant. 6. Hannibalis frater fortiter pugnans interfectus
est. 7. Interim mllites eius legionis hostibus resistebant.
8. Barbarl timore perturbati legationcs in omnis fere partis
Africae dimiserunt. 9. Nisi tibi quoque persuaserS, 1 meis
consilils audacibus statim desistam. 10. Nihil de auctdritate
est dicendum.
224. Dative with Intransitive Verbs. The dative cupiditfitibus
in sentence i is governed by imperare, an intransitive verb. In the
English expression to rule our desires the verb is transitive, and desires
is its direct object ; but we may translate imperare intransitively (rule
over our desires} . So hostibus resistSbant in sentence 7 is naturally
translated were resisting the enemv, but it is closer to the literal mean-
ing to say were standing against the enemy ; and tibi persudserd in
sentence 9 means literally make (something) agreeable to you.
Note the other intransitive verbs which govern a dative in the Latin
sentences.
225. Agreement of Participle. Notice that the participles in the
sentences above, like adjectives, agree in gender, number, and case
with the nouns they modify.
226. Translation of Participles. A literal translation of the first
clause of sentence 5 (the Gauls deserted the Romans defeated by
Hannibal) does not express the thought in idiomatic English. We
must say the Gauls deserted the Romans after they had been defeated
by Hannibal, or because they had been defeated ; or the Gauls deserted
the Romans, who had been defeated by Hannibal. A present or per-
fect participle is often best translated by a clause.
227. i. A sharp winter often injures the trees. 2. Great
forces of cavalry End infantry collected from Africa were led
into Italy. 3. Those young men of noble birth are about
1 See section 155.
7O AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
to do harm both to themselves and to their country. 4. Be-
ing eager for power, they look out for their own fortunes, not
for their country. 5. They had persuaded almost 1 all their
friends also. 2 6. We were about to give this answer to
those 8 resisting. 7. Though 4 deserted by all our allies, we
shall look out for our safety and resist the attack. 8. After
hostages had been given, the siege was immediately abandoned.
9. Having been defeated by the barbarians, the Romans no
longer rule these states.
LESSON XXXIII
228.
Fourth Declension
exercitua
army
cornfi
horn
SINGULAR
ENDINGS
RNDINGS
NOM.
exercitus
US
cornu
u
GEN.
exercittta
us
cornus
us
DAT.
excrcitul
ui
cornu
u
ACC.
exercitum
utn
cornii
u
ABL.
exercitfl
cornd
u
PLURAL
NOM.
exercitfls
US
cornu a
ua
GEN.
excrcituum
uum
cornuum
uum
DAT.
exercitibua
ibus
cornibus
ibus
ACC.
exercitiis
Os
cornua
ua
ABL.
exercitibus
ibus
cornibus
ibus
1 Fere usually follows the word it modifies.
3 Quoque, like quidem, follows the word it modifies.
8 Omit. We may say in Latin the resisting* using the participle as a
substantive. Compare English the living, and see page 61, foot-note I.
* Omit.
AN INTRODUCTION 7O LATIN J\
229. Gender. Nouns of the fourth declension ending in
us are regularly masculine ; those ending in u are neuter.
Domus, home, and manus, hand, are feminine.
230. Vocabulary
cornu, -us, n., horn ; also wing (of bene, adv., well, successfully.
an army). [bonus],
deditio, deditionis, f., surrender. inde, adv.,/>7>;;/ there.
[de+do]. numquam, adv., never.
exercitus, -us, m., army.
manus, -us, f., hand; also band,
body, manual.
efficio, efficere, effecl, effectum, bring about, accomplish, complete, [ex 4-
facio].
iubeo, iubere, iussi, iussum, order.
Exercises
231. Decline together manus mea, exercitus clarus, illud
ingens cornu.
232. i. Romanl Hannibalem per legatos iusserunt statim
oppugnatione desistere cxercitumque ab urbe deducere.
2. Bellum in Italia ab eo bcne gesturn est. 3. Magnae manus
cquitum in omnis partis 1 dimissae clvitatcs bello studentis
terruerimt. 4. Barbarl legionibus Romanis fortiter resistent
ac se armis defendent. 5. I lie vir inter omnis civls ndbilis
primus fere est virtute et consilio. 6. Ab 2 hac parte animalia
cornibus equos nostros timore perturbatos interficiebant.
7. Ab illd quoque cornu exercitus hostium in manibus
nostrls 3 visus est. 8. Ingentem praedam ex ilia urbe iam
1 into all parts, that is in all directions. Pars is often best translated
by direction or side.
2 on this side. Ab is often used in expressions denoting position, and
it may then be translated /'// or on.
8 in our hands, that is close upon us.
72 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
in deditionem accepta in Italiam statim misit. 9. Ceterl *
cupientes legato persuadere eumque ab audaci consili5 pro-
hibere nihil tamen effecerunt. 10. Legatl inde ad eum missi
numquam retinebantur.
233. i. The Roman nation did not always look out for the
safety of the states which it ruled. 2. The city is bravely
defended by an active and daring consul ; you will never
bring about a surrender by force. 3. He ordered his men 2
to withdraw from the battle at once ; for he was accomplish-
ing nothing. 4. With the horn which he had in his hand he
gave the signal to the army. 5. The infantry were ordered 3
to abandon the attack, and marched from there to the river.
6. We received well those who were about to injure us.
7. The ships already completed were sent in all directions.
THE SECOND PUNIC WAR
Post paucos annos Punicum bellum per Hannibalem,
Karthaginiensium ducem, est renovatum. Qui 4 turn adu-
lescens Saguntum, Hispaniae oppidum, quod Romams erat
amicum, oppugnavit. Eum Roman! per legates oppugnatione
5 statim desistere iusserunt. Quos legates Hannibal sine re-
sponso dimisit. Legatio in Africam de iniuriis soci5rum
missa ibi quoque nihil effecit ; nam Karthaginienses bello
studebant. Dum legationes a Romanis mittuntur, Sagun-
tum ab Hannibale captum est cum magna praeda. Quod
loiibi 6 Romanis nuntiatum est, urbs timore est perturbata.
Gives hostem in Italia atque iam ad portas Romae videre
1 Used as a substantive, the others. 2 Omit.
8 Use a participle (having been ordered to abandon the attack marched).
4 he. See page 62, foot-note i .
6 when this. Quod has no single word as its antecedent, but refers to
the substance of the preceding sentence, namely the capture of Saguntum.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN f$
videbantur. 1 Magnae copiae coactae P. Cornelio Scipioni et
Ti. 2 Sempronio Longo consulibus datae sunt.
Hannibal prlmum Pyrenaeos montis, deinde Alpis cum
peditibus, equitibus, elephantisque superavit. Cornclium ad
Ticinum, Sempronium ad Trebiam vicit. Interim multas 5
Galliae clvitates, quae Romanos deseruerant, in amicitiam
accepit. Postea Flaminius consul in proelio ad Trasumen-
num interfectus est copiaeque eius deletae sunt. Diu
Q. 3 Fabius Maximus, vir egregii coiisili, cui magna potestas
data erat, sine pugna Hannibalem impediebat ac patriam ex 10
pericul5 servabat. Tandem Romanl ad Cannas in Apulia
proelio superati magnam calamitatem iterum acceperunt.
Tamen pacem numquam cogitaverunt. Novus exercitus
coactus est, etiam puerl et servi armati sunt.
Interim in Hispania frater Hannibalis, nomine Hasdrubal, 15
qui ibi manserat cum magnls copiis, a Sclpionibus, Romanls
ducibus, victus est. Hi ipsi Scipiones post paucos annos
victi interfectique sunt. M. Claudius Marcellus in Campania
bellum cum Hannibale bene gessit. Deinde magnam partem
Insulae Siciliae cepit, quam Poem occupaverant ; Syracusasao
quoque, n5bilem urbem, expugnavit et ingentem praedam inde
in Italiam mlsit. Omnls fere reliquas civitates in deditionem
accepit.
In Hispaniam pro ducibus qui interfectl erant P. Cornelius
Scipio, vir Romandrum omnium fere primus, missus est. 25
Qui etiam puer 4 in pugna ad Ticinum patrem suum virtute
servaverat Post calamitatem Cannensem multos nobills
adulescentis Italiam deserere cupientis prohibuerat. In His-
paniam missus Karthaginem Novam cepit, qua in urbe arma
et pecuniam Poeni habebant, obsides quoque nobilis, quos abjo
1 seemed, a common meaning of the passive of video.
2 The abbreviation for Tiberius. 8 The abbreviation for Quint us.
4 even as a boy, while still a boy.
74 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Hispanis acceperant. Hos obsides Scipio reddidit. Ita
omnis fere Hispaniac civitates sibi conciliavit. Hasdrubal,
qui a f ratre ex Hispania in Italiam vocatus erat, ad Senam
fortiter pugnans occisus est.
5 Tandem Scipio consul creatus in Africam est missus,
ibiquc Focnos sociosque eorum vicit. Itaque Hannibal in
Africam ab iis revocatus est, atque Italia timore belli liberata
est. Ad Xamam Scipio Hannibalem ipsum vicit. Post hoc
proelium pax curn Karthaginiensibus facta est.
LESSON XXXIV
234. Fifth Declension
dies
res
day
thing
SINGULAR
ENDINGS
NOM.
di6s
res
es
fiEN.
diI
rei
el or el
DAT.
di6X
rel
el or ei
ACC.
diem
rem
em
ABL.
die
r6
e
PLURAL
NOM.
dies
res
es
GKN.
dierum
rgrum
erutn
DAT.
diSbus
rebus
ebus
ACC.
dies
res
es
ABL.
diebus
rebus
ebus
235. Case-Endings. The genitive and tbe dative singular
of the fifth declension have ei after a vowel, el after a con-
sonant.
236. Gender. Nouns of the fifth declension are regularly
feminine, but dies is usually masculine.
Scii'io
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN f$
237. Vocabulary
dies, -ci, m., day. diary. nemo, dat. nemim, ace. neminem, 1
equitatus, -us, vs\., cavalry, [eques]. m. and f , no one.
fides, -el, f., trust, trustworthiness ; res, -ei, {., thing, affair, matter, real.
also pledge ', protection, fidelity. ob, prep, with ace., on account of, for.
occurro, occurrere, occucum or occurri, occursum, with dat., run against,
meet, occurrence.
praeficio, praeficere, praefeci, praefectum, with dat., put in command of.
[facio].
praesto, praestare, praestiti, praestitum or praestatum, with dat., stand
before, surpass.
succedo, succedere, success!, successum, with dat., take the place of, succeed.
[excedo].
238. Compound Verbs. - We have seen that verbs are often
combined with prepositions : de-duco, lead down. Many
prepositions and verbs appear in compounds with changes
in spelling: oc-curro instead of ob-curro, suc-cedo instead of
sub-cedo, prae-ficio instead of prae-facio, ac-cipio instead of
ad-capio.
Exercises
239. Decline together haec omnis res, idem dies.
240. i. Nemo Hannibal! (sec 241) virtu te praestabat.
2. Itaque Hannibal duel interfecto successit. 3. Ubi regi
occurrit, cuius suspicio vitanda erat, multa 2 de fide sua dixit.
4. Quam ob causam rex cum navibus quoque praefecit.
5. Legati Romanorum ad hunc regem rnissl Hannibalem
comprehcnsurl erant. 6. Dux deditionl studens omnibus
fere civibus persuaserat. 7. Si mini hanc fidem dederis,
1 The genitive and ablative are not used.
2 said many things* that is spoke much. The neuter plural of an adjec-
tive is often used as a substantive, and is then generally to be translated
with things. Compare English the useful, and see page 61, foot-note I.
76 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
tibi tuisque rebus consulam. 8. Equites in omnis partis
dlmittunt atque omnia J efficiunt quae cupiverunt. 9. Im-
perabimus quidcm ils quos vlcimus, captivis tamen non noce-
bimus. 10. Huic re! ad diem mortis numquam studere
destitit. 1 1 . Hostes nostro exercitul numero mllitum prae-
stabant. 12. Quam ob rem equitatus ab hoc cornu magna
telorum multitudine premebatur.
241. Dative with Compound Verbs. The dative Hannibali in sen-
tence i is governed by praestftbat. In the English translation sur-
passed Hannibal the verb is transitive, and Hannibal is its direct
object ; but praestabat is intransitive, and the literal meaning is stood
before Hannibal. In sentence 4 prae is combined with the transitive
verb faciO, and therefore a direct object is required in addition to the
dative {put him in command of the ships).
Note the other compound verbs which govern a dative in the Latin
sentences.
242. i. After a few days the fleet was sent from there.
2. If you give me your pledge, I will put you in command
of a body of horsemen. 3. Having been put in command
of all the cavalry, he hastened at once to meet the enemy.
4. After his son succeeded to the throne, things were car-
ried on well. 5. I have met no one on this side of the
camp. 6. After the first day of the siege the legions had
been ordered to take the place of the cavalry. 7. Hannibal
surpassed the other leaders in all these things. 8. He
always desired to injure the Romans. 9. The Roman am-
bassadors were intending to increase the king's suspicions
concerning Hannibal's trustworthiness.
1 all things^ that is everything.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN ^^
LESSON XXXV
243. Vocative Case. The person or thing addressed is
denoted by the vocative. Since this case generally does not
have a distinct form, it has not been included in the para-
digms. The vocative and nominative are always the same
in the plural ; in the singular they differ only in the second
declension, as follows :
Nouns in us and the masculine of adjectives in us have e
in the vocative: quid facis, bone serve? what are you doing y
good slave ?
Fllius and proper nouns ending in ius have I in the voca-
tive : Ascanl, fill. The accent falls on the penult, even when
this is short : As-ca'-ni. See section 76.
The masculine of meus has mi as its vocative.
244. Review of Case-Endings. Review the case-endings
of all the declensions (sections 457, 458, 459, 460, 461, 462),
and make a table showing all the endings for each case to-
gether : genitive singular, ae, i, is, us, ei or ei, etc.
Which two cases are the same in the plural in every
declension ? In which declension are the dative and ablative
singular the same ? Which two cases are always the same
in the neuter ? In which declensions are the nominative and
accusative plural of masculine and feminine nouns the same ?
In which declensions are the genitive and dative singular the
same? The genitive singular and nominative plural? In
which declension is the nominative plural the same as the
nominative singular? How do the nominative and ablative
singular of the first declension differ ? The nominative and
genitive singular masculine of the fourth declension ?
78 AN INl'KODUCTION TO LATIN
245. Vocabulary
ara, -ae, f., altar. vulnus, vulneris, n., wound, [vul
luppiter, gen. lovis, m., Jupiter or nero].
Jove, king of the gods. certus, -a, -um, definite, certain.
ops, opis, f., aid] opes (pl.)> re- divinus, -a, -um, divine, super-
sources, opulent. human, [deus].
sacrificium, -I, n., sacrifice. inquit, used in quoting, said he.
conficio, conficere, confeci, confectum, finish ; also e.\?iaust. [facio].
discedd, discedere, discessi, discessum, go aivay* come off. [excedo] .
dubito, dubitare, dubitavl, dubitatum, doubt, hesitate, indubitable.
Exercises
246. i. " Num ob hanc causam," inquit, "rex, de fide mea
dubitas?" 2. Certum diem sacrifici, ml amice, constituemus.
3. Hoc sacrificium ad aram tuam, magna filia lovis, facientes
fidem tuam pctimus. 4, Castra, legate, pro quibus exercitum
constituistl, bene sunt munlta et natura et manu. 5. Non
sine ope dfvina, elves, Romani be] him gerunt atque haec in-
gentia opera conficiunt. 6. Kquitatus, Ascani, in earn par-
tern missus hostibus occurret. 7. " Cupisnc," inquit, " mi
fill, mecum in Italiam discedere ? " 8. Quam ob rem, 1 clare
consul, integri mllitcs legion! vulneribus iam confectae ab hoc
cornu non succedunt ? 9. Hannibal dtim oppidum oppug-
nat, vulnus accepit. 10. Bellum suscepit et magnas res
viribus opibusque efficit.
247. Position of Vocative. The vocative normally follows one or
more words, as in the sentences above.
248. Position of inquit. Inquit follows one or more words of the
quotation, as in sentences i and 7 above.
249. i. To great Jove, whom no one surpasses in justice,
we make this sacrifice. 2. For without divine aid we shall
accomplish nothing. 3. " My son/' said he, " the resources
1 on account of what thing, that is why.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 79
.of the Romans are enormous." 4. My boy, when the sac-
rifice had been finished, were you not ordered to take the
place of your father ? 5. After the surrender of Saguntum,
Hannibal went away from there. 6. Great forces of cav-
alry must be collected. 7. In that battle, Cornelius,
although * exhausted by wounds, you were saved by the
superhuman valor of your son. 8. I hesitate, brother, to
put you in command of the army. 9. " Never before, my
fellow-citizens," said he, " have I demanded your aid and
protection." 10. Why, my friend, do you hesitate to fix a
definite day ?
LESSON XXXVI
250. Locative Case. Names of towns have a locative case,
which is used to denote the place where. In the singular of
the first and second declensions the locative is the same as
the genitive, and elsewhere it is the same as the ablative:
Romae, at Rome; Sagunti, at Saguntum; Karthagine, at
Carthage ; Syracusls, at Syracuse.
The common nouns domus and rus have the locatives dorm,
at home, and run, in the country.
251. Vocabulary
domus, -us, 2 f., home, domestic. ius, iiiris, n.,r//?/, rights, [iniuria].
gens, gentis, f., tribe, [genus]. rus, ruris, n., the country ', opposed
imperator, imperatoris, m., general. to the city, rustic.
[impero ] . victor, victoris, m . , victor, [vinco] .
invidia, -ae, f., envy, unpopularity. coepi, perfect tense, have begun,
invidious. began.
adduce, adducere, adduxi, adductum, lead to, bring ; also induce, [ad -f duco],
conservS, conservare, cSnservavi, cSnservatum, keep, observe. [servS] .
impetro, impetrare, impetravi, impetratum, obtain (a request).
1 Omit.
2 Learn the declension of this word, which has forms of both the second
and the fourth declension (section 463).
80 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Exercises
252. i. Noster imperator ab illo proelid quod in Africa
factum est victor discessit. 2. Ille divinus vir Romae habi-
tat. 3. Praesidium Syracusis constitutum est. 4. "Domi,"
inquit, " elves, nemo me in meo iure impediet." 5. Nuntius,
quem Romarn (see 254) miseram, fratri meo domum venienti
occurrit. 6. Tandem servi, qul nihil impetraverant, rus
revocati simt 7. A te, Roma, omnes gentes opem fidcmque
petunt. 8. Hannibal, qui huic imperatori successit, omni-
bus consilio praestitit. 9. Legati Roma (see 255) venerunt
atque Hannibalem in suspicionem invidiamque adducere
coeperunt. 10. Si tu, ml frater, tuam fidem conservabis,
ego non domo discedam. n. Domos nostras reliquimus et
rure Syracusas demigravimus. 12. Quam ob rem ex urbe
dlmissus post paucos dies in Africam pervenit.
253. Place Where. How is the place where expressed when the
noun is not the name of a town, domus, or r&s ?
254. Place to Which. The accusatives R6mam (sentence 5),
domum (sentence 5), rus (sentence 6) denote the place to which,
and are to be translated to Rome, home, into the country.
How is the place to which expressed when the noun is not the
name of a town, domus, or rus ?
255. Place from Which. The ablatives ROmS (sentence 9) , domO
(sentence 10), rure (sentence n) denote the place from which, and
are to be translated from Rome, from home y from the country.
How is the place from which expressed when the noun is not the
name of a town, domus, or rus?
256. i. I have come from the city into the country, and
here I shall stay. 2. If you put this general in command
of your army, great king, you will come off victor. 3. The
ambassadors who had come from Rome were sent back home
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 8 1
without an answer. 4. When he had finished the sacrifice,
he brought his son to the altar of Jupiter. 5. Hannibal was
impeded at home by the envy of his fellow-citizens. 6. A
messenger was sent to Rome about the tribe which had not
observed the rights l of ambassadors. 7. We hesitated to
remain at Rome ; and so we came to Syracuse. 8. After the
insurrection they began to obtain from the senators the rights
which they had demanded. 9. You ought not to go away
from home ; for certain disaster is approaching.
LESSON XXXVII
257. Present Subjunctive Active. Learn the present sub-
junctive active of amo, mone5, reg5, audio, and capiG (sections
490, 491).
Notice that the present subjunctive has e (shortened in the
usual places) in the first conjugation and a (shortened in the
usual places) in the other conjugations; and that the final
vowel of the stem does not appear in the first and third con-
jugations, and is shortened in the second and fourth conjuga-
tions.
In what other mood and tense do the forms regain, audiam,
and capiam occur ?
258. Vocabulary
ut, conj., in order that, so that, that, potest, is able, can.
ne, conj., that not, lest. senatus, -us, m., senate.
ius iurandum, iutis iurandi, n., oath, voluntas, voluntatis, f.. wish, dispo-
Odium, -I, n., hatred, odious. sition. voluntary.
cognosce, cognoscere, cognovi, cognitum,y</0/, learn, cognizant.
redigd, redigere, redeg!, redactum, reduce, bring.
tened, tenere, tenui, hold, keep, [retineo] .
1 Use the singular.
82 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Exercises
259. Inflect in the present subjunctive active d6, tenefl,
resists, muniO, and interficiO.
260. i. Pater eius, ut opem dlvlnam impetret (see 261),
sacrificium ad aram lovis facit. 2. Ne pater meus dubitet,
fidem et ius iurandum dabo. 3. Pater hoc ius iurandum
postulat, ut Hannibal eius odium Romanorum semper me-
moria teneat. 1 4. Hannibal omnis eas gentis in suam
potestatem redegit, Romanos autem superare non potest.
5. In Italia bellum gerens semper discessit victor R5ma-
nosque victos dlmlsit. 6. Gives invidia adductl consilia
imperatoris impediunt, ne domi potestatem eius augeant.
7. Huic bell5 contra voluntatem senatus praefectus erat.
8. Hannibal Karthaginem revocatur, ut patriam defendat.
9. Legatl ad regem veniunt, ut Hannibalem in susplcionem
adducant. 10. Ipse de voluntate eius in 2 se dubitare
coeperat. u. Roma, Pyrrhe, statim discedere cupio, ne
Roman! c5nsilia mea cognoscant. 12. Te Romae tene-
bimus, ne hostibus has res nunties.
261. Clauses of Purpose. In sentence i the clause ut . . . impetret
expresses the father's purpose in making a sacrifice ; it may be trans-
lated in order that he may obtain , that he may obtain, to obtain. The
clause n6 . . . dubitet in sentence 2 also expresses purpose (that my
father may not doubt, lest my father doubf). Notice that the verbs
of these clauses are in the subjunctive.
262. i. I shall come into the country to finish 3 the work.
2. The wound cannot 4 keep him at home. 3. The senate
1 hold in memory, remember. 2 toward; se is accusative.
3 Be careful not to use the Latin infinitive when the English infinitive
expresses purpose.
4 Two Latin words must be used for cannot (can not, is not able). See
section 260, sentence 4.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 83
holds the leaders, in order that it may bring l the state into its
power. 4. You ought not to destroy the rights of a free
people, to increase your power. 5. He desires to find out
the senate's wish, lest he do this against its authority.
6. Hamilcar demands this, in order that he may fire his son
with hatred of the Romans. 7. " My son," said he, " will
you always keep 2 this oath ? " 8. At last victory is certain.
9. The senate sends ambassadors to the king, that they may
learn his disposition toward the Romans. 10. They speak
against Hannibal, that 3 he may not retain the king's friend-
ship.
LESSON XXXVTII
263. Present Subjunctive Passive. Inflect am6, monefl,
regQ, audio, and capio in the present subjunctive passive by
substituting the passive personal endings for the activt
(sections 490, 491).
264. Vocabulary
aditus, -us, m., approach, access. societas, societatis, f., alliance.
[iter]. [socius] .
potens, potentis, powerful, omni- tempus, temporis, n., time, tern-
potent, poral.
simul, adv., at the same time. usque, adv., np, even ; usque ad, up
simultaneous. to* even to.
aperio, aperire, aperui, apertum, open, aperture.
compare, comparare, comparavi, comparatum, prepare, procure, [paro] .
1 Use redig5. 2 Use conserve.
8 Not ut. Before you write the conjunction which introduces a clause
of purpose, you must notice whether the clause is negative.
84 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Exercises
265. Inflect in the present subjunctive, active and passive,
dficO, liberd, impediO, accipiO, and iubed.
266. i. Senatus legates mittit, qul societatem faciant (see
267). 2. Legatio Roma venit, quae voluntatem regis
cognoscat. 3. Hannibal magnas copias comparat, quibus
Italiam in potestatem suam redigat. 4. Imperator viam
per mentis aperit, qua exercitus in Italiam traducatur. 5. Ubi
aditum ad regem impetravit, se a susplcione defendere coepit.
6. Quam ob rem societatem habere cupit cum potentibus
regibus, quorum opibus bellum renovetur. 7. Pater mihi im-
perat ut hoc ius iurandum conservem (see 268). 8. Ab eo
peto ne me dorm relinquat. 9. Victas gentls in potestate
tua ten ere debes, ne bellum renovent. 10. Victls gentibus
persuadebo ne bellum renovent. 1 1. A te postulat ut usque
ad illud tempus Romae maneas. 12. Simul eum moneo ut
in reliquum tempus l susplcionem vitet.
267. Relative Clauses of Purpose. In sentence i the relative
clause qul . . . faciant expresses the senate's purpose in sending am-
bassadors ; it may be translated who are to make or simply to make.
Notice that it is the subjunctive that denotes purpose, since qui
faciunt would mean who make. Notice too that ut faciant would
express the same idea that qui faciant does. So in sentence 3
quibus redigat (with which he may bring, with which to bring) is
equivalent to ut iis redigat (that with them he may bring).
268. Substantive Clauses of Volition. In sentence 7 the clause
ut . . . cCnservem is the object of imperat (commands me that I
keep, commands me to keep), and in sentence 8 the clause n5 . . .
relinquat is the object of petO (/ beg of him that he do not leave> I
beg him not to leave). A clause which is used as the subject or ob-
1 in reliquum tempus, /kr the future. What is the literal meaning ?
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 85
ject of a verb is called a substantive clause. Note the verbs which
take a clause as object in the sentences above. The substantive
clauses used with these verbs are like clauses of purpose in these
particulars :
1. They express what is wanted.
2. They are introduced by ut and n5.
3. The verb is in the subjunctive.
4. The action is future in relation to the action represented by
the principal verb.
5. The best translation is often the English infinitive.
269. i. He comes home from the country, in order that
he may defend his rights against the hatred and violence of
these powerful men. 2. He kept the oath up to the time
of his death. 3. An embassy is sent to 1 bring 2 him to
Rome. 4. They increase the king's envy and suspicion,
that Hannibal may not be defended by him. 5. I obtain
access to the king, and beg him not to injure me. 6. He
cannot persuade me to abandon the alliance. 7. The victor
demands that the gates of the city be opened. 8. At the
same time he commands that vessels be procured. 9. We
see the danger, and send the cavalry to prevent the attack.
HANNIBAL'S OATH
Si Roman!, id quod nemo dubitat, omnls populos virtute
superaverunt, Hannibal ceterls imperatoribus illorum tem-
porum cdnsilio praestitit. Nam bellum cum populo Roman5
in Italia gerens semper discessit victor. DomI autem clvium
suorum invidia impediebatur, qua de causa Romanes non
superavit.
1 Remember that there are two ways of putting this in Latin.
2 Use adduco.
86 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Hannibal fuit Hamilcaris fllius. Odium RomanSrum a
patre relictum usque ad diem mortis conservavit. QuI qui-
dem patria expulsus consilia belli capere numquam destitit
R6gem potentem Antiochum cupiditate belli incendit, qul
5 Asiam ad arma contra Italiam vocavit. Senatus ad regem
mittit l legatos, quf eius voluntatem in Romanes cognoscant
Hi Hannibalem in susplcionem adduxerunt. Itaque rex etiam
de fide eius dubitare coepit Tandem Hannibal id vidit, atque
aditum ad regem petiit. Ubi tern pus constitutum venit,
10 multa de odio suo in Romanes dixit. Deinde hoc adiunxit :
" Pater meus," inquit, " Hamilcar in Hispaniam Kartha-
gine imperator discessurus erat Dum lovl sacrificium facit,
quaesivit a me puero : ' Cupisne, ml fill, mecum in castra
venire ? ' Quod ubi audlvl, ab e5 peto ut me secum ducat
15 'Id faciam/ inquit, 'si mihi fidem quam postulo dederis.'
Simul me ad aram adduxit ad quam sacrificium faciebat
Turn me earn tenentem sic dicere iussit : ' Numquam ego in
amicitia cum Romanis ero.* Id ius iurandum patri datum
per h5s annos cSnservavI, neque in reliquum tempus de
ao eadem sentential deducar. Tu si societatem cum Romanis
cogitas, bene fades si mihi consilium tuum ndn nuntiabis.
Si autem bellum parabis, exercitus tuus idoneo duce carebit
nisi me el praefeceris."
Ita puer in Hispaniam cum patre discessit. Post eius
35 mortem equitatui omni ab Hasdrubale imperatore praefectus
est. Ubi Hasdrubal quoque interfectus est, exercitus ipse
Hanniball imperium dedit. Sic Hannibal etiam adulescens
imperator factus omnis gentls Hispaniae in suam potestatem
bello redegit. Saguntum, quae civitas Romanis erat arnica,
30 vl expugnavit exercitusque magnos comparavit. Quarum
1 Notice that the present tense more frequently in Latin than in English
vividly represents a past action as now going on. This is called the
historical present.
ANTIOCHUS
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 87
copiarum partem in Africam mlsit, partem in Hispania
manere iussit, reliquas in Italiam secum duxit. Ad Pyrenaeds
mentis iter faciens cum multls gentibus barbarorum pugnavit ;
omnis victos dimlsit. Postquam ad Alpls venit, quae sunt
inter Galliam et Italiam, barbaros exercitum itinere prohi-
bentls fugavit et cdpias traduxit. Hoc itinere nemo antea
cum exercitu in Italiam venerat.
LESSON XXXIX
270. Past Subjunctive Active. Learn the past subjunctive
active of am5, moneo, rego, audio, and capi6 (sections 490, 491).
Notice that the past subjunctive is formed by adding r<
(with 6 shortened in the usual places) to the present stem.
It may be helpful to remember that the first person singular
of the past subjunctive can always be found by adding the
personal ending to the present infinitive active : audlre,
audirem ; capere, caperem.
271. Vocabulary
angustiae, -arum, f. pi., pass, defile. praetor, praetoris, m., praetor, a
collega, -ae, m., colleague. Roman magistrate,
dictator, dictatoris, m., dictator.
circumvenio, circumvenire, circumvent, circumventum, come around, sur-
round, [venio].
contendo, contendere, contend!, contentum, strive, contend; also hasten,
contention.
pelld, pellere, pepuli, pulsum, drive back, rout, [expello].
praemitto, praemittere, praemisi, praemissum, send forward, send
ahead, [mitto].
Exercises
272. Inflect in the past subjunctive active aperiS, care5,
comparo, contendQ, and cupiO.
88 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
273. i. Civitatibus persuasit ut ius iurandum inter se 1
darent societatemque facerent. 2. Ab eo simul petemus
ut voluntatem nostram memoria teneat. 3. Magnum exer-
citum comparat, qu5 gentis potentis in deditionem redigat.
4. Praetor parvam manum praemisit, quae iter per angustias
aperiret. 5. Inde cnagnis itineribus usque ad castra hostium
contendit. 6. Consul cum collega contra Hannibalem venit,
ut eum impediret ac pelleret. 7. Collegae suo persuadere
non potest ne cum hostibus contendat. 8. Hannibal msidias
paravit, ut consulem circumveniret. 9. Delecta manus
equitum a dictatore mittetur, quae montem occupet, qui
oppido est propinquus.
274. Use of Subjunctive Tenses. Notice that the present sub-
junctive is used in the subordinate clause when the principal verb
represents a present or future action, the past when the principal
verb represents a past action.
275. i. The consul reports this to his colleague, in order
that he may learn his opinion. 2. We persuaded him to
give us time. 3. They will remain in the defile, that they
may not be seen by the enemy. 4. The cavalry was sent
forward to surround the routed army. 5. The senate de-
manded that the dictator contend with the enemy at once.
6. Fired with hatred, they warned him not to form new
plans. 7. We command the praetor to seize the pass and
fortify the approaches. 8. I myself hastened to the city
by forced marches, in order that I might defend it against
the enemy.
1 among themselves, that is, to each other or to one another.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 89
LESSON XL
276. Past Subjunctive Passive. Inflect am6, mone6, regS,
audid, and capio in the past subjunctive passive by substituting
the passive personal endings for the active (sections 490,
490-
277. Vocabulary
tarn, adv., so, modifying adjectives facilis, facile, easy, facility.
and adverbs. nox, noctis, f., night, nocturnal.
tantus, -a, -um, so great* so much. noctu, adv., at night, by night.
detrimentum, -1, n., loss, detri- subsidium, -I, n., reserve, reinforce-
mental. ment, assistance, subsidiary.
fugid, fugere, fugi, fugiturus,//^. [fugo].
recipio, recipere, recepi, receptum, take back, receive ; se recipere, betake
oneself, retreat, [capio].
Exercises
278. Inflect in the past subjunctive, active and passive,
recipio, iubed, fugo, pello, and circumveni5.
279. i. Tibi imperaverant ne bellum in reliquum tern pus
cum sociis populi Romanl gereres. 2. Imperator legatum
noctu praemisit, qui equites per angustias traduceret.
3. Facilem aditum repperit, ut oppidum celeriter expugnaret
(see 280). 4. Hostes ita fortiter pugnaverunt ut nostri
pulsi usque ad castra sua fugerent. 5. Praetor tantum
detrimentum accepit ut se recipere c5geretur. 6. Consul a
tanta multitudine hostium circumventus est ut subsidium a
collega peteret. 7. Hostes tarn propinqui sunt ut signa
eorum videamus. 8. Rex ita potens est ut societatem nobis-
cum facere non cupiat. 9. Tarn diu ibi manserunt ut in
oppidum simul cum ceterls legionibus non reciperentur.
90 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
10. Nemo est tarn audax qui noctu iter faciat (see 28 1\
11. Nihil tarn certum est quod numquam dubitetur.
280. Clauses of Result. In sentence 3 the clause ut . . . ex-
pugnaret expresses the result of the finding of the approach, and is
to be translated so that he captured. Notice that the other sentences
which contain clauses of result have in the principal clause a word
that is translated with so. The presence of such a word is usually a
safe indication that a following clause expresses result rather than
purpose.
Observe carefully sentences 8 and 9. How does a negative clause
of result differ from a negative clause of purpose?
Notice that the subjunctive of result may be translated by the Eng-
lish indicative, but not the subjunctive of purpose.
281. Relative Clauses of Result. In sentence 10 the relative
clause qui . . . faciat expresses result, and is to be translated that he
marches. Notice that ut . . . faciat would express the same idea.
Classify the relative clauses in sentences 2 and n.
282. i. The danger was so great that the praetor sent re-
inforcements at once. 2. We shall retreat, 1 that we may
not be surrounded. 3. The army retreated at night, so that
it did not suffer great loss. 4. They were men of so great
bravery that no one of them fled. 5. The road was so easy
that few were exhausted. 6. Who is so bold that 2 he does
not avoid the perils of the night ? 7. When the boy came, I
opened the letter instantly. 8. Hannibal desires to contend
with the Romans, in order that he may destroy the dictator's
army.
1 Use recipio (we shall betake ourselves).
2 Remember that there are two ways of putting this in Latin.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 91
LESSON XLI
283. Present and Past Subjunctive of sum. Learn the
present and past subjunctive of sum (section 493).
Notice that the vowel before the personal endings is long,
except in the usual places.
The past can be remembered by associating it with the
present infinitive, as in the case of the regular conjugations.
284. Vocabulary
acies, -el, f., line of battle. res gestae, rerum gestarum, f. pi.,
aequus, -a, -um, level, fair, favor a- deeds, achievements.*
die. equity.
condicio, condicionis, f., terms, con-
dition.
accido, accidere, accidi, happen, accident.
effugio, effugere, effugi,/^ from, escape, [ex + fugiS].
induce, inducere, induxi, inductum, lead into, draw, [in -f duc6].
Exercises
285. T. Hannibal effecit ut bellum contra Romanes susci-
perent (see 286}. 2. His rebus 2 effectum est ut exercitus
sine detrimento noctu eff tigeret. 3. Accidit 3 ut praetor in
angustiis circumventus pelleretur. 4. Accidit 3 ut inMnsi-
dias indiicatur. 5. Hannibal in Italia res tarn bene gessit
ut nemo ei in acie 6 resisteret. 6. Ille clarus vir a senatu
petiit ne obsides redderentur. 7. Accidit ut acies in aequo
1 Literally things carried on.
2 Res has even greater flexibility of meaning than thing. It has been
called a blank check, to be filled out to meet the requirements of the pas-
sage in which it occurs. Here rebus may be translated means.
8 Is this present or perfect ? See section 274.
4 Notice that the same preposition often appears in a Latin verb and a
phrase modifying the verb.
8 That is in a pitched battle.
92 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
loco constitueretur. 8. Collegam praemisit, qui cum hosti-
bus contenderet. 9. Postulavimus ut condiciones essent
aequae. 10. Efficiam ut meae res gestae semper sint in
vestra memoria. n. Tantum erat perlculum ut dictator se
reciperet
286. Substantive Clauses of Result. In sentence i ut . . .
susciperent tells what Hannibal brought about (brought it about
that they undertook) ; it is therefore a substantive clause, the
object of effecit In sentence 2 ut . . . effugeret tells what was
brought about (it was brought about that the army escaped) ; it is
therefore a substantive clause, the subject of effectum est. So in
sentence 3 the subject of accidit is the clause ut . . . pellerfctur.
An ut- clause used as subject or object of a verb expressing accom-
plishment or as subject of a verb expressing occurrence is called a
substantive clause of result. Note the Latin verbs which take a
clause of result as subject or object.
Classify all subordinate clauses in the sentences above.
287. i. It often happens that a prisoner escapes. 2. He
demanded that fair terms be given. 3. It happened that
the reserves were near. 4. He had brought it 1 about that
we escaped without loss. 5. After that time we were not
often drawn into an ambush. 6. The approach was so
easy that the town was quickly taken. 7. They demand
to be led into line of battle. 8. So it happened that all fled
at night. 9. This night will destroy the memory of his
great achievements. 10. By this means it was brought
about that Hannibal was put in command of the army.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 93
LESSON XLII
288. Pronominal Adjectives. Learn the declension of
anus, one ; alius, other; alter, the other; and uter, which ?
(section 465).
Notice that these adjectives have the regular forms of the
first and second declensions, with the following exceptions :
1. The ending of the genitive singular is lus in all genders.
2. The ending of the dative singular is 1 in all genders.
3. Alius has the ending ud in the neuter nominative and
accusative singular.
The plural is entirely regular, and for this reason it is not
given in the paradigms.
What three pronouns have the ending lus in the genitive
singular and the ending 1 in the dative singular ? What two
pronouns are like alius in having the ending ud in the neuter ?
What three others end in d ?
The other words in the vocabulary below are declined like
anus or uter. It is important that the ten adjectives be re-
membered together.
289. Vocabulary
alius, alia, aliud, other, another 1 ; neuter, neutra, neutrum, neither.
alii . . . alii, some . . . others. neutral.
alias . ullus, -a, -urn, any.
alter, altera, altenim, the other. 1 nullus, -a, -urn, no, none, nullify.
alternate. solus, -a, -urn, alone, solitude.
uter, utra, utrum, which f (of two). 3 totus, -a, -urn, whole, entire, total.
uterque, utraque, utrumque, each unus, -a, -urn, one, only, unify.
(of two), both.
1 Notice that alter is used when two persons or things are thought of,
alius when more than two. The plural alii means (some) other, while
cSterl means (all) the other.
3 What word must be used to ask which f when more than two persons
or things are thought of ?
94 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Exercises
290. Decline together in both numbers nullus aditus, tOtus
dies; and in the singular uter puer, alter f rater.
291. I. Sunt qul nullas condiciones postulent (see 292).
2. Non multl erant qul sine ullo vulnere eff ugerent. 3. Nemo
erat qui vulneratus acie excederet. 4, Quis est qui de im-
peratoris virtute dubitet ? 5. Hannibal est unus vir qul de
victoria non desperet. 6. Non facile est noctu fugere.
7. Neuter consulum ab altero subsidium petiit 8. Sibi
soli consulit, alios servare non potest. 9. Tantum erat de-
trimentum ut ceteri se recipere cogerentur. 10. Propter
suas res gestas dictator solus toti exercitui praefectus erat.
II. Eorum fratrum utrum revocaverunt? Utrumque. 12. Alii
effugiunt, alii capiuntur. 13. In utraque parte fluminis prae-
sidium constitutum erit
292. Descriptive Relative Clauses. In sentence i mint qu!
postulent may be translated there are men who demand, there are
some who demand, there are those who demand. Notice that the
omitted antecedent of qui is indefinite, and that the verb of the rela-
tive clause is in the subjunctive. A clause which describes the person
or thing denoted by an indefinite antecedent is called a descriptive
clause. Observe carefully what expressions are followed by a de-
scriptive clause ; and notice that there is used in translating most of
them, and that the relative clause is necessary to complete the mean-
ing of the sentence.
293. i. He defeated the other consul without any loss.
2. Some were drawn into an ambush, others escaped. 3. On
which wing will the reserves be stationed? 4. While the
enemy were waiting for night, we found another level ap-
proach. 5. It happened that the army of each consul was
destroyed, 6, Neither of the consuls carried things on so
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 95
successfully that he retained the favor of the whole state.
7. Scipio was the only general who defeated Hannibal.
8. There is no one who surpasses him. 9. There are those
who never speak about their own deeds. 10. The thing
was so easy that I did it alone.
LESSON XLIII
294. Regular Comparison of Adjectives
POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE
longus, long. longior, longer. longissimus, longest.
nobilis, noble. nobilior, nobler. nobilissimus, noblest.
audax, bold. audacior, bolder. audacissimus, boldest.
potens, powerful, potentior, more powerful, potentiaaimus, most powerful
Notice that there are three degrees of comparison, as in
English, and learn the endings of the comparative and
superlative.
295. Declension of the Comparative. Learn the declen-
sion of longior (section 471).
Notice that the comparative is declined like third-declen-
sion nouns with genitive plural in um.
296. Declension of the Superlative. The superlative is
declined like bonus.
297. Absolute Comparative and Superlative
The comparative is sometimes used to denote an unusual
or excessive degree : longior, longer than usual, rather long,
too long.
The superlative is often used to denote merely a very high
degree : longissimus, very long.
96 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
298. Vocabulary
item, adv., likewise. quam, adv., than.
longS, adv., /ar, by far. [longus]. qua re, on account of which thing
non solum . . . sed etiam, not only why, wherefore, therefore.
. . . but even, not only . . . but satis, indeclinable noun and adv.,
also. enough, sufficiently, satisfaction.
opera, -ae, f., effort, services, [opus].
absum, abessc, arm, afuturus, be away, be absent, be distant, [ab -f sum],
opprimo, opprimere, oppress!, oppressum, overwhelm, crush. [premS].
pond, ponere, posui, positum, place, pitch (a camp), position.
Exercises
299. Compare cl&rus, certus, aequus.
Decline together aud&cius cdnsilium, potentior clvis, ntibilior
mulier, longissimum iter, ilia nSbilissima urbs, hie potentis-
simus vir.
300. i. Scipio apud Romanos erat longe nobilissimus, apud
Karthaginiensis Hannibal. 2. Utrius nomen erat clarius?
3. Neuter eorum est clarior quam alter. 4. Post hoc proelium
Hannibal Etruriam petiit, quae non longe aberat. 5. Longum
est 1 de aliis Hannibalis victoriis scribere; iam satis de eius
rebus gestis dictum est. 6. Non solum insidias effugimus
quas equites paraverant, sed etiam hostis ipsSs in acie oppres-
simus. 7. Neque ullus nuntius certior quam hie esse potest.
8. Socii nostrl totas copias auxilio (see joi) mittunt. 9. Hae
copiae sunt auxilid nobis (see 302). 10. Qua re uterque dux
castra aequiSre loco 2 posuit. u. Consul unam legionem
praesidio relinquit. 12. Mea opera effecistis ut aequissimae
condiciones pacis impetrarentur. 13. Hannibali nomen
populi Roman! est odid. 8
1 it is long, that is it would be tedious.
2 When locus is used, the place where is commonly expressed by the
ablative without in.
8 for hatred, that is an object of hatred.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 97
301. Dative of Purpose or Tendency. The dative auxiliO in
sentence 8 expresses the purpose of the allies in sending their forces
(for aid, as aid), and in sentence 9 it tells to what the forces tend.
Note the nouns that are used in this construction, and the verbs with
which they are used.
302. Double Dative Construction. The dative of purpose or
tendency is often accompanied by another dative, which denotes the
person concerned, as in sentence 9 (for aid to us, an aid to us).
303. i. There is no other danger that I fear. 2. A very
powerful king will come to our aid. 1 3. Not only are you
very famous, but you also have more powerful friends than
I. 4. Therefore your services will be an aid to me. 5. It
happened that they were drawn into an alliance with another
more powerful state. 6. We have no soldier in 2 the whole
army who is bolder. 7. Hannibal was an object of hatred
to the Romans. 8. The entire war will be finished by this
man alone. 9. Some escaped, others were overwhelmed by
the violence of the river. 10. The elephant is not far enough
away. n. Hannibal demanded more favorable terms, and
his brother likewise.
HANNIBAL IN THE SECOND PUNIC WAR
Hannibal pugnaverat ad Rhodanum cum P. Cornelio Scipi-
one consule eumque pepulerat. Cum eodem illo imperatore
Clastidil iterum contendit, et eum vulneratum inde ac f ugatum
dlmittit. Idem Scipio cum collega Ti. Longo apud 8 Trebiam
contra eum venit. Cum his Hannibal contendit; utrosque vicit
Ubi hiems confecta est, Appenninum superavit petens Etru-
riam. Hoc in itinere C. Flaminium consulem apud Trasu-
1 See section 300, sentence 9.
3 When t5tus is used, the place where is commonly expressed by the
ablative without in.
8 apud here has the same meaning as ad above*
98 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
mennum cum exercitu msidiis circumventum occidit, posteaque
C. Centenium praet5rem cum delecta manu equitum auxilio
Flaminio ab collega missa. Inde in Apuliam pervenit. Ibi
el occurrerunt C. Terentius Varro et L. Aemilius Paulus con-
5 sules. Utriusque exercitus un5 proelio f ugavit, Paulum occidit.
Post hanc pugnam R5mam iter facere coepit. Per multos
dies in propinquis urbi montibus castra habuit Postea se
Capuam recepit. Q. Fabius Maximus dictator in itinere el
occurrit. Hie a Fabio msidiis circumventus noctu sine Gilo
10 detriments exercitus perangustiSs effugit. Deinde M. Minu-
cium Rufum, qui parti exercitus Roman! praefectus erat,
fugavit. Ti. Sempronium Gracchum, iterum consulem, in
insidiasinductum occidit M. Claudium Marcellum cdnsulem
interfecit. Longum est de omnibus proeliis scrlbere. Qua re
15 satis est hoc unum dlcere : in Italia nemo el in acie restitit,
nemo contra eum post Cannensem pugnam in aequ5 loco
castra posuit. Tantus ille fuit.
Tandem in Africam revocatus est, ut patriam defenderet.
Bellum gessit contra P. Sclpionem, filium eius Sclpionis quern
20 ipse prlmum apud Rhodanurn, deinde apud Padum, turn apud
Trebiam f ugaverat. Ab eo cupivit pacem impetrare, ut copias
suas augeret. Ad conloquium venit, ad condiciones Scipionis
non venit. Post paucos dies ad Zamam cum eodem Scipione
contendit; puisus Hadrumetum magnis itineribus pervenit,
25 quod oppidum ab eo loco longe aberat. In hac fuga Numi-
dae, qui simul cum eo ex acie excesserant, Insidias paraverunt;
quos non solum effugit, sed etiam ipsos oppressit. Postquam
reliqui ex fuga in unum locum convenerunt, statim novum
exercitum comparavit. Dum hoc facit, Karthaginienses
30 pacem cum Romanls fecerunt.
Postea legati Karthaginienses R5mam venerunt, qui a
senatu peterent ut captivl redderentur. Quibus hoc resgon-
sum datum est: " Captivos non remittemus; nam Hannibalem,
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 99
cuius opera susceptum est bellum, cuique nomen Romanum
est odio, usque ad hoc tempus exercitus vestri ducem habetis,
itemque fratrem eius Magonem." Karthaginienses postquam
hoc responsum cognoverunt, Hannibalem domum et MagSnem
revocaverunt. Hannibal ubi Karthaginem venit, rex factus
est.
LESSON XLIV
304. Superlative in rimus. Adjectives in er have in the
superlative the ending rimus, which is added directly to the
er :
POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE
liber, free. llberior. liberrimus.
creber, frequent. crebrior. creberrimus.
acer, sharp. acrior. acerrimus.
305. Superlative in limus. The following adjectives have
in the superlative the ending limus :
POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE
facilis, easy. facilior. facillimus.
difficilis, difficult. difficilior. difficillimus.
similis, like. similior. simillimus.
dissimilis, unlike. dissimilior. dissimillimus.
humilis, low. humilior. humillimua.
306. Vocabulary
difficilis, difficile, difficult, [facilis] . facile, adv., easily, [facilis] .
similis, simile, with dat., 1 like, as- magistratus, -us, m., magistracy ;
si mi late. also magistrate.
dissimilis, dissimile, with dat., un- munus, muneris, n.,?//. munificent.
like, [similis] . spes, -el, f., hope, [despero] ,
humilis, humile, low, humble, hu- ultimus, -a, -urn, fur t tier most, ex-
mi Hate. t rente, ultimatum.
castellum, -I, n., stronghold, cast/e.
acc6d6, accedere, access!, accessum, come to, approach, [excedo].
aedificd, aedific&re, aedificavl, aedificatum, build, edifice.
1 See section 89.
100 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Exercises
307. Compare integer and miser.
Decline together acrior exercitus, Hberior digs, diffldlius
tempus, facillima victoria, iste homO acerrimus.
308. i. Hannibal non solum in bello sed etiam in magis-
trate res bene gerebat. 2. Qua re opera eius in difficillimis
rebus petebatur. 3. Neque ullus alius dux erat cuius in
virtute Karthaginienses spem pdnerent. 4. Hannibal clarior
est quam Scipio. 5. Hannibal clarior est Sclpione (see
309). 6. Naves quas barbari aedificabant humiliores erant
nostrls. 1 7. Ultimum Italiae oppidum non longe abest.
8. Uter fratrum patri similior est? Uterque est el dissi-
millimus. 9. Ad alteram oppidi partem cum toto exercitu
accessit et portam occupavit. 10. Captivl miserrimi fugientes
comprehensi sunt. n. Quid morte est certius? 12. Rex
Hannibali unum castellum muneri dabit.
309. Ablative of Comparison. The ablative ScipiSne in sentence
5 expresses the same idea as quam SclpiO in sentence 4, and is to be
translated in the same way. Notice that when quam is used, the
word with it is in the same case as the word that denotes the other
of the two persons or things compared.
310. i. The humbler citizens likewise, who were being
crushed by men of noble birth, placed their hope in his justice.
2. No route is more difficult than 2 this. 3. Neither of the
magistrates is more powerful than I. 4. Some sons are
very like their fathers, others very unlike. 5. It will be
built easily enough. 6. The stronghold that I had built
was given to Hannibal as a gift. 7 I fled alone into the
1 nostris agrees with n&vibus, which is understood.
2 Remember that there are two ways of putting this in Latin. What
determines the gender and number of the Latin word for this f
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
101
furthermost forests,
than his death. 9.
the town.
8. Hannibal's life was more glorious
The most active of the soldiers come to
311.
POSITIVE
bonus, good.
malus, bad.
magnus, great.
parvus, little.
multus, much.
senex, old.
iuvenis, young.
HANNIBAL'S ELEPHANT AND DRIVER
LESSON XLV
Irregular Comparison of Adjectives
COMPARATIVE
melior, better.
peior, worse.
maior, greater.
minor, less.
plus, more.
senior or maior natu, 1 older.
Junior or minor natu, younger.
SUPERLATIVE
optimus, best.
pessimus, worst.
maxim us, greatest.
minimus, least.
plurimus, most.
maximus natu, oldest.
minimus natu,
Learn thoroughly the comparison of these seven adjectives.
Notice how largely the comparatives and superlatives of
these words are used in English, either in their Latin forms
or in derivatives : major, minor, plus, minus, senior, junior, maxi-
mum, minimum; ameliorate, plural, majority, minority, plurality,
optimist, pessimist
312. Declension of plus. Learn the declension of plfcs
(section 472).
In the singular plfis is used only as a substantive. No
tice that it has ium in the genitive plural, but a in the neuter
nominative and accusative.
1 nfttu is ablative, and the literal meaning is greater in respect of birth,
that is greater in age.
102 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
313. Vocabulary
malus, -a, -urn, bad. malefactor. extremus, -a, -urn, outermost, last.
iuvenis, iuvenis, 1 young, juvenile. extremity.
senex, senis, 1 old. senile. decem, indeclinable, ten. decimal.
posterus, -a, -um, following, next* multo, by much, much.
[post]. finis, finis, m., end-, fines (pi.),
Inferior, inferius, comparative, lower. boundaries, territory, final.
superior, superius, comparative, maiores, mai5rum, m. pi., ancestors.
higher; also former. post, adv., 2 after, afterward.
sumxnus, -a, -urn, highest, utmost.
summit.
Exercises
314. i. Hannibal maior natu fuit quam Sclpio. 2. Han-
nibal maior natu fuit quam Sclpio decem annis (see j/j).
3. Karthaginienses in extrema spe salutis eius operam peti-
erunt. 4. Multls post annis 3 Hannibal magistratus creatus
est. 5. Naves barbarorum multo humilidres sunt quam
nostrae. 6. Hostes oppress! ad navis fugerunt quas in
inferiore parte fluminis non longe a marl aedificaverant.
7. Hoc iter tanto difficilius est ut melius sit alterum temptare.
8. Roman! in finibus hostium castra in superiors loco semper
ponebant. 9. Senex 4 viris superiorum annorum revocare
non potest. 10. Qua re mai5res nostri malos civis civitate
expellebant. u. Non plus animi 6 quam fide! habetis.
12. In summo periculo omnem spem in virtute sola pone-
bamus. 13. Non multo post rex Hannibal! maximum cas-
tellum muneri dedit.
1 This is the genitive singular. Iuvenis and senex have um in the geni-
tive plural, not ium.
2 Remember that this word may be used as a preposition also.
* What case follows post when it is used as a preposition ?
4 Here a noun, old man.
6 more of courage, that is more courage.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
103
315. Ablative of Measure of Difference. In sentence 2 the ablative
decem annls tells how much older Hannibal was {older by ten years,
ten years older).
Find four other instances of this use of the ablative in the sentences
above.
316. i. Grain was found easily enough in the enemy's
territory. 2. A lower place was chosen, that they might
not be far away from the river. 3. The following day was
fixed for the battle. 4. A few days after he came to the
furthermost boundaries of Gaul. 5. In many things J the
good man is not much better than the bad, but in most things
they are very unlike. 6. The good man has more friends.
7. Therefore our ancestors had not only the greatest re-
sources, but also the highest authority. 8. This is more
like your former plan. 9. I am ten years younger than
you, but my influence is much greater. 10. My brother
likewise is in the utmost peril.
LESSON XLVI
317.
POSITIVE
ADJ. latus, wide.
ADV. late, widely.
ADJ. liber, free.
ADV. libere, freely.
ADJ. acer, sharp.
ADV. acriter, sharply.
ADJ. fortis, brave.
ADV. fortiter, bravely.
Regular Comparison of
COMPARATIVE
latior.
latius, more widely.
liberior.
Hberius, more freely.
acrior.
acriua, more sharply.
fortior.
fortius, more bravely.
Adverbs
SUPERLATIVE
latissimus.
latissimB, most widely.
Hberrimus.
ITberrimfi, most freely.
acerrimus.
acerrimS, most sharply.
fortissimus.
fortissimS, most bravely.
1 Use the ablative of respect.
IO4 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Notice that the forms of the adverb come from the cor-
responding forms of the adjective :
1. The positive of adverbs formed from adjectives of the
first and second declensions usually has the ending e. The
positive of adverbs formed from adjectives of the third de-
clension usually has the ending iter.
2. The comparative of the adverb is the same as the neu-
ter of the comparative of the adjective.
3. The superlative of the adverb is formed from the su-
perlative of the adjective by changing us to 5.
318. Irregular Adverbs
POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE
ben, well. melius, better. optime, best.
malS, badly. peius, worse. pessime, worst.
multum, much. plus, more. plurimum, most.
diu, long. diutius, longer. diutissime, longest.
Notice that only the positive of bene and male is formed
irregularly, and that multum has the form of the neuter of
the adjective in all three degrees.
319. Vocabulary
latus, -a, -um, wide, broad, latitude. fortis, forte, brave.
late, adv., widely. medius, -a, -um, middle, the middle
libere, adv., freely. of. medium.
ftcriter, adv., sharply, fiercely. prudens, prudentis, wise, prudence.
male, adv., badly > unsuccessfully. cura, -ae, f., care, accurate.
multum, adv., much, [multus]. labor, laboris, m., labor, exertion.
responded, respondere, respond!, respSnsum, reply, answer, [respdnsum],
sum5, sumere, sumps!, sumptum, take, assume ; supplicium sumere, exact a
Penalty > inflict punishment.
Exercises
320. i. MaiSres nostri de malis c!vibus ultimum suppli-
cium sumebant. 2. Cum virtute pugnaverunt. 3. In media
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 1 05
acie 1 fortiter pugnaverunt. 4. Hostibus in summd monte 1
fortissime resistebant. 5. Diutissime 2 maxima cum virtute
resistebant. 6. Maxima virtute (see 321) resistebant.
7. Omnes etiam fortissimi de vita desperabant. 8. Nemo
iuvenis prudentior est sene. 9. Timore llberatus multo
liberius respondit. 10. Imperator per posterum annum
res male gessit. u. Ducem de insidils certidrem faciunt. 8
12. Faucis post diebus ad hostium finis accessit et oppida
eorum longe lateque incendit 13, Castellum minimd labore
aedificatum est. 14. Litteras magna cum cura scribam.
15. Tecum multum esse cupit, sed patri sud non facile per-
suadere potest.
321. Ablative of Manner. The ablative maxim! virtute in sen-
tence 6 expresses the manner in which they resisted, and is to be trans-
lated with the greatest bravery or very bravely. Notice that the
same idea is expressed by the adverb fortissime in sentence 4 and
by maxima cum virtute in sentence 5. When there is an adjective
modifying the noun, manner may be expressed either with or without
cum ; otherwise cum is regularly used.
Find all the ablatives of manner in the sentences above.
322. i. I will do everything carefully* and diligently.
2. With great exertion I finished the work after midnight. 6
3. After I had informed him about this affair, he answered
very freely. 4. You have done a most difficult thing with
the utmost care, and you have done it well. 5. Ke has given
you these broad fields as a gift. 6. That magistrate was
more loved by the humbler citizens. 7. The oldest are not
1 Not the middle line of battle, but the middle of the line of battle, that is,
the center (the military term for the middle of an army drawn up for
battle). Certain other adjectives can be used in Latin to denote apart:
as reliquus, the rest of\ summus, the top of.
8 See section 297. 8 make more certain^ that is, inform.
4 Use the ablative of manner. 6 That is, the middle of the night.
106 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
always the wisest. 8. The ten legions which had been sta-
tioned in a lower position were in like danger. 9. These
brave men fought fiercely, but they had no hope. 10. We
took the plunder and fled. 11. There is nothing that is
more unlike war. 12. The former victory was much l more
widely reported.
LESSON XLVII
323. Perfect Subjunctive. Learn the perfect subjunctive,
active and passive, of amO, moned, rego, audio, capio (sections
490, 491); and the perfect subjunctive of sum (section 493).
How does the perfect subjunctive active differ from the
future perfect indicative active ?
Notice that the perfect subjunctive passive is made up of
the perfect passive participle and the present subjunctive of
sum.
324. Vocabulary
-ne, in indirect questions, whether. hospitium, -i, n., hospitality.
absens, absentia, 2 absent, [absum] . hue, ad v . , to this place, hither, [hie] .
adversarius, -i, m., opponent, adver- prime, adv., at first, [primus].
sary. venenum, -I, n., poison, venom.
enim, conj.,yj?r. vivus, -a, -urn, alive, [vita].
exitus, -us, m. , outlet, exit, [aditus] .
inteUego, intellegere, intellexi, intellectum, understand, intellect.
neglego, neglegere, neglexi, neglectum, disregard, neglect.
probo, probare, probavi, probatum, approve, approbation.
solvo, solvere, solvi, solutum, loose ; navem solvere, set sail, absolution.
Exercises
325. Inflect in the perfect subjunctive, active and passive,
neglegS, probS, praeficio, impedid, and prohibeS.
1 Not multum. See section 315.
2 Absens is the present participle of absum, and therefore has the end-
ing e in the ablative sing
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN IO/
326. i. Ubi est Hannibal? 2. Legatl quaerunt ubi sit
Hannibal (see 327}. 3. Rex intellegebat ubi esset Hanni-
bal, sed dubitabat eos certiores facere. 4. Male ius hospitl
conservabit ; adversariis enim l Hannibalis dem5nstrabit ubi
ille habitet. 5. Qua re hi legatl hue Roma miss! sunt?
6. Hannibal statim intellegit qua re legatl Romanorum eo
missi sint. 7. Ne vivus caperetur, venenum sumpsit
8. Sic fortissimus dux post summds labores e vita excessit
9. Haec res mihi curae semper erit, neque earn absens negle-
gam. 10. Oppidum decem latos exitus habet. n. Quaerd
navemne post mediam noctem solvent. 12. Primd quae-
remus quae consilia probata sint. 13. Omnes prudentes
eodem animo sunt de his consiliis pessimls. 14. Usque
ad fmem posterl die! acerrime restitimus.
327. Indirect Questions. Sentence i is a direct question, or one
that gives the exact words of the person asking it. In sentence 2
the same question is expressed differently in a subordinate clause, the
object of quaerunt (ask where Hannibal is) . An interrogative subor-
dinate clause is called an indirect question.
Find all the other indirect questions in the sentences above, and
notice that an indirect question can be recognized by these features :
1. It is a substantive clause.
2. It is introduced by an interrogative word.
3. Its verb is in the subjunctive.
328. i . I will learn who has been with him most. 2. Han-
nibal's adversaries wish to inflict the same punishment on 2
his absent brother. 3. At first the king approved my
plans, but afterward disregarded them. 4. Both old and
young were received with 8 hospitality. 5. The best opin-
1 Enim, like autem, cannot stand first in a sentence or clause, but is
usually the second word.
9 See section 320, sentence i . 8 Do not use cum.
108 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
ions are often not defended most freely. 6. He cannot
find out where the lower outlet of the marsh is. 7. For
who is able to say whether the marsh has any outlet ? 8. He
understands why they have come hither. 9. Our ances-
tors were much more widely feared than we. 10. No one
was left alive on the outermost wall. 1 1. Who loosed that
prisoner? No one answers. 12. At last they understand
why he has always had poison with him.
THE LAST YEARS OF HANNIBAL
Non solum in bello Hannibal fuit magna diligentia, sed
etiam in magistratu. Nam ipse effecit ut opes patriae eius
augerentur. Qua de causa legati Roma Karthaginem vene-
runt. Hannibal statim intellegit qua re hi missl sint. Itaque,
5 ne legatls traderetur Romamque duceretur, in Syriam ad
Antiochum fugit. Quod ubi Poem cognoverunt, navfs mise-
runt, quae eum comprehenderent; domum eius. occupatam
deleverunt, ipsum e cfvitate expulerunt.
Postea autem Hannibal cum paucis navibus ad Africam
10 accessit, ut bellum contra Roman5s renovaret. Nam Antio-
cho, cuius in auxilio magnam spem ponebat, iam persuaserat
ut cum exercitibus in Italiam venlret. In eandem spem
Magonem fratrem suum adduxit, quern ad se vocaverat. Id
ubi Poenl cognoverunt, de Magone absente idem supplicium
15 sumpserunt quod de Hannibale sumpserant. Uterque de
salute sua desperavit ac navem solvit. Hannibal ad Antio-
chum pervenit, Mago a servis suis interfectus est.
Antiochus primo consilia Hannibalis probabat, postea autem
eadem neglegebat. Quern tamen Hannibal nulla in re dese-
30 ruit. Praefectus erat paucis navibus, quas ex Syria in Asiam l
ducere iussus erat, iisque cum Rhodiorum classe contendit.
1 Asia Minor is meant.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN I OQ
Sul 1 multitudine adversariorum superatl sunt, ipse in eo cornu
ubi rem gessit victor fuit. Tandem ad Prusiam in Pontum
pervenit, apud quern e5dem animo in 2 Italiam fuit quemque
contra Romanos armavit. Eius regis adversaries terra
manque 8 saepe pepulit. 5
Quae dum in Asia geruntur, accidit ut legati Prusiae Romae
essent. Unus ex ils senatum certiorem fecit de amicitia quae
inter Prusiam et Hannibalem erat. Patres legates in Asiam
mlserunt, qul ab rege peterent ut Hannibalem traderet
His petentibus Prusias haec respondit : " Ego quidem nihil 10
faciam quod contra ius hospiti sit Si vos ipsi ilium compre-
hendere cupitis, non prohibebd; locum ubi est facile invenie-
tis. M Hannibal enim uno loco se tenebat, in castello quod ei a
rege datum erat muneri, idque sic aedificaverat ut in omnibus
partibus exitus haberet. 15
Hue ubi legati Romanorum venerunt ac multitudine homi-
num domum eius circumdederunt, Hannibal de salute sua
desperans, ne vlvus in manus hostium veniret, venenum quod
semper secum habebat sumpsit. Sic vir fortissimus post
multos magnosque labores e vita excessit ao
LESSON XLVIII
329. Past Perfect Subjunctive. Learn the past perfect
subjunctive, active and passive, of am5, moned, reg5, audio,
capiG (sections 490, 491); and the past perfect subjunctive of
aum (section 493).
Notice that the tense-sign of the past perfect subjunctive
active is iss, with shortened in the usual places ; and that
the past perfect subjunctive passive is made up of the perfect
passive participle and the past subjunctive of sum.
1 his men, in contrast with ipse. * toward. * by land and sea.
no AAr INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
330. Vocabulary
collis, collis, m., hill. passus, -us, m., pace (two steps,
compluris, complura, pi. adj.; 1 sev- about 5 feet in our measure).
eral. [plus] . riirsus, adv., again.
impetus, -us, m . , attack, impetuous.
incommodum, -I, n., misfortune. In-
commode.
committo, committere, commisi, commissum, with proelium,/<w* battle, begin
the battle, [mitto],
sustined, sustinere, sustinul, sustentum, sustain, [sub -f teneo].
Exercises
331. Inflect in the past perfect subjunctive, active and
passive, solvo, recipio, circumveniS, iubeO, and conserve.
332. i. Prlmo nos, qui te multum amamus, consilium tuum
probabamus. 2. Quaesivi suppliciumne de fratre meo ab-
sente sumptum esset. 3. Ibi flumen est decem passibus
IStius. 4. Karthaginienses late quondam mare tenuerant.
5. Quaeram proeliumne in summo colle commissum sit.
6. Imperaverat enim compluribus tribunis militum ut rur-
sus impetum in mediam hostium aciem acriter facerent 2
7. Equites tanta virtute pugnabant ut adversaril impetum
male sustinerent. 8. Nemo intellegit quae fuerit causa
illlus incommodl. 9. Non est prudens qui periculum
neglegat. 10. Etiam fortissimo salus est curae.
333. Harmony of Tenses. What determines whether the present
or the past subjunctive shall be used in a subordinate clause? The
use of the perfect and past perfect subjunctive is determined in the
same way. We have, then, this rule for the harmony of tenses : The
present or perfect subjunctive is used in the subordinate clause when
the principal verb represents a present or future action, the past or
1 Declined like the plural of plus. See section 312.
* Impetum facere in may be translated charge upon.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
III
PRINCIPAL CLAUSE
present |
future Vindicative
future perfect]
past
perfect
indicative subjunctive
past perfect when the principal verb represents a past action. The
present and past subjunctive represent an action at or after the
time of the principal verb; the perfect and past perfect represent
an action before the time of the principal verb. Clauses of purpose,
therefore, regularly admit only the present and past subjunctive.
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
present (action at or after the
subjunctive time)
perfect (action before the time)
past (action at or after the
time)
oast perfect I ' P ast P erfect ( action before the
* v J time)
Explain the tense of each subjunctive in the sentences above, re-
membering that the time of both the principal and the subordinate
verb must be considered : for example, sumptum esset in sentence 2
is past perfect because it represents an action before the past time
of the principal verb (quaesivl).
Notice that qul . . . amamus in sentence i is a subordinate clause,
and that amfimus is indicative. The rule for the harmony of tenses
does not mean that all verbs in subordinate clauses are subjunctive.
Whether the subjunctive shall be used is determined by the rules for
the subjunctive; if it is used, the tense is determined by the rule for
the harmony of tenses.
Notice that the harmony of tenses in English is regularly the same
as in Latin : / ask where he w, I ask where he has been, I asked where
he was, I asked where he had been. But the English past in a subor-
dinate clause may stand for the Latin perfect or past subjunctive,
according to the tense of the principal verb : / ask where he was
(perfect in Latin), I asked where he was (past in Latin).
334. I. I come hither to inform you about my misfortune.
2. He asks which legion sustained the attack best. 3. A
few paces 1 from this outlet he stationed several soldiers to
1 Use the ablative of measure of difference.
112 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
defend it. 4. Do you see on which side of the hill our
men have joined battle? 5. I had not understood why you
were not answering more freely. 6. They will persuade
you to undertake even greater labors. 7. Several days
afterward he set sail ; I never saw him again alive. 8. I
asked whether the king had observed the rights of hospitality.
9. I do not see why the poison did not injure me.
LESSON XLIX
335. Cardinal Numerals. Learn the cardinal numerals
given in section 479.
Notice that the cardinal numerals from undecim to septen-
decim are compounds expressing addition, -decim standing
for decem, as English -teen for ten; but that duodeviginti,
undevlginti express subtraction.
What Latin ending corresponds, except in vlginti, to Eng-
lish -ty f
What two Latin endings are used to denote hundreds ?
Notice that the arrangement of numerals is mostly the
same as in English : twenty-one or one and twenty, one hun-
dred one or one hundred and one ; but when there are more
than two numerals et is not used : one hundred tiventy-one.
What English words evidently derived from Latin cardinal
numerals can you call to mind ?
336. Declension of Cardinal Numerals. Cardinal numerals
are indeclinable, except unus, duo, tres, the plural of mille,
and the hundreds beginning with ducentl.
Review the declension of unus (section 465).
Learn the declension of duo, trs, and the plural of mille
(section 480).
The hundreds are declined like the plural of bonus, except
that the ending of the genitive plural is um instead of drum.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 113
Exercises
337. i. Complurls centuriones praemittit, qul cognoscant
quid adversarii faciant. 2. Impetus eorum quinque dies
sustinueramus. 3. Duodecim diebus post dux cum triginta
milibus peditum et mille equitibus (see 338*) navis solvit
4. Oppidum aberat tria milia passuum. 1 5. Rex Hanniba-
lem secum multos annos tenuit neque ius hospiti neglexit.
6. Venenum secum diem noctemque habebat, ne vlvus cape-
retur. 7. Eum etiam absentem timebitis. 8. Multa enim
et magna incommoda iam accepistis. 9. Exitus angustia-
rum ducentos passus latus est. 10. Flumen est ducenta
milia passuum longum, ad mare duo milia passuum latum.
ii. Non cognoverat quis esset pater duorum puerorum.
338. Use of Cardinal Numerals. Notice that the cardinal nu-
merals, except the plural of mille, are adjectives, and follow the rule
for the agreement of adjectives. The plural of mille is regularly used
as a substantive, and is modified by a genitive : cum mille equitibus,
with a thousand horsemen^ as in English ; but cum triginta milibus
peditum, with thirty thousands of foot-soldiers ^ where we say with
thirty thousand foot-soldiers.
339. Accusative of Extent or Duration. Find all expressions
of extent of space and duration of time in the sentences above, and
notice what case is used in them.
340. i. We had sent three soldiers hither to find out
where the hill was. .2. I do not understand whether my
plan was approved. 3. They retreated again two or three
miles to the river. 4. The trench was four hundred and
thirty paces long. 5. He remained there six days. 6. Finally
1 three thousand faces, or three miles.
114 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
he joined battle with the enemy. 7. I asked why you had
stayed in the city one whole night. 8. At first she will be
at Rome for a few days ; then she will come into the country.
9. The seven kings of Rome reigned two hundred and forty-
four years.
LESSON L
341. Ordinal -Numerals. Learn the first ten ordinal nu-
merals (section 479).
What English words evidently derived from these numerals
can you call to mind ?
All the ordinal numerals are declined like bonus.
342. Vocabulary
altus, -a, -um, high, deep, altitude. publicus, -a, -um, of the state, pub-
brevis, breve, short, brevity. lie; res publica, public interest,
honor, honoris, m., honor. commonwealth, republic.
natus, -a, -um, born, old (in exact vetus, veteris, 1 old (not new). Kef-
statements of age), [natura]. era/?,
pes, pedis, m.,foot. [pedes].
eripio, eripere, eripul, ereptum, snatch away, take away; also rescue, rapine.
Exercises
343. i. E6 tempore (see 344) impetum fecimus proelium-
que commisimus. 2. Postero die collem fossa trium milium
passuum 2 munivimus. 3. BrevI tempore complura oppida
maxima occupavistl. 4. Panels annis omnem Galliam in
potestatem meam redegeram. 5. Etiam adulescens trls et
vlgintl annos natus exercitul praefectus est. 6. Hon5rem
1 Learn the declension of this word (section 469). In what respects is
it irregular?
2 That is three miles long.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 11$
qui mihi datus est iste homo eripiet. 7. Tertium Punicum
bellum susceptum est anno quinquagensimo primo 1 postquam
secundum confectum est. 8. Dictatorem creare debetis, qul
veterem auctoritatem rei publicae sustineat 9. Hoc tempore
anni flumen est septem pedes altum. 10. Clarissimus vir
magistratum sex annos retinuit.
344. Ablative of Time. E5 tempore in sentence i expresses the
time at which the thing was done (at that time), and brevi tempore
in sentence 3 expresses the time within which the thing was done (in
a short time). Find all other examples of the ablative of time in the
sentences above. Distinguish carefully between the accusative and
the ablative in expressions of time: the accusative tells how long;
the ablative tells when.
345. i. Within ten years I shall receive the highest
honors. 2. I marched day and night, that I might arrive at
the time fixed. 3. The enemy had pitched camp five miles
from this place. 4. I remained there nine days, and on the
tenth day was rescued from 2 danger. 5. Do you ask at
what time this great misfortune happened to the republic ?
6. Within one year they again restored to me the old honors
which you had taken away. 7. In the eighth year of the
war the boy was eight years old. 8. Here the trench is two
feet wider, but not much deeper. 9. Our pace is shorter
than the Roman.
1 fifty-first, but quinquagensimo is an ordinal numeral {fiftieth).
2 ex.
HELMET FROM CANNAE
Il6 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
LESSON LI
346. Present Imperative. Learn the present imperative,
active and passive, of amd, moneo, regO, audift, capi5 (sections
489, 490, 491); and the present imperative of sum (section
493>
347. Personal Endings. Notice that the singular of the
present imperative active has no personal ending, but is the
present stem of the verb. What is the ending of the plural ?
What two other forms of the verb are the same as the singular
of the present imperative passive ? What other form is the
same as the plural of the present imperative passive ?
348. Irregular Forms. Died, duc6, f acid, and ferfl drop e
in the singular of the present imperative active : die, dftc, fac,
fer.
349. Vocabulary
adyentus, -5s, m., arrival, [ad -f magis, adv., more, [magnua].
venid]. maxime, adv., most, especially.
caedes, caedis, f., slaughter, carnage. [magnus] .
[occido]. singuli, -ae, -a (pi.), one by one,
civflis, civile, civil, [civis] . singly.
interea, adv., meanwhile, [inter -f Oniversus, -a, -urn, all together, in a
is], body. [unus].
intra, prep, with ace., ivithin. [inter], uxor, uxdris, f., wife.
contineo, continue, continui, contentum, hold, restrain, [teneo].
Exercises
350. Inflect in the present imperative active absum, con-
tineO, faci6, dlcO, reperi6, and proM ; in the present imperative
passive duc6, 6ripi5, sustineS, circumveniC, and cOnservO.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
351. i. Tu summos honores rei publicae pete. 2. Octo
annis post adventum suum consul creatus est. 3. Die 1
mihi qu5 anno bellum civile confectum sit. 4. Revocate
animds vestros ad memoriam ingentis illius caedis quae eo
tempore facta est. 5. Brevi tempore barbari ad urbem uni-
versi accedent. 6. Eripite uxores vestras ex periculd.
7. Interea mllites intra silvas continete. 8. Nihil Roman!
magis cupiebant quam cum hoste vetere contendere.
9. Scipio singulis civitatibus multa reddidit quae Kartha-
ginienses eripuerant 10. Superioribus temporibus iura
belli maxime conservabamus.
352. i. Fellow-citizens, 2 rescue your country from the
hands of the enemy. 2. Meanwhile hold the army within
the camp and await my arrival. 3. Be with us on the seventh
day. 4. Advise him especially to avoid 8 suspicion. 5. The
elephants came into the line of battle one by one, and were
stationed all together on the other wing. 6. We fear the
carnage of civil war more than the violence of all our enemies.
7. Give him back the money at once, or I shall hand you
over to the magistrate. 8. His wife was twenty-seven years
old. 9. The water is almost three feet higher than it was
at our arrival.
1 tell. a See section 247. 8 See section 268.
ROMAN ROAD
Il8 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
LESSON LII
353. Indefinite Pronouns. Learn (section 487) the declen-
sion of the following indefinite pronouns:
quis (qui), quae or qua, quid (quod), any, any one, anything.
aliquis (aliqui), aliqua, aliquid (aliquod), some, some one, something.
quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque), each, each one, each thing.
quidam, quaedam, quiddam (quoddam), a certain, a certain one, a certain
thing.
quisquam, quicquam, any one, anything.
How does indefinite quis differ in declension from interroga-
tive quis ? How does it differ from aliquis ?
Notice that m is changed to n before d in the declension
of quidam. In what other pronoun does the same change
occur ?
Notice that quisquam has no feminine and no plural.
The indefinite pronouns, except quisquam, 1 may be used as
adjectives, and the feminine singular is generally used only
as an adjective; where two forms are given, one of which is
in parenthesis, the latter is regularly used as the adjective :
aliquid, something; aliquod bellum, some war. Compare
what is said about the adjective forms of quis in section 145.
354. Use of quis and quisquam. The indefinite quis is used
after si, nisi, n, and num. Quisquam is used in sentences
which express a negative idea.
Exercises
355. i. Ne quid detrlmentl 2 res publica acciperet, milites
se a caede continere iussi sunt. 2. Neque tarn brevi tempore
quisquam me ex tant5 perlculo eripere potest. 3. Aliquo-
1 Ullus is the adjective corresponding to quisquam.
2 anything of loss, that is any loss.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 1 19
rum uxores fuga salutem petere coactae sunt. 4. Miser
sum e5 incommode. 5. Neque quicquam magis cupio quam
tecum iter facere. 6. Imperator a militibus tuis appellatus
es, quod nomen tibi erat honor!. 7. Turn quidam adulescens
ingenti magnitudine corporis postulavit ut fortissimus Roma-
norum secum 1 pugnaret. 8. Si quis virtute maxime superat,
dux creandus est. 9. Interea universi adventum cuiusque
nunti cum spe exspectamus. 10. Neque quicquam auxill
ad eos missurus sum, qui me ipso potentiores sunt. 1 1. Haec
nova domus novem pedibus altior est quam ilia vetus.
358. Review of Ablative Constructions. Make a list of all the
uses of the ablative that have been named up to this point, and find
an example of each in section 355.
357. i. I shall never report this to any one. 2. We re-
treated within the walls with some loss. 3. Each one
looked out for himself. 4. I have not done anything worse
than this. 5. I persuaded them not to inform any one.
6. In the fifth year of the civil war there was already some
hope of peace. 7. He selects a certain young man, twenty
years old, to announce this affair to his colleagues one by one.
8. If anything happens, 2 tell me at once. 9. There was a
certain force in their reply.
SCIPIO, MARIUS, SULLA
Tertiutn Punicum bellum susceptum est anno quinqua-
gensimo primo postquam secundum confectum est. Consules
exercitum in Africam traduxerunt atque Karthaginem oppug-
1 with him> the adulsc6ns. The reflexive in a subordinate clause may
refer to the subject of its own clause or, if the subordinate clause expresses
the thought of the subject of the principal clause, it may refer to that subject.
9 See section 155.
SULLA
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 121
dates pacem a Romanls petere coactus copias suas ex reliqua
Asia deducere atque intra suds finis regnare iussus est.
Sed dum Sulla in Graecia et Asia superat, C. Marius et L.
Cornelius Cinna consul bellum in Italia renovaverunt. li in
urbem receptl nobilissimds ex senatu interf ecerunt ; ipslus s
Sullae domum deleverunt, f Ilios et uxorem fuga salutem petere
coegerunt. Universus reliquus senatus ex media caede fugi-
ens in Graeciam ad Sullam venit petiitque ut patriam e mani-
bus hostium eriperet Sulla in Italiam exercitum traduxit
adversariosque multis proeliis vicit. Brevl tempore urbem 10
occupavit et ingentem clvium caedem fecit.
LESSON LIII
358. Verb-Endings. Make a table showing the personal
ending and the tense-sign (where there is one) in each regu-
lar form of the indicative, subjunctive, and present impera-
tive. This table should begin as follows :
PRES. IND.
ACT. PASS.
o r
s risirre
t tur
mus mur
tis mini
nt ntur
PAST IND.
bam bar
bas biris
bat bitur
bamus bimur
batis baminl
bant bantur
122 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
FUT. IND.
I XI III, IV I, II III, IV
b5 am bor ar
bis es beris or bere Sris or ere
bit et bitur etur
bimus Smus bimur 6mur
bitis etia bimini emini
bunt cnt buntur entur
359. Synopsis of Verbs. The synopsis of a verb is a sum-
mary of its conjugation given in some particular person and
number. The following is a synopsis of am$ in the first
person singular :
IND.
ACT.
PASS.
PRES.
amd
amor
PAST
amabam
amabar
FUT.
amabO
amabor
PERF.
amavl
amatus sum
PAST PERF.
amaveram
amatua eram
FUT. PERF.
amaverS
amatus er6
SUBJ.
PRES.
amem
amer
PAST
a mar em
amarer
PERF.
amaverim
amatus sim
PAST PERF.
amavisaem
amatus essem
Exercises
360. Tell in what forms of the verb the following endings
are found : -runt, -erint, -rent, -istis, -issStis, -re, -mini, -am,
es, -etur, -rStur, -b6, -er6, -it, -bit, -erit.
361. Give a comparative synopsis of the model verbs of
the four regular conjugations in the first person singular:
amd, moned, regft, audi6 ; amabam, monebam, etc.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 123
362. Give synopses of c6g6 and probO in the third person
singular by voices : cOgit, cOgSbat, etc.
363. Give synopses of accipiQ and reperiS in the second
person plural by moods : accipitis, accipimini, accipiebatis,
accipiebamini, etc.
364. Give synopses of cre6 and augeO in the first person
plural by tenses : creamus, creamur, cregmus, creemur; creft-
bamus, etc.
LESSON LIV
365. Present Infinitive Passive. Learn the present infini-
tive passive of am$, moneC, regfl, audiS, and capi5 (sections
489, 490, 490-
How can the passive present infinitive be formed from the
active in the first, second, and fourth conjugations ? What
is its ending in the third conjugation ?
366. Vocabulary
Belgae, -ftrum, m. pi., the Belgae, prope, adv., near, nearly ', almost.
the Belgians, a people of Gaul. [propinquus].
cottfdie, adv., daily, [dies]. propior, propius, comparative, with
dolor, doloris, m., fain, grief. </o/e- dat., 1 nearer.
ful. proximus, -a, -urn, with dat., nearest,
inter s5, among themselves, one next, proximity.
another. provincia, -ae, f., province.
mos, m5ris, m., custom, morals.
adficid, adficere, adfeci, adfectum, visit, afflict, [ad + facid].
dividd, dividere, divlsi, diviaum, divide.
inco!5, incolere, incolui, inhabit, dwell, colony*
permoveS, permovire, permdvl, perm5tum, influence ; also disturb, alarm.
[per + moved],
putQ, put&re, putivi, putatum, think, reputation .
i See section 89.
124 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Exercises
367. i. Die nobls utrum h5rum oppidorum propius sit.
2. Gallia est divisa l in partis tris. 3. Aliquis dicit, " Belgae
unam partem incolunt." 4. Aliquis dicit Belgas unam par-
tern incolere (see 368). 5. Dixit Belgas unam partem in-
colere. 6. Interea repperit eos cum Germanis prope cottidie
contendere. 7. Hi omnes moribus legibusque inter se dis-
similes sunt. 8. Scrlpsit hos omnis moribus legibusque inter
se dissimills esse. 9. Roman! se intra provinciam continent.
10. Fac eum certiSrem Romanos se intra provinciam conti-
nere. 1 1. Putasne populum Romanum magis auctoritate ves-
tra quam suo timore permoverl? 12. Neque in caede ilia
belli civllis erat quisquam qui dolSre non adficeretur. 13. Si
quid audivit, statim ad proximum magistratum nuntium
mittit.
368. Indirect Statements. Sentence 3 contains a direct quota-
tion, or one that gives the exact words of the person who makes the
statement. In sentences 4 and 5 the same statement is quoted in*
directly that is, the original words are changed so that their
construction depends upon the verb of saying (says the Belgians to
inhabit, that is says that the Belgians inhabit; said the Belgians to
inhabit, that is said that the Belgians inhabited). Notice that the
Latin indirect statement differs from the English in these par-
ticulars :
1. No conjunction corresponding to English that is used to intro-
duce it.
2. Its subject is accusative, not nominative.
3. Its verb is infinitive, not indicative.
4. The tense of the infinitive is not affected by the tense of the
verb of saying.
1 Here a predicate adjective ; is divided^ not has been divided.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 12$
Indirect statements depend upon verbs expressing the ideas
of saying, thinking, knowing, and perceiving. Note the Latin
verbs which are followed by indirect statements in the sentences
above.
What is the clause depending upon the verb of saying in sentence
i called? How does it differ from an indirect statement?
369. i. I thought that the Belgians were awaiting your
arrival. 2. They say that you are near. 3. He understands
that Gaul is divided into three parts. 4. A certain prisoner
reported that they were meanwhile seizing the nearest towns
one by one. 5. He learns that their customs are much
nearer ours. 6. His wife writes daily that she is afflicted
with grief. 7. He shows us that this tribe inhabits a great
part of the province. 8. He understood why the Belgians
were exchanging 1 hostages. 9. I see that they are es-
pecially influenced by your authority.
LESSON LV
370. Perfect and Future Infinitives. Learn the perfect
and future infinitives, active and passive, of amfl, moneS, regO,
audiS, capio (sections 489, 490, 491); and the perfect and
future infinitives of sum (section 493).
What is the ending of the perfect infinitive active?
How are the perfect infinitive passive and the future infini-
tive active formed? The participle in these forms agrees
with the subject in gender, number, and case. The first part
of the future infinitive passive can be got from the perfect
participle, but it is not the participle and does not agree with
the subject
1 That is giving one another.
126 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
371. Vocabulary
angustus, -a, -um, narrow, [angus- perpetuus, -a, -urn, unbroken, con*
tiac] . tinual. perpetuate.
finitimi, -drum, m. pi., neighbors, principatus, -us, m., leadership.
[finis]. [primus + capiS].
mercStor, mercatoris, m., trader, pro, prep, with abl., in proportion
commerce. to, considering?
minus, 1 adv., less, diminish. tr&ns, prep, with ace., across.
minime, 1 adv., least, very little. [traducS].
minimize,
Oplni5, opinionis, f., opinion; also
reputation.
confirmo, confirmSre, cdnfirm&vf, cSnfirmitum, strengthen, establish.
confirmation.
apero, sperare, sp&avi, spSr&tum, hope. [apes].
Exercises
372. Give all the infinitives of c6nfirmo, reperio, p6n6,
moveo, and eripio.
373. i. Belgae dicunt mercatores ad se minime saepe ven-
tures esse (see 374). 2. Reperiebam Belgas perpetuum
bellum cum fmitimis gessisse. 3. Galli se prd multitudine
hominum finis angustos habere dicunt 4. Quidam scribit
maiores nostros summo supplicio malos civis adfecisse.
5. Tanta erat eorum virtu tis opinio 8 apud Gallos ut perpetuum
principatum obtinerent. 6. Eae gentes quae trans flumen
incolunt inter se fidem et ius iurandum dant. 7. Gall!
dixerunt castra quam celerrime (see 375) oppugnatum iri.
8. Frumentum cottidie inter miseros civis dividitur. 9. Eae
civitates quae proximae sunt provinciae se cum populo Romano
1 Minus and minime are from minor and minimus, comparative and
superlative of parvus.
2 What other meanings of this word have been given already / See
section 146.
8 May be translated their reputation for bravery.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 12'/
pacem confirmaturas 1 speraverunt. 10. Puto eos non minus
dolore quam timore permotos. 1
374. Use of Infinitive Tenses. The tense of the infinitive indi-
cates time with reference only to the time of the verb on which the
infinitive depends :
r. The present infinitive represents an action at the time of the
verb on which it depends.
2. The perfect infinitive represents an action before the time of
the verb on which it depends.
3. The future infinitive represents an action after the time of the
verb on which it depends.
AT THE TIME
Dicit s6 scrlbere, he says that he is writing, he says that he writes.
Dixit s6 scribere, he said that he was writing, he said that he wrote.
BEFORE THE TIME
Dicit s5 scnpsisse, he says that he has written, he says that he wrote.
Dixit 85 scripsisse, he said that he had written, he said that he wrote.
AFTER THE TIME
Dicit sg scrlpturum esse, he says that he shall write.
Dixit sS scrlpturum esse, he said that he should write.
Notice that when the verb on which it depends represents a past
action, the English past may stand for the Latin present infinitive
or perfect infinitive. Therefore, before you put into Latin he said
that he wrote, for instance, you must determine whether the speaker
was writing at the time he spoke, or had already written.
Find all the indirect statements in the sentences above, and tell
the reason for the tense of the infinitive in each.
375. Quam with Superlative. In sentence 7 quam celerrimg
may be translated as quickly as possible. Quam is often used with
the superlative of adjectives and adverbs to indicate the highest
possible degree.
1 B0se is often omitted in future active and perfect passive infinitives.
128 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
376. i. Some one said that the customs of the Gauls and
Belgians were nearly the same. 2. We hope that each state
will strengthen the alliance with its neighbors. 3. If any
one has this opinion concerning me, I hope that he will not
hesitate to speak. 4. I saw that they had chosen the nearer
hill. 5. And he does not see any one across the river except
a few traders. 6. I think that they had very narrow bound-
aries, considering their reputation for bravery. 7. I hear
that he is less eager for the leadership than in former years.
8. He said that there would be unbroken peace. 9. You
collected as large a number of soldiers as possible.
LESSON LVI
377. Deponent Verbs. Deponent verbs are passive in
form, but active in meaning. 1 They are found in all four con-
jugations, and are inflected like the passive of other verbs
(see section 492), except that :
1. They have the active participles as well as the passive.
2. The future infinitive is active in form.
378. Vocabulary
aut . . . aut, either . . . or. profectio, profectionis, f., departure.
firmus, -a, -urn, strong, [confirms], quod, conj., because.
plebs, plebis, f., common people. undique, *&v ., from all sides, on all
plebeian. sides.
adorior, adorlri, adortus sum, 2 attack.
arbitror, arbitrarl, arbitratus sum, think, arbitrary.
conor, conari, conatus sum, try.
polliceor, polliceri, pollicitus sum, promise.
sequor, sequi, secutus mm, follow, sequence.
vagor, vagari, vagatus sum, roam, vagrant
1 The gerundive has its usual passive meaning.
2 Notice that only three forms are given as the principal parts of a
deponent verb, since the perfect participle appears in the perfect indicative.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 129
Exercises
379. Give synopses, together with all participles and infin-
itives, of arbitror in the first person singular, polliceor in the
second person plural, and sequor in the third person plural.
380. i. Intra angust5s finis montibus altissimls undique
continemur. 2. His de causis ilia gens minus late vagaba-
tur. 3. Arbitror eos ea de causa magnd dolore adfectos.
4. Is principatum in clvitate obtinebat ac maxima apud
plebem gratia erat 5. Galli auctoritate eius permoti omnia
ad 1 profectionem quam celerrime comparant. 6. Conare 2
has civitates conciliare, quod prope firmissimae sunt tdtius
Galliae. 7. Fmitimis persuaserunt ut idem conarentur.
8. Pollicemini 2 vos pacem perpetuam conservaturos.
9. Flu men proximas civitates a provincia nostra dividit.
10. Belgae mercatores finibus suis prohibent. 1 1. Sequere 2
cum omnibus tuis copils, adorire hostis vagantis. 12. Pro-
piores civitates aut frumentum aut milites pollicitae sunt.
381. i. Follow the customs of your ancestors, try to
strengthen your friendship with the common people. 2. I
think that they will roam more widely. 3. The barbarians
who inhabit these towns suddenly attacked us. 4. Promise
that you will follow me across the river. 5. We thought
that everything had been prepared for departure. 6. Con-
sidering its size, the garrison is very strong. 7. They came
together from all sides daily, because they wished to hear
the news. 8. Having promised their aid, they sent either
money or soldiers. 9. I hope that I shall have the highest
reputation for justice. 8 10. They love one another very
little.
1 for. a Imperative. * See section 373, sentence 5.
K
130 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
LESSON LVII
382. Semi-Deponent Verbs. The four verbs auded,
gaude<3, sole<3, and fld6 have active forms in the present, past,
and future, but are deponent in the perfect, past perfect, and
future perfect.
383. Vocabulary
munus, tnfineris, n., task, duty! propterea quod, for the reason that,
immunity. because, [propter -f is].
audeS, aud&re, ausus sum, dare, [audax] .
fid5, fldere, fisus sum, with dat., 2 trust, [fides] .
fruor, frui, fructus sum, with abl., enjoy, fruition.
fungor, fungi, functus sum, with abl., perform, function.
gaudeo, gaudere, gaviaus sum, be glad.
potior, potiri, potltus sum, with abl., get possession of, get. [potestas].
solco, solerc, solitus sum, be accustomed.
Stor, uti, usus sum, with abl., use.
vescor, vescl, with abl., eat.
Exercises
384. i. Hostes facilius sequebantur, quod equis (see 385)
uti solebant. 2. Cupiditate regnl 8 adductus regem aut
expellere aut interficere conatus est. 3. Plurimls rebus
fruimur atque utimur. 4. Nostra oplnio virtutis ita con-
firmata erat ut hostes nos adorlrl non auderent. 5. Tibi
fido propterea quod munere illo pro re publica suscept5
functus es. 6. Gaudemus quod * pax perpetua cum flni-
timis nostrls est. 7. Nostri quam latissime vagantes magna
praeda potiti sunt. 8. Arbitratur esse facile principatu
totius Galliae potiri. 9. Frumcnto vescebamur quod mer-
catores comparaverant.
1 What other meaning of this word has been given already ?
2 See section 224. * See page 54, foot-note 4.
4 May here be translated that.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 131
385. Ablative with Certain Deponents. The ablative equls in
sentence i is governed by uti (to use horses). Notice that in the
English translation the verb use is transitive, and horses is its direct
object. The sentences above contain the other deponent verbs which
govern the ablative. What are they ?
What other Latin verbs do you know that are intransitive, but
translated as transitive ? What case do they govern ?
386. i. We are glad that the time of departure has come.
2. We hope that he will get possession of entire Gaul.
3. He is away so often that we enjoy him less. 4. I was
accustomed to trust him least of all my friends. 5. The
common people perform the duty of slaves. 6. The old
man 1 is very strong, considering his years. 7. There was
nothing that he did not dare to eat. 8. He will use the
ships which he has collected. 9. We do not trust his plan,
for the reason that he is a man of narrow mind. 10. They
promised that they would remain across the river.
THE PLOT- OF ORGETORIX
Gallia est omnis divisain partis tris ; quarum unam incolunt
Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam ii qui ab se Celtae, ab nobis 2
Galli appellantur. Hi omnes sunt moribus legibusque inter
se dissimiles. Gallos ab Aquitanis Garumna flumen dividit,
a Belgis Matrona et Sequana. Horum omnium fortissimi sunt
Belgae, propterea quod a provincia longissime absunt, mini-
meque ad eos mercatores saepe veniunt; proximlque sunt
Germanis, qui trans Rhenum incolunt, quibuscum perpetuum
bellum gerunt. Qua de causa Helvetia quoque reliquos Gal-
los virtute superant, quod fere cottidie cum Germanis con-
1 aenex.
2 That is, the Romans. This reading-lesson and those which follow
are adapted from Caesar, and narrate events from the Roman standpoint.
I$2 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
tendunt, dum aut suis finibus eos prohibent aut ipsi in eorum
finibus bellum gerunt.
Apud Helvetica longe nobilissimus fuit Orgetorix. Is
regnl cupiditate inductus nobills sibi conciliavit, et civitatl
5 persuasit ut finibus suis cum omnibus copils excederent.
Dixit esse facile totius Galliae imperio potirl, demon stravitque
Helvetios virtute omnibus praestare. Facilius iis persuasit,
quod undique loci natura Helvetii continentur : una ex parte
flumine Rheno latissimo atque altissimo, qui agrum Helvetio-
10 rum a Germanis dlvidit ; alia ex parte monte lura altis-
simo, qui est inter Sequanos et Helvetios; tertia ex parte
Lemanno et flumine Rhodano, qui provinciam nostram ab
HelvetiTs dlvidit. His rebus accidit ut et minus late vaga-
rentur et minus facile cum flnitimis bellum gererent. Itaque
ismagno dolore adficiebantur. Pro multitudine hominum et
pro opmione virtutis angustos se finis habere arbitrabantur.
His rebus adducti et auctoritate Orgetorigis permotl con-
stituerunt omnis res ad profectiSnem comparare, quam pluri-
mum frumentum cogere, ut in itinere copiam haberent, cum
20 proximis civitatibus pacem et amicitiam conf Irmare. Tertium
annum protection! lege constituerunt Orgetorix dux de-
ligitur. Is legationem ad civitates suscipit. Persuadet
Castic5 Sequano, cuius pater regnum multos annos obtinuerat
et a senatu populi Roman! amicus appellatus erat, ut regnum
35 in civitate sua occuparet, 1 quod pater antea habuerat ; itemque
Dumnorigi HaeduS, fratri Diviciaci, qui eo tempore princi-
patum in civitate obtinebat ac maxima apud plebem erat
gratia, ut idem conaretur persuadet, eique filiam suam in
matrimonium dat Inter se fidem et ius iurandum dant, et
30 totius Galliae imperio sese potituros esse sperant.
1 When the principal verb is a historical present, its meaning is usually
regarded rather than its form, and then the past or past perfect subjunctive
is used in the subordinate clause.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 133
LESSON LVIII
387. The Irregular Verbs possum and prosum. Learn the
conjugation of possum, be able (section 494). Notice that
the spelling is pos before the forms of sum which begin with
s and in the present infinitive and imperfect subjunctive, pot
elsewhere ; and that the perfect does not have f .
PrOsum, benefit, has pr6d before the forms of sum which
begin with e (section 495).
388. Vocabulary
aedificium, -I, n., building, [aedi- ignis, ignis, 1 m.,Jire. ignite.
fico] . non null!, some, several.
ante, prep, with ace., before. una, adv., together , in company.
[antea], [unus].
circiter, adv., about, circle. vicus, -1, m., village, vicinity.
contango, coniungere, coniunxi, coniunctum, join with, join, unite.
[adiungo] .
cdnsumo, consuinere, consumpsi, c5nsumptum, consume^ waste, [sumo] .
morior, mon, mortuus sum, die. [mors] .
possum, posse, potui, be able, can. [potestas].
proficiscor, proficisci, profectus sum, set out, start, [profectio] .
prosum, prSdesse, profui, profuturus, with dat., benefit, [pro -f sum],
rcvertor, revert!, reverti, reversum, 2 turn back> return, versatile.
Exercises
389. i. Dicit aedificium in quo Hannibal sit multos
exitus habere. 2. Dixit aedificium in quo Hannibal esset
multos exitus habere. 3. Dux ante eorum profectionem
mortuus est. 4. Finitimis persuaserunt ut aut una secum
1 The ablative singular is igne or ignl.
2 The first reverti is present infinitive, the second is perfect indicative.
Revertor is deponent in the present, past, and future, but has active forms
in the perfect, past perfect, and future perfect. It is, then, just the oppo-
site of the semi-deponent verbs given in section 382.
134 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
proficiscerentur aut frumentum mitterent. 5. Non null!
qui prefect! sunt numquam revertentur. 6. Audimus non
nullos qui protect! sint numquam reversuros. 7. Facile
est imperio potlrl, quod virtute omnibus praestamus. 8. Ar-
bitrantur facile esse imperio potlrl, quod virtute omnibus
praestent. 9. Prodest plebi hunc ducem sequi, cui omnes
fidere possunt. 10. Ea quae pollicitus eras fecistl. n. In-
tellexl te ea quae pollicitus esses fecisse. 12. Germanos
secum coniungere conantur. 13. Postquam circiter quad-
ringenti vici igni consumpti sunt, hostis undique adorti sunt
14. Consilium quo imperator usus esset bonum esse arbi-
trabamur.
390. Indirect Subordinate Clauses. In sentence i the clause
in qu6 Hannibal sit is a part of the quotation. Notice that it is sub-
ordinate to the indirect statement aedificium multOs ezitiis habgre,
and that its verb is in the subjunctive.
You must carefully distinguish these three constructions :
1. Indirect statement (infinitive).
2. Indirect question (subjunctive).
3. Indirect subordinate clause (subjunctive).
Compare sentences i and 2, and notice that the tense of the sub-
junctive is determined by the verb of saying, in accordance with the
rule for the harmony of tenses.
Find all the other indirect subordinate clauses in the sentences
above.
391. i. I did not dare to trust you. 2. Perform the task
which you have been accustomed to neglect. 3. He says
that he is performing the task which he has neglected. 4. I
am glad that 1 this can benefit you. 5. He said that he was
glad that this could benefit you. 6. My friend returned
and roamed through the fields in company with me. 7. I
1 See section 384, sentence 6.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 135
think that we enjoy the winter more, for the reason that we
are stronger. 8. The grain which they cannot eat they
will consume with fire. 9. After they had destroyed
the buildings of several villages, they started. 10. They
thought that they could defend the allies who had been united
with them. 1 n. He died about ten days 2 before our de-
parture.
LESSON LIX
392. Vocabulary
Caesar, Caesaris, m., Caesar, a fa- pons, pontis, m., bridge, pontoon.
mous Roman general. praeter, prep, with ace., except,
expeditus, -a, -um, unobstructed. besides.
[impedio]. vadum, -I, ra.,ford. wade.
omnino, adv., in all, at all. [omnis].
concSdS, concedere, concessi, concessum, yield, grant, [excedo] .
pAco, pacare, pacavi, pacatum, pacify, subdue, [pax] .
Exercises
393. i. Caesar Gallia pacata {see 394) in Italiam revertit.
2. Imperatore absente nihil facere audemus. 3. Te duce
tota Gallia potiri poterimus. 4. Vicis suis numero 3 circiter
quadringentis incensfs domo proficlscuntur. 5. Vadis re-
pertis ponte non iam utuntur. 6. Galli iter per provinciam
facient, propterea quod aliud iter habent nullum. 7. Non
nullls aedificils igni c5nsumptls in provinciam itinere expedi-
tissimS contendunt. 8. Copiis coniunctis iter una cum
sociis fecimus. 9. Erat omnino in Gallia nulla legio praeter
hanc. 10. Hac re concessa barbarl se ab iniuria pro-
hibebunt. n. Dicit se frumentum quo milites vescantur
dare.
1 See page 119, foot-note i.
a Use the ablative of measure of difference. 8 Ablative of respect.
136 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
394. Ablative Absolute. In sentence i the words Gallifi pftcfttft
are in the construction called ablative absolute, which corresponds
to the nominative absolute in English. The literal translation is
Gaul subdued or Gaul having been subdued ; but we may translate
more freely having subdued Gaul, after subduing Gaul, after Gaul
had been subdued, when Gaul had been subdued, or since Gaul had
been subdued. Notice that Caesar having subdued Gaul cannot be
put into Latin without a change in the construction, because Latin
has no perfect active participle. In sentence 2 imperatOre absente
is literally the general absent or the general being absent ; but we
may say while the general is absent, when the general is absent, since
the general is absent, though the general is absent, if the general is
absent, or in the general's absence. In sentence 3 t6 duce may be
translated since you are our leader, if you are our leader, or under
your leadership. The literal translation is you leader, that is you being
leader, but there is no present participle of sum to correspond to being.
These three sentences show the general features of the ablative
absolute :
1. It consists of a noun or pronoun with a participle, noun, or
adjective in agreement.
2. The noun or pronoun denotes a person or thing not mentioned
elsewhere in the clause.
3. The word in agreement is in the nature of a predicate.
4. The translation must be varied to suit the meaning of the sen-
tence. When the Latin has a perfect passive participle, the best
translation is often an active participle, with the noun or pronoun as
its object. Most ablatives absolute may be translated by a subordi-
nate clause of time, cause, opposition, or condition.
Find all other ablatives absolute in the sentences above.
395. i. Our leader dead, 1 our armies routed, we yielded
to the victor at last. 2. Having subdued us, Caesar with-
drew into Italy. 3. He does not trust himself in your
absence. 4. If the bridge has been destroyed, 2 hasten to
i That is having died. 2 Use the ablative absolute.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 137
the ford before night. 5. When the roads were unob-
structed, 1 they were accustomed to march day and night
6. Since you are wretched, 1 I can enjoy these things very
little. 7. It will benefit no one at all except you. 8. I per-
formed this duty with your approval. 2 9. Having learned
this, I was glad.
LESSON LX
396. The Irregular Verb fero. Learn the indicative, sub-
junctive, present imperative, infinitive, and participles, active
and passive, of fero, bear (section 497).
Notice that this verb has, for the most part, the regular
forms of the third conjugation, but is irregular in certain
forms of the present indicative and imperative and in the
present infinitive and past subjunctive :
1. The present stem does not have a final vowel before r,
s, and t.
2. The singular of the present imperative active is fer,
not fere (see section 348).
3. The present infinitive passive is ferri, not ferl.
397. Vocabulary
nuper, adv., recently. praeterea, adv., besides, [praeter + is],
existimo, existimare, existimavl, existimatum, think, estimate.
fero, ferre, tuli, latum, bear, carry, transfer.
effero, eff erre, extull, elatum, carry away, [ex + fero] .
licet, licere, licuit or licitum est, 8 it is permitted, license.
patior, pati, passus sum, suffer, allow, patience.
pertined, pertinere, pertinui, extend, [per -f teneo] .
tollo, tollere, sustull, sublatum, raise ; also remove, extol.
1 Use the ablative absolute. 2 Say/<w approving.
8 Licet is an impersonal verb. An impersonal verb is one that is used
without a subject or with an infinitive or a clause as its subject, and has
therefore only the forms of the third person singular and the infinitives.
In English /'/ is used with an impersonal verb.
138 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Exercises
398. i. Helveti! frumentum omne praeter id quod secum
elaturl sunt ignl consumunt. 2. Spe fugae sublata parati-
ores ad omnia perlcula erimus. 3. Ex eo oppido pons ad
Helveti5s pertinet 4. Helvetii existimabant earn civitatem
quae nuper pacata esset non bono animo 1 esse. 5. Us per-
suadebimus ut per suos finis nos iter facere patiantur.
6. Tibi uni hoc concedam, nemini praeterea. 7. Sunt om-
nlno circiter quingenti homines qul arma ferre possint.
8. Id quod mihi prodest sequor, fugioque id quod mihi
nocet. 9. Ante hiemem una mecum in Galliam proficlscetur.
10. Nobis licebat iter in Galliam facere. n. Petimus ut
nobis liceat expedltiore itinere reverti.
399 i. They order all to carry grain besides. 2. You
may 2 burn all the buildings of your villages. 3. But we
shall not allow you to march through our territory. 4. We
think that they can be led across by a ford. 5. They had
recently made a bridge to join 3 the two towns. 6. This
wood extends from the river even to the town. 7. Caesar's
arrival removed all fear. 8. My brother having died, I has-
tened home. 9. Some think that he was carried away by
the desire for power.
CAESAR'S ARRIVAL IN GAUL
Orgetorix autem ante profectionem Helvetiorum mortuus
est. Post eius mortem tamen id quod constituerant facere
conantur domosque suas relinquere parant. Ubi iam se
ad earn rem paratos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida sua omnia, nu-
mero circiter duodecim, vlcos circiter quadringentos, reliqua
aedificia incendunt ; frumentum omne, praeter id quod secum
1 Descriptive ablative; of good mind, that is well-disposed.
2 Say it is permitted to you to. 8 Do not use the infinitive.
CAESAR
AN INTRODUCTION TO L^TlN 139
elaturl erant, igm consumunt, ut fugae spe sublata paratiores
ad omnia perlcula essent ; satis frumenti sibi 1 quemque domo
efferre iubent Persuadent finitimis ut oppidls suls viclsque
incensls 2 una cum ils proficlscantur ; B5i6sque, qui trans
Rhenum incoluerant, sibi societate adiungunt. 5
Erant omnin5 itinera duo quibus domo excedere possent :
unum per Sequanos, angustum et difficile, inter montem
luram et flumen Rhodanum (mons altissimus tam propinquus
erat ut facile pauci prohibere 8 possent); alterum per provin-
ciam nostram, multo facilius atque expeditius, propterea quod 10
inter finis Helvetiorum et Aliobrogum, qui nuper pacati
erant, est Rhodanus, copiaeque non nullis locls vado tra-
duci possunt. Extremum oppidum Aliobrogum est, proxi-
mumque Helveti5rum finibus, Genava. Ex eo oppido pons
ad Helvetios pertinet. Allobrogibus sese aut persuasuros, 15
quod ndn bono animo in populum Romanum viderentur, 4
existimabant aut vl coacturds ut per suos finis eos iter facere
paterentur. Omnibus rebus ad profectionem comparatis diem
constituunt, qua 6 die ad ripam Rhodani omnes conveniant.
Caesari ubi id nuntiatum est, eos per pr5vinciam nostram 20
iter facere conari, properat ab urbe proficisci et quam maxi-
mis itineribus in Galliam contendit et Genavam pervenit.
Provinciae toti quam maximum militum numerum imperat 6
(erat omnlno in Gallia legio una), pontem qui erat ad Genavam
iubet deleri. Ubi de eius adventu Helvetii certiores facti 25
sunt, legates ad eum mittunt, nobilissimos civitatis, qui dice-
rent se in animo habere sine ulla iniuria iter per provinciam
*f or himself.
2 The perfect participle is often to be translated by the form of the verb
that can be connected by and with the principal verb of the clause. Here
the best translation is to burn and set out*
8 That is prevent them from passing. 4 See page 73, foot-note I .
6 Dies is commonly feminine when it denotes a fixed day.
6 May be translated levied upon the province*
I4O AN* INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
facere, propterea quod aliud iter haberent nullum; se petere
ut id sibi facere liceret. Caesar hoc concedendum esse non
putabat; neque eos itinere per provinciam dato se prohibitu-
ros ab iniuria existimabat. Tamen, ne proelium committere
5 cogeretur ante adventum mllitum quos imperaverat, legatls
respondit se haec cogitaturum. Certam diem constituit, qua
reverterentur.
LESSON LXI
400. Vocabulary
c5nspectus, -us, m., sight, conspicu- paene, adv., almost, peninsula.
ous. praesertim, adv., especially.
cum, conj., since, as; also although, servitus, servitutis, f., slavery.
though. [servus].
dispono, disponere, disposul, dispositum, distribute, arrange, [pono] .
perficio, perficere, perf eci, perf ectum, finish, complete, [per -f facio] .
repello, repellcre, reppull, repulsum, drive back, repulse, [pcllo].
Exercises
401. i. Servitutem diutius non feram, praesertim cum nos
liberari posse videam. 2. Neminem timeo praeter deum so-
lum. 3. Cum apud eos plurimum posset, 1 tamen nihil effecit.
4. Caesar, cum hostes iter impediant, tamen in Galliam per-
veniet. 5. Cum 2 nobis persuadere non possent, c5nsilio
destiterunt. 6. Eo opere perfecto praesidia disponit, quae
Helvetios tells repellant. 7. Cum in fide et amlcitia populi
Roman! simus, tamen pueros nostros paene in conspectu exer-
citus tul in servitutem duel pateris. 8. Cum vada reperire
non possint, pontem faciunt 9. Quae cum ita sint, vitam
tibi concedam, praeterea nihil. 10. Cum Gallia pacata sit,
Caesar in Italiam revertitur.
1 was most powerful or was very powerful.
2 How can you tell that this is not the preposition?
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 141
402. Causal and Adversative aim-Clauses. Notice that the
clauses introduced by cum in the sentences above express the cause
of the action represented by the principal verb or an idea opposed
to the action, and that the verbs of these clauses are in the subjunctive.
403. i. If it is permitted, we shall carry away these
things. 2. Although the works had been completed, they
did not extend to the river. 3. As the guards have been
carefully l arranged, the enemy can easily be driven back.
4. Since they were so near, we could not avoid the missiles.
5. This, although it happened almost in sight of the city,
they did not see. 6. I think that they will follow, especially
since the roads are unobstructed. 7. Slavery is not easily
borne. 8. Recently he has not been able to raise himself
at all.
LESSON LXII
404. The Irregular Verb eo. Learn the indicative, sub-
junctive, present imperative, infinitive, and participles of eo,
go (section 498).
Notice that ii becomes 1 before s in the perfect infinitive,
the past perfect subjunctive, and the second person of the
perfect indicative.
405. Vocabulary
altitude, altitudinis, i.^ height, depth, hiberna, -drum, n. pi., winter quar-
[altus] . ters. [hiems] .
beneficium, -i, \\. y kindness, [bene -f munitid, munitionis, {., fortification,
facio] . defenses, [munio] .
cum, conj., when.' 1 natid, natidnis, f., people, nation.
eo, Ire, ii, itum, go. [exitus] .
transed, transire, transii, transitum, go across, cross, [trans -f eo].
vasto, vastare, vastavi, vastatum, ravage, devastation.
1 Use the ablative of manner. 2 What other meanings has this word ?
142 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Exercises
406. i. Caesar cum omnis eorum agr5s vastavisset (see
47\ legiones in hiberna deduxit. 2. Caesar, cum Gallia
pacata esset, in Italiam revertit. 3. Praeterea aliae na-
tioncs, cum imperium popull Romanl augeretur, novls rebus l
studebant. 4. Ab oppido ad montem mllia passuurn decem
murum fossamque duxit. 2 5. Cum has munitiones perfe-
cisset, se posse eos repellere existimabat. 6. Helvetii ea
spe sublata vadis, ubi minima altitude fluminis erat, translre
conati sunt. 7. Sequanis persuadere poterit, praesertim
cum gratia apud eos plurimum possit. 8. Cum socil nostri
in perlculo essent, auxilium tulimus. 9. Sequani cum Uum-
norlgis beneficio conciliati essent, Helvetios per suos finis Ire
passl sunt. 10. Cum ego in servitutem ducerer, tuae salutl
consuluisti.
407. Cwm- Clauses of Situation. In sentence i the clause intro-
duced by cum describes the situation at the time of the action repre-
sented by the main verb (when Caesar had ravaged, Caesar having
ravaged}. Often the description of the situation includes the idea
of cause or opposition : for instance, cum Gallia pacata esset in sen-
tence 2 may mean both when Gaul had been subdued and since Gaul
had been subdued. In this way the cum-clause came to express the
special idea of cause or opposition (see section 402). Any tense of
the subjunctive is used in causal and adversative cum-clauses, but
in cum-clauses of situation only the past or past perfect.
Notice that cum Gallia pacata esset in sentence 2 expresses the
same idea as Gallia pacata' in section 393, sentence i ; and that
Sequani conciliati would express the same idea as Sgquani cum con-
ciliati essent in sentence 9. Cum with the subjunctive is often
equivalent to a participle.
1 new things , that is, a revolution.
2 made^ but duxit expresses the idea of carrying forward, or extending.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 143
408. I. I met him in the city recently. 2. When he
had died, we went into the province. 3. When I inquired,
I learned that his kindnesses extended to the most wretched.
4. While it is permitted, enjoy the sight. 5. When the
legions had been distributed, they fortified winter quarters.
6. Although the enemy had been repulsed, they began again
to cross the river. 7. When they saw the great height of
the defenses, they almost despaired. 8. When you had
ravaged the fields of these peoples, you carried away your
plunder with you.
LESSON LXIII
409. The Irregular Verbs void, nblo, maid. Learn the con-
jugation of volo, wish; nolo, be unwilling; malo, prefer (sec-
tion 496).
Notice that these verbs have irregular forms in the present
of all moods and in the past subjunctive.
What other verbs have 1 in the present subjunctive?
410. Vocabulary
circum, prep, with ace., about. quo, conj., in order that, so that,
[circumvenio] . that.
educo, educere, eduxi, eductum, lead out, bring out. [e -f duco].
hiemo, hiemare, hiemavi, hiematum, spend the winter, winter, [hiems] .
inferd, inferre, intuli, inlatum, with dat., 1 bring upon, inflict upon; bellum
mferre, make war upon, [in -f fero] .
volo, velle, volui, be willing, wish, [voluntas].
nolo, nolle, ndlui, be unwilling, not wish.
malo, malle, malui, wish rather, prefer, [magis -f volo].
Exercises
411. i. Caesar praesidia disponit, quo facilius Helvetils
resistat 2. Se nolle iter cuiquam per provinciam dare
1 See section 241.
144 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
dlcit. 3. Et si vim facere c5nentur, se prohibiturum de-
monstrat. 4. Caesar cum Helvetios transire audlret, eos
prohibere voluit. 5. Legiones quas acceperat circum illam
urbem hiemabant. 6. Cum legiones ex hibernls eduxisset,
proximo itinere in Galliam Ire contendit. 7. Caesarem cer-
tiorem faciunt sc agrls vastatis Helvetios repellere non posse.
8. Quae cum ita sint, morl quarn servitutem ferre malo.
9. Beneficia a malls hominibus accipere nolumus. 10. Hae
natiorics cum Caesarl bellum mferrent, compluribus proelils
pulsae sunt.
412. @wo-Clauses of Purpose. Notice that the clause quo" . . .
resistat in sentence i expresses purpose, and that it contains the
comparative facilius. A clause of purpose in which there is a com-
parative is usually introduced by quo", instead of ut.
413. i. When the defenses had been completed, 1 the
legions were led out and stationed in sight of the enemy.
2. Although the height of the fortification is not great, the
enemy can easily be driven back. 3. He is unwilling to
inflict injury upon us, especially as we cannot resist. 4. I
wish rather to be than to seem 2 good. 5. If you wish,
I will spend the winter at home, that I may better defend
you. 6. He said that, if we wished, he would send a slave
to lead 3 us about the town. 7. Almost all are willing to go.
THE BEGINNING OF THE HELVETIAN WAR
Interea ea legione quam secum habebat militibusque qul ex
provincia convenerant a Lemanno ad montem luram milia
passuum undeviginti murum pedum sedecim 4 fossamque ducit.
1 Express this in two ways, by an ablative absolute and with cum.
2 See page 73, foot-note i .
8 Use a relative clause of purpose. 4 That is, in height.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 145
Eo opere perfecto praesidia disponit, castella munit, quo
facilius, si contra suam voluntatem transire conarcntur, 1 pro-
hibcre posset. Ubi ea dies quam constituerat cum legatls
venit, et legati ad eum reverterunt, dlcit se nolle iter cuiquam
per provinciam dare; et si vim facere 2 concntur, seprohibitu- 5
rum demonstrat Helvetii ea spe sublata, alii navibus con-
iunctis, alii vadls Rhodani, ubi minima altitud5 fluminis erat,
saepe noctu transire conatl sunt Munltione et mllitum telis
repulsi hoc consilio destiterunt.
Relinquebatur una per Sequan5s via, qua contra Sequano- 10
rum voluntatem propter angustias Ire non poterant His cum
ipsi persuadere non possent, legates ad Dumnorigem Hae-
duum mittunt. Dumnorlx enim gratia apud Sequanos pluri-
mum poterat, et Helvetils erat amicus, quod ex ea civitate
Orgetorlgis filiam in matrimonium duxerat; et cupiditate y t
regni adductus novis rebus studebat et quam plurimas civita-
tes suo beneficio conciliare volebat. Itaque rem suscipit, et a
Sequanis impetrat ut per finis su5s Helveti5s Ire patiantur,
obsidesque ut inter sese dent efficit. Sequam pollicentur se
itinere Helvetios non prohibituros ; Helvetii, se sine ulla 20
iniuria transituros.
Caesarl nuntiatur Helvetios in animo habere per agrum
Sequanorum et Haeduorum iter in earn partem Galliae facere
quae ndn longe a provincia absit. Id si facerent, intellegebat
provinciam magno cum perlculo hostls popull Roman! finiti- 25
mos habituram. Ob eas causas el munltionl quam fecerat
T. 3 Labienum legatum praeficit ; ipse in Italiam magnis iti-
neribus contendit duasque ibi legiones novas comparat, et
trls quae circum Aquileiam hiemabant ex hlbernis educit, et
proximo itinere in Galliam cum his quinque legionibus ire 30
1 Subjunctive in an indirect subordinate clause. The clause expresses
the thought of the subject of the principal clause.
2 That v^ force the passage. 8 The abbreviation for Titus.
146 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
contendit Quaedam genres quae Alpis incolunt locls supe-
rioribus occupatis itinere exercitum prohibere conantur. His
compluribus proelils pulsis ab oppido Italiae extreme in pro-
vinciam die septimo pervenit ; inde in finis eorum exercitum
5 ducit qui sunt extra provinciam trans Rhodanum priml.
Helvetil iam per angustias et finis Sequanorum suas copias
traduxerant et in Haeduorum finis pervenerant eorumque
agros vastabant. Haedul cum se suaque ab ils defendere
non possent, Iegat5s ad Caesarem mittunt, qui auxilium pete-
10 rent. Hi dicunt sc in fide atque amicitia popull Roman! esse,
ut paene in conspectu exercitus nostri agri vastarl, pueri in
servitutem duel, oppida expugnari non debeant. Eodem tern-
pore socii eorum Caesarem certiorem faciunt sese vastatis
agrls non facile ab oppidls vim hostium prohibere. Quibus
5 rebus adductus Caesar Helvetiis bellum Inferre constituit.
LESSON LXIV
414. Vocabulary
explorator, exploratoris, m., scout, princeps, principis, m., leading man,
explore. head, [principatus] .
immortalis, immortale, immortal, secundus, -a, -urn, favor able* $ se-
[mors] . cundae res, prosperity.
abdo, abdere, abdidi, abditum, hide^ conceal, [ab + do] .
consequor, consequi, consecutus s\im, follow ufl; also overtake* [sequor],
mando, mandare, mandavl, mandatum, intrust, mandate.
Exercises
415. i. Cum magna pars eorum interfecta esset, reliqui
sese fugae mandaverunt. 2 2. Moneb5 ut se abdant, ne capi-
1 This is the same word that has been learned as an ordinal numeral
meaning second.
2 That is, took to flight*
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 147
antur. 3. Exploratores praemissi sunt, qui viderent quam
in partem hostes iter facerent. 4. Pontem facimus, quo
facilius eos consequamur. 5. Cum princeps Iegati5nis sim,
tamen ea quae vultis pollicer! non audeo. 6. Ita secundis
rebus elatus eras ut ab dis l immortalibus non opem peteres.
7. Cum frumentum omne incensum sit, dorm nihil est quo se
sustinere possint. 8. Putabasne legidnes hiematuras in
finibus earum nationum quae superatae essent ? 9. Nobis
bellum inferre nostrosque agr5s vastare nolent. 10. Erant
circum hiberna eius multl colles. n. Quis est tarn audax
qui altitudine munltionum non permoveatur ? 12. Accidit
ut fossam translre conarentur.
416. Review of Subjunctive Constructions. Make a list of all the
uses of the subjunctive that have been named up to this point, and
find an example of each in section 415.
417. i. Although he had brought out few ships, yet he did
not hesitate to join battle. 2. They persuaded us to intrust
this matter to the head of the embassy. 3. He said that he
preferred to speak about the kindnesses which he had received.
4. Who is there who thinks that the immortal gods 2 dis-
regard the affairs of men ? 5. The gods granted us pros-
perity, that they might destroy us. 6. When he saw this,
Caesar sent the cavalry to sustain the enemy's attack.
7. You can learn from the scouts whether the enemy have
hidden themselves. 8. We shall go by the same route, that
we may overtake them more quickly.
1 See section 463.
2 The words di immortales are regularly written in this order.
148 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
LESSON LXV
418. The Irregular Verb fid. Learn the conjugation of
fio, be done, be made (section 499).
Flo is used as the passive of facio ; but the perfect, past
perfect, and future perfect forms, the future infinitive, and
the gerundive are the regular forms of facio.
Notice that the i is long, except in fit and before er.
419. Vocabulary
citra, prep, with ace., on this side of. vigilia, -ae, f., watch, a fourth part
gravis, grave, heavy] also impor- of the night, vigilant.
tant. gravity.
ago, agere, egi, actum, drive ; also treat, [redigo] .
fio, fieri, factus sum, be done, be made; also result, happen, fiat.
praedico, praedicare, praedicavi, praedicatum, declare ; also boast, predicate.
Exercises
420. i. Mercatorl est pecunia (see 421). 2. Sex nobls
filii sunt. 3. Caesar per exploratores certior fit Helvetios
citra flumen esse. 4. His rebus * f actum est ut sese f ugae
mandarent atque in 2 silvas abderent. 5. Nobls est in ammo
cum Caesare de his rebus agere. 6. Nonne ab dls immorta-
libus vos ereptos praedicabatis ? 7. Nam de vestra virtute
praedicare nolebatis. 8. Monent nos ne principes clvitatis
gravl supplicio adficiamus. 9. Legionem quae circum hoc
oppidum hiemat adoriemur. 10. Oppido satis erit praesidi.
ii. Secunda vigilia equites ex castrls eduxit, quo celerius
hostls consequeretur. 12. Qua ex re fiebat ut elephant! in
mediam aciem agerentur.
421. Dative of Possession. Sentence i means the same as merca-
tor pecuniam habet, and may be translated the trader has money.
1 Ablative of cause.
2 English says in, but the accusative is used in Latin because the idea
of motion is implied.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 149
What is the literal translation? Notice that in this construction the
dative is used to denote the possessor, the verb is sum, and the thing
possessed is the subject.
Find the other datives of possession in the sentences above.
422. i. He is unwilling to inform me about these impor-
tant matters. 2. The general will have no friendship
with you, if you stay in Gaul. 3. If Caesar has already
determined to make war upon us, we ought not to treat with
him. 4. I have it 1 in mind to attack them suddenly in the
third watch. 5. It resulted that we remained on this side
of the Alps. 6. I prefer to see what is being done.
7. You are accustomed to boast about your father. 8. In
former times justice had honor.
LESSON LXVI
423. Active Periphrastic Conjugation. You have learned
that the future active participle is used with sum to represent
an action as about to occur or intended. The inflection of
sum in combination with the future active participle is called
the active periphrastic conjugation: for instance, moniturus
est, he is about to advise, is going to advise, is intending to
advise, is the third person singular, present indicative of the
active periphrastic conjugation of moneo.
424. Vocabulary
iniquus, -a, -um, unfair, unfavora- recens, recentis, recent,
ble. [aequus] . repentmus, -a, -um, sudden.
nondum, adv., not yet. [non]. vix, adv., hardly.
pagus, -i, m., district, division.
consistd, c5nsistere, constiti, take a position ; also halt, [desisto] .
influo, Influere, influx!, mfluxum,yfow into, empty into, [flumen],
progredior, progredl, progressus sum, advance, progress.
1 Omit.
150 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Exercises
425. i. Quaere quid fiat. 2. Nondum ab exploratoribus
certior factus erat hostis citra flumen esse. 3. Dicit se
tertia vigilia iturum esse. 1 4. Idem pagus cdnsulem populi
Roman! repentlno impetu oppressum interfecerat. 5. Has
iniurias recentiores vix ferre possum. 6. Nostros in locum
iniquiorem non progredi vlderunt. 7. Non ea neglecturi
sumus quae nobls mandata sunt. 8. Erat mihi tecum con-
loquium, ut cognoscerem quid facturus esses. 9. Consul
cum eos consecutus esset, consistere constituit. 10. Flu-
men ibi transiturl sunt ubi in mare Influit.
426. i. I had not yet learned where the marsh emptied
into the river. 2. We shall advance and take a position
near the wood in which 2 the enemy have concealed them-
selves. 3. Our sudden arrival is going to alarm them.
4. The leading men of these districts have been intending
to treat with you. 5. The terms were so unfair that we
could hardly approve them. 6. I was about to ask why
the punishment was so heavy. 7. You were about to
speak concerning the recent disaster. 8. Who does not
understand that this state is going to be immortal? 9. I
am not going to boast about my prosperity.
1 Notice that the present infinitive of the active periphrastic conjugation
is used as the future infinitive of the regular conjugation : so iturum esse
may be translated either ts intending to go or will go.
* See section 420, sentence 4.
GALLIC TRUMPETS AND SHIELDS
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
LESSON LXVII
427. Passive Periphrastic Conjugation. You have learned
that the gerundive is used with sum to represent an action as
necessary or proper. The inflection of sum in combination
with the gerundive is called the passive periphrastic conjuga-
tion : for instance, monendus est, he is to be advised, must be
advised, ought to be advised, is the third person singular,
present indicative of the passive periphrastic conjugation of
moneo.
428. Vocabulary
agmen, agminis, n., column (of a iugum, -I, n., ridge.
marching army), [ago]. praemium, -I, n., reward, premium.
ascendd, ascendere, ascend!, ascensum, climb, ascend.
instruo, instruere, Instruxl, instructum, draw up. structure.
mereo, merere, merui, meritum, deserve, merit.
statuo, statuere, statui, statutum, decide, determine, [constituo].
Exercises
429. i . Ante noctem statuendum est quid faciendum sit.
2. Oppidum mihi (see 430) muniendum est. 3. Caesar
exploratoribus certior faciendus est hostis citra flumen esse.
4. Tertia vigilia eum pagum adortl eratis. 5. Impetus
hostium tarn repentmus erat ut agmen perturbaret. 6. Iugum
ad quod constitimus nobis est ascendendum. 7. Acies in
summo iugo montis mstruenda erat. 8. Sibi agendum esse
tecum non existimabant. 9. Speramus nobis fore 1 perpetuam
v5blscum societatem. 10. Gravissimo suppliciS adficiendi
estis. n. Tibi de tua virtu te praedicandum non est.
12. Istud praemium vix meres.
1 Fore is often used as the future infinitive of sum. What is the regulai
form?
152 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
430. Dative of Agent. In sentence 2 mihi denotes the agent.
The sentence may be translated the town is to be fortified by me, the
town must be fortified by me, the town ought to be fortified by me ; or
changed to the active form, I must fortify the town, I ought to fortify
the town, I have to fortify the town. With the passive periphrastic
conjugation the dative is regularly used to denote the agent, instead
of ab and the ablative.
Find the other datives of agent in the sentences above, and
notice that the sentences in which this construction occurs are often
to be changed to the active form in translation. What does the
agent become when this change is made ? What does the subject
become ?
431. i. The recent injuries are so great that they ought
not to be borne. 2. We must determine l what we are
going to do. 3. He had not yet decided that he ought to
advance. 4. Since the column was overwhelmed by the
enemy's cavalry, it halted. 5. He had to draw up the
forces in an unfavorable place. 6. The highest ridge is to
be climbed by this legion. 7. We must learn the name of
the river which empties into the sea here. 8. You ought to
await the reward which you have deserved.
BATTLE AND PARLEY
Flumen est Arar, quod per finis Haeduorum et Sequano-
rum in Rhodanum mfluit. Id Helvetil navibus coniunctis
transibant. Ubi per exploratores Caesar certior factus est
trls iam partis copiarum Helvetios traduxisse, quartam fere
partem citra flumen reliquam esse, tertia vigilia cum legioni-
bus tribus e castris profectus ad earn partem pervenit quae
nondum flumen transierat. E5s impedltos 2 subito adortus
1 Say it is to be determined by us.
* impeded, that is, at a disadvantage.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 153
magnam partem eorum occidit ; reliqui sese fugae mandave-
runt atque in proximas silvas abdiderunt. Is pagus appella-
batur Tigurmus ; nam omnis clvitas Helvetiorum in quattuor
pagos divlsa est. Hie pagus patrum nostrorum memoria 1
consulem populi Roman! interfecerat et eius exercitum 5
pepulerat.
Hoc proelio facto, 2 reliquas 3 copias Helvetiorum ut conse-
qui posset, pontem facit atque ita exercitum traducit. Hel-
vetii repentino eius adventu permoti, cum id quod ipsi vix
diebus xx 4 confecissent ilium uno die fecisse intellegerent, 10
legatos ad eum mittunt; cuius legationis Divico prmceps fuit,
qui superiore bello dux Helvetiorum fuerat Is ita cum
Caesare egit: "Si pacem populus Romanus cum Heivetiis
faciet, in earn partem ibunt atque ibi erunt Helvetii ubi eos
constitueris 6 ; si autem nobis bellum facere mavis, revoca 15
animum tuum ad memoriam et veteris incommodi populi
RomanI et pristinae virtu tis Helvetiorum. Unum pagum
subito adortus es, cum ii qui flumen transierant suis 6 auxi-
lium ferre non possent; quam ob rem exlstimare non debes
Romanes Heivetiis virtute praestare. Nos magis virtute
quam insidiis contendimus. Is locus ubi constiterimus ex
calamitate populi RomanI et caede exercitus nomen capiet."
His Caesar ita respondit : " Eas res de quibus dixistis
memoria tene5. Sine causa Helvetii illo tempore istam iniu-
riam populo Romano intulerunt. Recentis quoque iniurias 25
memoria teneo. Contra voluntatem meam iter per provin-
ciam temptavistis, agros sociorum populi Roman! vastavistis.
Di immortales tarn diu secundas res concesserunt, quo gravi-
1 Ablative of time. 2 That is, fought.
8 Put first for emphasis, but the translation of the clause must begin
with ut.
4 In reading Latin pronounce the Latin word for which a numeral sign
is used.
6 See section 155. to their comrades.
I$4 A & INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
ore suppliciS vos adficerent. Cum haec ita sint, tamen si
obsides a vobis mihi dabuntur, ut ea quae polliceamini vos
facturos intellegam, voblscum pacem faciam." Dlvico re-
spondit Helvetios obsides accipere, non dare solere. Hoc
5 resp5nso dato discessit.
Postero die castra ex e5 loco movent. Idem facit Caesar
equitatumque omnem, ad numerum quattuor mllium, quern
ex omni provincia et Haeduls atque eorum socils coegerat,
praemittit, qui videant quas in partis hostes iter faciant.
10 Qui acrius agmen secuti iniquo loco cum equitatu Helvetio-
rum proelium committunt, et pauci occiduntur. Quo proelio
elati Helvetii, quod quingentis equitibus tantam multitudinem
equitum pepulerant, fortius resistere et nostros adoriri coepe-
runt Caesar suos a proelio continebat. Ita dies circiter xv
15 iter fecerunt ut hostium agmen a nostro quinque aut sex
milia passuum abesset.
MEMORIAL OF CAESAR'S CONQUEST OF GAUL
LESSON LXVIII
432. Gerund. The gerund is the neuter singular of the
gerundive used as a substantive in the genitive, dative,
accusative, and ablative cases (sections 489, 490, 491, 492,
497, 498).
Notice that the gerund of e6 has u before the ending,
instead of e. This spelling is often found also in the
gerundives and gerunds of verbs of the third and fourth
conjugations : potiundus.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 155
433. Vocabulary
causa, 1 with gen . , for the sake of, for mllitaris, militate, military ; res mlli-
the purpose of . taris, art of war. [miles],
frumentarius, -a, -um, of grain ; res novissimus, -a 7 -urn, 2 last; novissi-
frumentaria, supply of grain. mum agmen, rear.
[frumentum]. scientia, -ae, f., knowledge, omnis-
impedlmentum, -I, n., hindrance*, dent.
impedimenta (pi. ) , baggage, [im-
pedio].
conloco, conlocare, conlocavi, conlocatum, place, [locus],
cdnsldd, considere, consedi, consessum, settle ; also encamp, residence.
incite, incitare, incitavi, incitatum, urge on, rouse, excitement.
perterre5, perterrere, perterrui, perterritum, frighten; perterritus, panic-
stricken, [per -f terreo] .
renuntio, renuntiare, renuntiavi, renuntiatum, report, [nuntio] .
Exercises
434. i. Nulla est spes superandl. 2. Nulla est spes regis
superandi (see 435). 3. Renuntiatum est Gallos spe oppidi
potiundi adductos prope consedisse. 4. Desperantes de
oppid5 expugnand5 ad pugnandum incitari non poterant
5. Repentinus impetus factus erat hostium perterrendorum
causa. 6. Sutnmum iugum ad aciem instruendam est
idoneum. 7. Equls incitatls collem celeriter ascendunt.
8. Equites nobis conlocandl sunt citra flumen quod in Rhoda-
num influit, ne hostibus sit potestas transeundl. 9. Neque
nostrl in locum inlquiorem pugnandi causa pr5gressurl sunt.
10. Legiones hie consistent, equites rei frumentariae causa
praemittentur. n. Hie pagus flnem fugiendi nondum
fecerat. 12. In imperatore deligend5 scientia rei mllitaris
maxime est postulanda. 13. Me a dlcendo vix continere
1 This is the ablative of the noun. It regularly follows the genitive.
2 This is the superlative of novus, new.
156 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
possum. 14. Legiones duae in novissimo agmine praesidio
impediments erant.
435. Use of Gerund and Gerundive. In sentence i superandi is
the genitive of the gerund (of conquering) ; but in sentence 2 it is the
genitive singular masculine of the gerundive, agreeing with rggis (of
conquering the king). Notice that the gerund has the construction
of a noun, the gerundive that of an adjective. When the gerund
would have a direct object, the gerundive is commonly used instead :
so rggis superandi instead of regem superandi. It is important that
this use of the gerundive be carefully studied with reference to the
following points :
1. The gerundive agrees with a noun.
2. The noun is in the case in which the gerund would be, if it were
used.
3. The gerundive is translated as the gerund would be, and the
noun is translated as its direct object.
4. The translation is active, not passive.
5. The gerundive does not express the idea of necessity or pro-
priety, as in the periphrastic conjugation.
436. i. He sends the cavalry forward for the purpose of
procuring a supply of grain. 2. Two legions had been
placed in the rear for the purpose of defending the baggage.
3. In reporting the recent engagement he has spoken about
Caesar's remarkable knowledge of the art of war. 4. We
shall treat with him about settling on this side of the river.
5. The panic-stricken slave tried to escape by urging on his
horse. 6. I had decided that I ought not to give rewards
which no one deserved. 7. You urged them on to resisting.
8. I am about to make an end of speaking.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 157
LESSON LXIX
437. Supine. The supine of a verb has two forms of the
fourth declension, the accusative and the ablative. The
accusative is spelled the same as the form of the perfect
participle which is given as one of the principal parts of the
verb (sections 489, 490, 491, 492, 497, 498),
438. Vocabulary
confertus, -a, -um, dense, in close scutum, -I, n., shield, scutcheon.
order. tergum, -I, n., back.
lux, lucis, f., light, lucid.
postridie, adv., the next day. [pos-
terus -f dies].
confero, conf erre, contuli, conlatum, bring together ; se cSnferre, betake one-
self, go. [fero].
lacesso, lacessere, lacessivi, lacessitum, harass.
muto, mutare, mutavi, mutatum, change, immutable.
scio, scire, sclvi, scitum, know, [scientia] .
verto, vertere, verti, versum, turn ; terga vertere,yfc*. [revertor].
Exercises
439. i . Nostrl iugum oppugnandl oppidi causa ascenderunt.
2. LegatI veniunt pacem petltum (see 440). 3. Statuerat
sibi aciem mstruendam esse, quae novissimum agmen adori-
retur. 4. Hoc est optimum factu (see 441). 5. Timore 1
perterriti terga verterunt. 6. Nuntius victoriam nuntiatum
missus est. 7. Prlma luce 2 impedlmentls in unum locum
conlatis pr5gressl sunt, ut castra oppugnarent. 8. Confertis-
sima acie scuta Gallis magno erant impedimento. 9. Quae-
sltum de re frumentaria ibimus. 10. Helvetil itinere mutato
agmen nostrum lacessere coeperunt. 11. I lie vir timore
1 This word need not be translated. 2 That is, at daybreak.
158 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
perterritus id quod non vlderat pro viso l Caesarl renuntiavit.
12. Postridie te sciente in urbem ad patrem meum defenden-
dum venl. 13. Difficile dictu est quid existiment.
440. Use of Supine in urn. In sentence 2 petltum is the supine.
It expresses purpose, and is to be translated to seek. The supine in
um is used to express purpose with verbs of motion only.
441. Use of Supine in u. In sentence 4 optimum factu is to be
translated the best thing to do. Only a few supines in u are in use,
and they are used chiefly with certain adjectives. Note those that
you find, and the adjective with which each goes.
442. Review of Expressions of Purpose. Purpose may be ex-
pressed in Latin in these various ways :
1. The subjunctive with ut or ng.
2. The subjunctive with a relative (quo when the clause contains a
comparative).
3. The accusative of the gerundive or gerund with ad.
4. The genitive of the gerundive or gerund with causa.
5. The supine in um.
Find in the sentences above examples of thes five ways of express-
ing purpose, and rewrite sentence 2 in the first four ways.
443. i. The horsemen fled, that they migbt avoid the
danger. 2. They urged on their borses, that they might
come to the bridge more quickly. 3. The next day we
selected a hill on which to encamp. 4. At the foot of 2 the
hill he will place his cavalry to harass the enemy's rear.
5. Weapons and military standards are brought together at
daybreak. 6. We were in close order and prepared for 3
advancing. 7. He comes to see. 8. Do you ask who
deserves this reward ? 9. It is difficult to say. 10. I know
that I cannot change my nature by increasing my knowledge.
l for seen, that is, as seen. * at the foot of, sub. 8 ad.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 159
LESSON LXX
444. Vocabulary
gladius, -i, m., sword, gladiator. prope, prep. 2 with ace., near.
intervallum, -I, n., interval. ut, conj., as?
post, prep, with ace., behind^
averto, avertere, avert!, aversum, turn aside, [a -f verto].
converts, convertere, convert!, conversum, turn about, reverse, [verto].
consuesco, consuescere, cdnsuevi, consuetum, become accustomed ; perfect,
have become accustomed, that is, be accustomed.
nescid, nescire, nescivi, nescltum, not know. [scio].
praecipio, praecipere, praecep!, praeceptum, with dat, give directions, in-
struct, [capio] .
Exercises
445. i. Si domi est, gaudemus. 2. Caesar ei praeceperat
ne hostium novissimum agmen lacesseret. 4 3. Si hostls
sequebar, idem intervallum semper conservabam. 4. Si
hostls accedere renuntiatum erat, impedimenta post legiones
conlocare consueverat. 5. Si Caesar iter averterit, 6 Helvetil
Romanos perterritos fugere existimabunt. 6. Postridie
pugnandl causa itinere converso nostros sequl coeperunt.
7. Si sententiam saepe mutabis, nesciam quid veils. 8. Nisi
gladils uteminl, e5s non vincetis. 9. Multo die 6 prope
montem consederunt. 10. Hoc tempus in re frumentaria
comparanda et in conferendis scutis sigmsque militaribus
consumpsistis. n. In medio colle, 7 ut postea ex captivis
cognitum est, hostes c5nfertissimam aciem Instruxerant.
1 How is this preposition translated in expressions of time ?
2 Remember that this word may be used as an adverb also.
8 When ut means as, the verb used with it is in the indicative.
4 See section 268. 6 See section 155. 6 late in the day.
* That is, half-way up the hill. See page 105, foot-note i .
160 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
446. Conditional Complexes. Sentence 3 is a conditional com-
plex, or a complex sentence made up of a condition and a conclusion.
The clause si hostis sequSbar is the condition, and the clause idem
intervallum semper cQnservabam the conclusion. In sentence 8 nisi
gladiis fitSmini is the condition. Notice that the conditions are
introduced by si and nisi. Find all the other conditional complexes
above, and notice that present, past, or future action is represented
in both clauses by the usual tense of the indicative.
447. i. They had come to attack the camp before light.
2. I do not know what is being done behind my back.
3. Unless assistance comes, I shall instruct them to turn
their horses about l and flee. 4. We were prepared, as you
know, to fight with swords, if this seemed the best thing to
do. 5. If they try to settle near your boundaries, you will
rouse the state to arms and turn them aside. 6. He is ac-
customed to leave an interval between the legions. 7. You
ought to turn labor into knowledge, if you can.
THE BLUNDER OF CONSIDIUS
Tandem ab exploratoribus certior factus hostis sub monte
consedisse mllia passuum ab ipsius 2 castris oct5, quae esset
natura montis qui 3 cognoscerent misit. Renuntiatum est
aditum esse facilem. Tertia vigilia T. Labienum legatum
5 cum duabus legionibus et iis ducibus 4 qui iter cognoverant
summum iugum montis ascendere iubet; quid sibi sit in
animo demonstrat. Ipse quarta vigilia eodem itinere quo
hostes ierant ad eos contendit, equitatumque omnem ante se
mittit. P. Considius, qui summam scientiam rei militaris
1 Use the ablative absolute, omitting and. Compare page 139, line 4.
a his own.
8 The antecedent (men}, which would be the object of misit, is omitted.
4 as guides.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN l6l
habere dlcebatur et in exercitu L. Sullae et postea in M.
Crass! fuerat, cum exploratoribus praemittitur.
Prima luce, cum summus mons a Labieno teneretur, ipse
ab hostium castrls non longius mille et qulngentls passibus
abesset, neque, ut postea ex captivls repperit, aut ipslus ad- 5
ventus aut Labieni cognitus esset, Considius equo incitato ad
eum venit, dlcit montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit ab
hostibus tenerl ; id se a Gallicls armls atque insignibus cog-
novisse. Caesar suas copias in 1 proximum collem ducit,
aciem Instruit. Labienus, ut erat el praeceptum 2 a Caesare 10
ne proelium committeret nisi ipslus copiae prope hostium
castra vlsae essent, ut undique uno tempore in hostis impetus
fieret, monte occupato nostros exspectabat suosque a proelio
continebat. Tandem multo die per exploratores Caesar cog-
novit et montem a suls tenerl et Helvetios castra movisse et 15
Considium timore perterritum id quod non vidisset pro vlso
sibi renuntiavisse. Eo die intervallo quod consueverat relictd
hostis sequitur et milia passuum tria ab eorum castrls castra
ponit.
Postrldie, quod rem frumentariam comparandam esse *o
exlstimavit, iter ab Helvetiis avertit ac Bibracte ire con-
tendit. Ea res hostibus nuntiatur. HelvetiT, quod timore
perterritos Romanes discedere a se exlstimabant, quod su-
perioribus locfs occupatls proelium non commlsissent, mutatS
consilio atque itinere conversd nostros a novissimo agmine as
sequi ac lacessere coeperunt.
Postquam id vldit, copias suas Caesar in proximum collem
duxit equitatumque qui sustineret hostium impetum mlsit
Ipse interim in colle medio aciem instruxit Iegi5num quattuor
veterum ; in summo iugo duas legiones quas in Italia nuper 3
1 up on.
2 directions had been given to hint) that is, he had been instructed.
1 62 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
comparaverat conlocarl iussit. Helvetii secuti impedimenta
in unum locum contulerunt; ipsi confertissima acie repulso
nostrd equitatu in primam nostram aciem impetum f ecerunt
LESSON LXXI
448. Vocabulary
apertus, -a, -urn, open, unprotected, triduum, -I, n., three days. [tegs
[aperio]. + dies].
latus, late ris, n . , side, flank, lateral.
cohortor, cohortari, cohortatus sum, encourage, urge, exhortation.
cSnapicor, cdnspicari, conspicatus sum, catch sight of, see. [conspectus] .
lacio, iacere, ieci, iactum, throw, interjection.
proiciS, proicere, proiSci, proiectum, throw down, fling away, [pro + iacio] .
intermitto, intermittere, intennlsi, intermissum, interrupt*, also (in the
passive) intervene, [inter + mitto] .
refero, referre, rettull, relatum, bring back ; pedem referre,/^// back, retreat.
[fero].
removed, removere, removi, remdtum, move back, remove, [moveo] .
Exercises
449. i. Si arma conlata in fossam iacietis, vos in deditionem
accipiet. 2. Si arma in fossam ieceritis, vos in deditionem
accipiet, 3. Si arma in fossam iaciatis (see 430), vos in
deditionem accipiat. 4. Si arma in fossam ieceritis, vos in
deditionem accipiat 5. Trlduo intermiss5 prima luce prope
flumen castra posuistl. 6. Si confertissima acie scuta nobls
sint impedlmento, ea proiciamus. 7. Postrldie Caesar prae-
cepit ut prlmum suus, deinde omnium equl ex conspectu re-
moverentur. 8. Si Galll nostros perturbatos conspicatl proe-
lium renovent, multl interficiantur. 9. Cohortatus suos
acie conversa impetum gladils fieri iussit. 10. Si hostls
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 163
a latere aperto 1 lacesslverlmus, pedem referant. 11. Si
te ab hoc consilio avertere possit, non solum tibi sed etiam
sibi prosit.
450. Future Conditional Complexes. In sentence 3 si iaciatis,
accipiat is to be translated if you should throw, he would receive.
Notice that the present subjunctive is used in both the condition and
the conclusion to represent a future action. In sentence 4 iScerltis
is the perfect subjunctive (should have thrown), but it is best trans-
lated in the same way as iaciatis (should throw]. You have seen
that the future and future perfect indicative are also used in condi-
tional complexes. The present and perfect subjunctive are less
vivid. The perfect subjunctive, like the future perfect indicative,
represents the action as completed in future time. Notice that
more vivid future conditional complexes in English have shall or will
in the conclusion, less vivid should or would.
451. i. If you should change your opinion again, as you
are accustomed to do, I should not know what you wish.
2. Unless the horses are removed, we shall be able to escape.
3. If the enemy should attack you on 2 the unprotected flank,
I should urge you not to retreat. 3 4. When they caught
sight of us, they flung away * their weapons and fled, as you
know. 5. If the same interval is kept, we shall arrive in
three days. 6. If he should draw up his forces in an open
place, the march would be interrupted. 7. If he should
throw himself from this high building, he would be killed
instantly.
1 This was the right flank, which was not protected by the shields of
the soldiers.
2 ab. * See section 268. 4 Use the ablative absolute.
164 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
LESSON LXXII
452. Vocabulary
alter . . . alter, one . . . the other ; hora, -ae, f., hour.
alter! . . . 9\\s&, one party . . . inopia, -ae, f., want, lack. [ops].
the other party. sinister, sinistra, sinistnim, left ;
commode*, adv., conveniently ', effec- as noun, sinistra, -ae, f., left
lively, [incommodum]. hand, sinister.
dexter, dextra, dextrum, right; as unde, adv., whence, [undique].
noun, dextra, -ae, f., right hand, vallum, -i, n., rampart, wall.
dexterity.
conicid, conicere, coniecl, coniectum, hurl, [iacid].
egredior, egredl, egressus sum,0 out, march out. [progredior].
reducd, reducere, reduxi, reductum, lead back, bring back. [duc6] .
restitud, restituere, restitui, restitutum, restore, [statud] .
vac5, vacare, vacavi, vacatum, be vacant.
Exercises
453. i. Sinistra scutum, dextra gladium teneS. 2. Si
dux abest, munere suo, ut consueverunt, commode f unguntur.
3. Nisi dux abesset, munere su5 fungerentur (see 454).
4. Si hostis viderent, ex vallo tela conicerent. 5. Si
inopia telSrum fuit, oppugnatiSnem non sustinuerunt.
6. Nisi inopia telorum fuisset, oppugnationem complOris
horas sustinuissent (see 454). /. Si tela a nobis iaci pos-
sent, non nos converteremus. 8. Alterl in eum locum unde
erant egressl reducebantur, alterl pr5grediebantur. 9. Nisi
Helvetii, ut Caesar praeceperat, oppida sua restituissent,
German! agr5s vacantis occupavissent. 10. Caesar, si se
ad pedes eius proiecissent pacemque petivissent, concessisset.
n. Hoc toto proelio aversum hostem 1 videre nem5 potuit.
12. Long5 intervallo intermisso Romam veni,
1 That is. the back of an enemv.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 16$
454. Present and Past Conditional Complexes. Sentence 3 is
to be translated if the leader were not absent, they would perform
their duty ; and you are to understand that the leader is absent and
they are not performing their duty. So in sentence 6 (if there had
not been a lack, they would have sustained) you are to understand
that there was a lack and they did not sustain. These conditional
complexes, therefore, are contrary to fact. Notice that the past
subjunctive is used in both the condition and the conclusion to imply
the non-occurrence of an action in present time, the past perfect
subjunctive to imply the non-occurrence of an action in past time.
You have seen that the indicative is used in present and past con-
ditional complexes which imply neither the occurrence nor the non-
occurrence of the action. These are called neutral.
455. Summary of Conditional Complexes
LATIN ENGLISH
PRESENT AND PAST NEUTRAL
Present, past, perfect, or past
perfect indicative.
Present, past, perfect, or past
perfect indicative.
MORE VIVID FUTURE
Future or future perfect indica-
tive.
Present indicative in condition.
Shall or will in conclusion.
LESS VIVID FUTURE
Present or perfect subjunctive.
Should in condition.
Past subjunctive.
Should or would in conclusion.
PRESENT CONTRARY TO FACT
Were or past in condition.
Should or would in conclusion.
PAST CONTRARY TO FACT
Past perfect subjunctive.
Had in condition.
Should have or would have in
conclusion.
166 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
456. I. If that place were vacant, you would be able to
seize it. 2. In two hours they would have gone out, if the
scouts had not caught sight of the enemy near the camp.
3. If the attack had been made from this side, the javelins
would have been hurled from the rampart less effectively.
4. If the road were open, I should remove the garrison
on account of the want of grain. 5. If I did not know, I
should think that they had retreated. 6. If you had not
restored your towns, I should have made war upon you again.
7. He urged that they should be led back to the general.
8. One legion was on the right wing, the other on the left.
THE DEFEAT AND SURRENDER OF THE
HELVETIANS
Caesar primum suo, deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis
equis, ut spem fugae tolleret, cohortatus su5s proelium com-
misit. Mllites e locd superiore pills missis facile hostium
aciem reppulerunt. Ea perturbata gladiis in eos impetum
5 fecerunt. Confertissima acie scuta Gallls magno erant im-
pedlmento. Sinistra enim impedlta commode pugnare non
poterant Multi etiam maluerunt scutum proicere et aperto
corpore pugnare. Tandem vulneribus confectl et pedem re-
ferre et, quod mons aberat circiter mille passus, eo se recipere
10 coeperunt Occupato monte et accedentibus nostris Boil et
Tulingi, qul hominum milibus circiter xv agmen hostium clau-
debant l et novissimls praesidio erant, nostros ab latere aperto
conatl sunt circumvenire, et id conspicatl Helvetii, qul in mon-
tem sese receperant, rursus resistere et proelium renovare
15 coeperunt. Caesaris prima et secunda acies victTs restitit;
tertia se convertit, ut impetum venientium sustineret.
1 That is brought up the rear.
o
o
I
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN ify
Ita diu atque acriter pugnatum est. 1 Diutius cum sustinere
nostrorum impetus non possent, alter! se, ut coeperant, in
montem receperunt, alterl ad impedimenta sua se contulerunt
Nam hoc toto proelio, cum ab hora septima ad noctem pug-
naretur, aversum hostem videre nemo potuit. Ad multam 5
noctem etiam ad impedimenta pugnatum est, propterea quod
pro vallo impedimentis utebantur et e Ioc5 superiore in nos-
tros venientis tela coniciebant. Diu cum esset pugnatum,
impedimentis castrlsque nostri potltl sunt. Ibi Orgetorlgis
fllia atque unus e filiis captus est. Ii qui ex eo proelio effu- 10
gerant ea tota nocte ierunt nullam partem noctis itinere in-
termisso; in finis Lingonum die quarto pervenerunt, cum
propter vulnera militum nostri eos sequi non potuissent.
Caesar triduo intermisso cum omnibus copiis eos sequi
coepit. 15
Helvetil omnium rerum inopia adducti legatos de deditione
ad eum mlserunt. Qui cum ei in itinere occurrissent seque
ad pedes proiecissent pacemque petivissent, eos suum adven-
tum exspectare iussit. Eo postquam Caesar pervenit, obsides
et arma postulavit. Dum ea c5nferuntur, nocte intermissa 20
circiter hominum mllia sex, aut arbitrati 2 Caesarem armis
traditis se supplici5 adfecturum esse aut spe salutis adducti,
prima nocte 3 e castris Helvetiorum egressi ad Rhenum
finisque Germanorum contenderunt.
Hos reductos Caesar in hostium numero habuit 4 ; reliquos *$
omnis obsidibus armisque traditis in deditionem accepit Hel-
vetios in finis suos, unde erant profecti, revert! atque oppida
vic5sque, quos incenderant, restituere iussit.
1 This is the impersonal use of the passive (/'/ was fought). It may be
translated they fought or the battle raged.
2 This is masculine in accordance with the sense, though it agrees with
milia in case.
8 That is at nightfall.
4 That is treated as enemies. He probably put them to death.
168 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
CONSPECTUS OF INFLECTIONS
457. First Declension : Nouns
aagitta, f., arrow
SINGULAR
NOMINATIVE : sagitta, an arrow, the arrow.
GENITIVE : sagittae, of an arrow, the arrow.
DATIVE : sagittae, to or for an arrow, the arrow.
ACCUSATIVE : sagittam, an arrow, the arrow.
ABLATIVE : sagitta, by or with an arrow, the arrow.
PLURAL
NOMINATIVE : sagittae, arrows, the arrows.
GENITIVE : sagittarum, of arrows, the arrows.
DATIVE : sagittls, to or for arrows, the arrows.
ACCUSATIVE : sagittSs, arrows, the arrows.
ABLATIVE : sagittls, by or with arrows, the arrows.
ENDINGS
a
ae
ae
am
a
ae
5rum
IB
as
Is
458.
Second Declension : Nouns
wall
m.
SINGULAR
MASCULINE ENDINGS
NOM.
murus
US
GEN.
murl
I
DAT.
muro
5
ACC.
murum
um
ABL.
murd
5
PLURAL
NOM.
murl
I
GEN.
murSrum
6rum
DAT,
murls
is
ACC.
muro 8
6s
ABL.
murls
Is
bellum, n.
war
bellum
bell!
bel!6
bellum
bel!6
NEUTER ENDINGS
um
I
5
um
6
bella
bellflrum
bellls
bella
bellls
a
drum
Is
a
Is
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
169
flliua, m.
son
cdnailium, n.
plan
SINGULAR
NOM. ffliuB
GEN. fill
DAT. fill 6
ACC. f Ilium
ABL. fllid
con si Hum
consill
consilio
cons ilium
consilio
PLURAL
NOM. fllil
GEN. filiorum
DAT. fllilB
ACC. filioa
ABL. fllilS
consilia
consiliorum
consilila
consilia
consilila
puer, m.
boy
ager, m.
field
vir, m.
man
NOM. puer
GEN. pueri
DAT. puerS
ACC. puerum
ABL. puer 6
SINGULAR
ager
agrl
agrS
agrum
agro
vir
virl
viro
virum
vir6
PLURAL
NOM. puerl
GEN. puerSrum
DAT. puerla
ACC. pueroa
ABL. pueris
agrl
agrSrum
agrla
agrda
agrla
virl
virdruzn
virla
vir6a
virla
170 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
459. Third Declension : Nouns with Genitive Plural in urn
hiems, f.
winter
NOM. hiems
GEN. hie mis
DAT. hieml
ACC. hiemem
ABL. hieme
NOM. blame's
GEN. hiemum
DAT. hiemibus
ACC. hiemfis
ABL. hiemibua
dux, m.
leader
NOM. dux
GEN. duds
DAT. dud
ACC. ducem
ABL. duce
NOM. duces
GEN. ducum
DAT. dudbua
ACC. duces
ABL. dudbua
cdnsul, m.
arbor, f.
consul
tree
SINGULAR
M. AND F. ENDINGS
consul
arbor
s or none
consults
arboris
is
consull
arbori
I
consulem
arborem
em
consule
arbore
e
PLURAL
consults
arborSs
6s
consulum
arborum
um
consulibus
arboribus
ibus
consulfis
arborfis
6s
consulibus
arboribus
ibus
rta, m.
paias, f.
virtUs, f.
king
swamp
bravery
SINGULAR
rex
palus
virtus
regis
paludis
virtu tis
regl
paludl
virtutl
regem
paludem
virtutem
rege
palude
virtute
PLURAL
regga
paludCs
virtutga
regum
paludum
virtutum
regibus
paludibus
virtu lib us
regs
paludSa
virtutfia
regibus
paludibus
virtutibuf
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
171
centuri6, m. homo, m. and f. miles, m. pater, m.
centurion man soldier father
NOM. centurio
GEN. centurionis
DAT. centurion!
ACC. centurionem
ABL. centurione
NOM. centuriones
GEN. centurionum
DAT. centurionibus
ACC. centurione"*
ABL. centurionibus
SINGULAR
homo
miles
pater
hominis
militis
patris
hominl
militl
patrl
hominem
mil item
patrenx
homine
milite
patre
PLURAL
hominCs
militCs
patrfis
hominum
militum
patrum
hominibus
militibus
patribus
homines
militSs
patrfis
hominibus
militibus
patribus
nfimen, n.
genus, n.
name
race
SINGULAR
NOM.
GEN.
DAT.
ACC.
ABL.
nomen
no minis
nominl
nomen
nomine
genus
generis
generl
genus
genere
PLURAL
NOM.
nomina
genera
GEN.
DAT.
nominum
nominibus
generum
generibus
ACC.
ABL.
nomina
nominibus
genera
generibus
NEUTER ENDINGS
none
is
I
none
e
a
um
ibus
a
ibus
[72 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
460. Third Declension : Nouns with Genitive Plural in turn
hostis, m. urbs, f.
enemy city
SINGULAR
M. AND F. ENDINGS
NOM. hostis urba
is or s
GEN. hostis urbis
is
DAT. hostl urbi
I
ACC. hostem urbem
em
ABL. hoste urbe
e
PLURAL
NOM. hostSa urbSs
6s
GEN. hostium urbium
ium
DAT. hostibus urbibua
ibus
ACC. hostls or h oste"s urbls or urbfis
is or 5s
ABL. hostibus urbibus
ibus
Insigne, n. animal, n. calcar, n.
decoration animal spur
SINGULAR
NEUTER ENDINGS
NOM.
Insigne animal calcar
e or none
GEN.
Insignia animalis calcaris
is
DAT.
insignl animall calcari
I
ACC.
Tnsigne animal calcar
e or none
ABL.
insignl animall calcari
I
PLURAL
NOM.
insignia animalia calcaria
ia
GEN.
Insignium animalium calcarium
ium
DAT.
Tnsignibus animalibus calcaribus
ibus
ACC.
insignia animalia calcaria
ia
ABL.
insignibus animalibus calcaribus
ibus
461.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Fourth Declension : Nouns
173
exercitus, m.
cornft, n.
army
horn
SINGULAR
MASCULINE ENDINGS
NEUTER ENDINGS
NOM.
exercitua
us cor nil
U
GEN.
exercitua
us cornua
US
DAT.
exercitui
ul cornu
U
ACC.
exercitum
um cornu
a
ABL.
exercitu
Q cornfl
U
PLURAL
NOM.
exercitua
ua cornua
ua
GEN.
exercituum
uum cornuum
uum
DAT.
exercitibus
ibua cornibua
ibua
ACC.
exercitua
us cornua
ua
ABL.
exercitibua
ibua cornibua
ibus
462.
Fifth
Declension: Nouns
digs, m.
r6s, f.
day
thing
SINGULAR
ENDINGS
NOM.
di5s
res
6s
GEN.
diei
re!
SI or el
DAT.
diSI
re!
81 or el
ACC.
diem
rem
em
ABL.
die
re
6
PLURAL
NOM.
dies
r6s
6s
GEN.
dierum
r6rum
Srum
DAT.
diSbus
rfibua
ebus
ACC.
difis
r6s
6s
ABL.
diCbus
rSbua
Sbua
174
AN IN7
463.
deus,
m.
god
NOM.
deus
GEN.
del
DAT.
de5
ACC.
deum
ABL.
de6
NOM.
dl
GEN.
de5rum or deum
DAT.
dls
ACC.
deoa
ABL.
dla
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Irregular Nouns
domus, f.
home
SINGULAR
domus
domfia
domul
domum
dom6
PLURAL
domfls
domdrum
domibus
domds or domtts
domibus
vis, f.
force
vis
VIS
VI
vim
VI
virfis
virium
viribus
virls or virSs
viribus
464. First and Second Declensions : Adjectives
bonus, good
SINGULAR
M.
F.
N.
NOM.
bonus
bona
bonum
GEN.
bonl
bonae
bonl
DAT.
bond
bonae
bond
ACC.
bonum
bonam
bonum
ABL.
bond
bona
bond
PLURAL
NOM.
bonl
bonae
bona
GEN.
bon6rum
bonarum
bondrum
DAT.
bonls
bonls
bonls
ACC.
bonds
bonfts
bona
ABL.
bonls
bonls
bon*s
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
liber, /ri* integer, /r^A
SINGULAR
M. F. N. M. F. N.
NOM. liber libera liberum integer Integra integrum
GEN. Hberl liberae Hberl integrl integrae integrl
DAT. HberS liberae liberS integrd integrae integrd
ACC. liberum llberazn liberum integrum integram integrum
ABL. Hber6 libera llberS integrd Integra integrd
PLURAL
NOM. Hberl liberae libera integrl integrae Integra
GEN. liberdrum llberftrum liberOrum integrdrum integr&rum integrdrum
DAT. liberls Hberis liberls integrls integrls integrls
ACC. llberds llberfts libera integrSs integr&s integra
ABL. Hbeii liberis liberls integiis integrls integrla
465. Declension of Pronominal Adjectives
unus, one alius, other
SINGULAR
M.
F.
N.
M.
F.
N.
NOM.
unus
una
unum
alius
alia
aliud
GEN.
unlus
unlus
unlus
allus
allus
allus
DAT.
unl
unl
unl
alii
alii
alii
ACC.
unum
unam
unum
alium
aliam
aliud
ABL.
un6
una
un5
ali5
alia
alid
alter, the other
uter, which?
NOM.
alter
altera
alterum
uter
utra
utrun
GEN.
alterluA
alterlus
alterlus
utrlua
utrlus
utrlui
DAT.
alterl
alterl
alterl
utrl
utrl
utrl
ACC.
alterum
alteram
alterum
utrum
utram
utrun
ABL.
alter5
altera
alterS
utr6
utrft
utr6
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
466. Third Declension : Adjectives of Three Endings
acer, sharp
M.
NOM. acer
GEN. acris
DAT. acri
ACC. acrem
ABL. acri
NOM. acres
GEN. acrium
DAT. acribus
ACC. acris or acre's
ABL. acribus
SINGULAR
F.
acris
acris
acri
acrem
acri
PLURAL
acre's
acrium
acribus
acris or acres
acribus
N.
acre
acris
acri
acre
acri
acria
acrium
acribus
acria
acribus
467. Third Declension: Adjectives of Two Endings
SINGULAR
M. AND F.
N.
NOM.
omnis
omne
GEN.
omnis
omnis
DAT.
omni
omni
ACC.
omnem
omne
ABL.
omni
omni
omnis, all
M. AND F.
omnSa
omnium
omnibus
omnis or omnis
omnibus
N.
omnia
omnium
omnibus
omnia
omnibus
468. Third Declension: Adjectives of One Ending
ingSns, enormous
SINGULAR
M. AND F. N.
NOM. ingens ingens
GEN. ingentis ingentis
DAT. ingenti ingenti
ACC. ingentem ingens
ABL. ingenti ingenti
PLURAL
M. AND F.
ingentSs
ingentium
ingentibus
ingentis or ingentSs
ingentibur
N.
ingentia
ingentium
ingentibus
ingentia
ingentibus
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
177
469. Third Declension : Irregular Adjective of One Ending
vetus, old
SINGULAR
PLURAL
M. AND F.
N.
M. AND F.
N.
NOM.
vetus
vetus
veterSs
vetera
GEN.
veteris
veteris
veterum
veterum
DAT.
veteri
veteri
veteribua
veteribus
ACC.
veterem
vetus
veteres
vetera
ABL.
vetere
vetere
veteribua
veteribus
470. Third Declension: Present Participles
am.ns, loving
SINGULAR
M. AND F. N.
NOM. amans amans
GEN. amantis amantis
DAT. amanti amanti
ACC. amantem amans
ABL. amante amante
PLURAL
M. AND F.
amantes
amantium
amantibus
amantis or amantfis
amantibus
N.
amantia
amantium
amantibus
amantia
amantibus
471.
NOM.
GEN.
DAT.
ACC.
Third Declension: Comparatives
longior, longer
SINGULAR
M. AND F.
longior
longioris
longiori
longiorem
longiore
N.
longius
longioris
longiorl
longius
longiore
PLURAL
M. AND F.
N.
longiorSs
longiora
longiorum
longiorum
longioribus
longioribus
longiorSs
longiora
longioribus
longioribus
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
472. Third Declension: Irregular Comparative
SINGULAR
M. AND F. N.
NOM. none plus
GEN. none pluris
DAT. none none
ACC. none plus
ABL. none plure
plfls,
PLURAL
M. AND F.
plurSs
plurium
pluribuB
plurls or plurfis
pluribuB
N.
plura
pluiium
pluribus
plura
pluribus
473.
POSITIVE
longus, long.
ndbilis, noble.
audax, bold.
Regular Comparison of Adjectives
COMPARATIVE
longior, longer.
nobilior, nobler.
audacior, bolder.
i powerful, potertfior, more powerful.
SUPERLATIVE
longiaaimus, longest.
nobilissimua, noblest.
audatisBimuB, boldest.
>, most powerful
474.
Comparison of Adjectives in er
POSITIVE
liber, free.
creber, frequent.
acer, sharp.
COMPARATIVE
Kberior.
crebrior.
acrior.
SUPERLATIVE
liberrimus.
creberrimus.
acerrimus.
475. Comparison of Certain Adjectives in //is
POSITIVE
facilis, easy.
difficilis, difficult.
similis, like.
dissimilis, unlike.
humilis, low.
COMPARATIVE
facilior.
difficillor.
similior.
dissimilior.
humillor.
SUPERLATIVE
facillimus.
difficillimua.
simillimuB.
dissimillimuB.
humillimuB.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
1/9
476.
POSITIVE
bonus, good.
malus, bad.
magnus, great.
parvus, little.
multus, much,
senex, old.
iuvenis, young.
477.
Irregular Comparison of Adjectives
COMPARATIVE
melior, better.
peior, worse.
maior, greater.
minor, less.
plus, more.
senior or maior natu, older.
Junior or minor natu, younger.
SUPERLATIVE
optimus, best.
pessimus, worst.
maximus, greatest.
minimus, least,
plurimus, most.
maximus natu, oldest.
minimus natu, youngest.
Regular Comparison of Adverbs
POSITIVE
latfi, widely.
HberS, freely.
acriter, sharply.
fortiter, bravely.
478.
479.
SIGN
I
II
III
IIII or IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
VIIII or IX
X
XI
XII
XIII
COMPARATIVE
latlus, more widely.
liberius, more freely.
acrius, more sharply.
fortiua, more bravely.
Irregular Adverbs
POSITIVE
beng, well.
mal, badly.
multum, much.
diu, long.
COMPARATIVE
melius, better.
peius, worse.
plus, more.
diutius, longer.
Numerals
CARDINAL
unus, one.
duo, two.
tres, three.
sex
septem
octo
novem
decem
undeoim
duodeoim
tredeoim
SUPERLATIVE
latissimfi, most widely.
HberrimC, most freely.
acerrimS, most sharply.
fortissimS, most bravely,
SUPERLATIVE
optime, best.
pessime, worst.
plurimum, most.
diutissime, longest.
ORDINAL
primus, first.
secundus, second.
tertius, third.
quartus, fourth.
quintus,,/?/?^.
sextus
Septimus
octavus
nonus
decimus
undecimuft
duodeoimus
tertius deoimut
i8o
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
XIIII or XIV
quattuordecim
XV
qumdecitn
XVI
scdecim
XVII
septendecim
XVIII
duodcvlginti
XVIIII or XIX
undevlginti
XX
vigintl
XXI
vlginti linus or unus et
vigintl
XXII
vlginti duo or duo et
vigintl
XXIII
vlginti tres
XXIIII or XXIV
vlginti quattuor
XXV
vigintl qulnque
XXVI
vlginti sex
XXVII
vlginti septem
XXVIII
duodetriginta
XXVIIIIorXXIX
undetriginta
XXX
trlginta
XXXX or XL
quadraginta
L
qumquaginta
LX
sexaginta
LXX
septuagiuta
LXXX
octoginta
LXXXX or XC
nonaginta
C
centum
CI
centum Onus or centum
et unus
CXXI
centum vlginti unus
cc
ducenti
ccc
trecenti
cccc
quadringentl
D
quingenti
DC
sescentl
DCC
septingenti
DCCC
octingentl
DCCCC
nongenti
iM
mille
quartus decimua
quintus decixnus
sextus decimus
septimus decimus
duodevicSnsimus
unde vicSnsimua
vlcSiisimus
vicgnsimus primus
vicensimus secundus
vfcSiisimus tertius
vicSiisimus quartus
vicgnsimus quintus
vlcSnsimus sextus
viceiisimus septimus
duodetricSnsimus
undetricSnsimuB
trlcSnsimus
quadragSnsimus
qulnquagenaimus
sexagensimus
septuagensimus
octoggnsimus
nonagnsimuB
centnsimus
centSiisimus primus
centSnsimus vicSnsimus
primus
ducentgnaimus
trecentensimus
quadringentSnaimua
qumgentSnsimuB
sescentensimus
septingentSiisiraus
octingentgnsimus
nongentSnsimua
millfinsimus
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
181
480.
1.
Declension
of Certain
Numerals
duo, two
M.
F.
N.
NOM.
duo
duae
duo
GEN.
duorum
duarum
duorum
DAT.
duobus
duabus
duobus
ACC.
duos or duo
duas
duo
ABL.
duobus
duabus
duobus
trs, three
mille, thousand
M. AND F.
N.
SING. PL. (N.)
NOM.
trgs
tria
mille milia
GEN.
trium
trium
mille milium
DAT.
tribus
tribus
mille mTlibus
ACC.
tris or trs
tria
mille milia
ABL.
tribus
tribus
mille rmlibuB
481.
Declension of Personal Pronouns
SINGULAR
FIRST PKRSON
NOM. ego, /.
GEN. mel, of me.
DAT. mihi
ACG. me
ABL. me
PLURAL
NOM. nos, we.
GEN. nostrum and nostrf, of us.
DAT. nobls
ACC. nos
ABL. nobls
SECOND PERSON
tu, you.
tuT, of you.
tibi
te
te
vos, you.
vestrum and vestri, of you.
vobis
vos
vobis
482. Declension of Reflexive Pronoun
BUI, self
GEN.
DAT.
ACC.
ABL.
suT
sibi
sc or sese
se or sese
t&2 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
483. Declension of Demonstrative Pronouns
hie, this ille, that
SINGULAR
M. F._ s N. M. F.
N.
NOM. hie haec hoc ille ilia
illud
GEN. huius huius huius illlus illlus
illlus
DAT. huic huic huic iltt ill!
illl
ACC. hunc hanc hoc ilium illam
illud
ABL. hoc hac hoc 1116 ilia
1116
PLURAL
NOM, hi hae haec illl illae
ilia
GEN. ho" rum ha" rum hOrum illdrum illarum
illSrum
DAT. his his his illls illls
illls
ACC. h5s has haec illds Mas
ilia
ABL. his his his illls illls
illls
late, that (of yours), is declined like ille.
is, this or that
SINGULAR PLURAL
M. F. N. M. F.
N.
NOM. is ea id il or el eae
ea
GEN. eius eius eius e6rum eftrum
edrum
DAT. ei el el ils or els ils or els
ils or els
ACC. eum earn id e6s efts
ea
ABL. ed ea eo ils or els ils or els
ils or els
Idem, the same
SINGULAR
M. F. N.
NOM. idem eadem idem
GEN. eiusdem eiusdem eiusdem
DAT. eidem eldem eldem
ACC. eundem eandem idem
ABL. eodem eadem eddem
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
183
PLURAL
NOM. idem or eidem eaedem eadem
GEN. eorundem earundem eorundem
DAT, Isdem or elsdem Isdem or elsdem Isdem or eisdem
ACC. eosdem easdem eadem
ABL. Isdem or elsdem Isdem or elsdem Tsdem or elsdem
484. Declension of Intensive Pronoun
y,
ipse, self
SINGULAR
PLURAL
M.
F.
N.
M.
F.
N.
NOM.
ipse
ipsa
ipsum
ipsl
ipsae
ipsa
GEN.
ipslus
ipslus
ipslus
ips5rum
ipsftrum
ipsSrum
DAT.
ipsl
ipsl
ipsl
ipsls
ipsla
ipsls
ACC.
ipsum
ipsam
ipsum
ipsSs
ipsfta
ipsa
ABL.
ips5
ipsa
ipsS
ipsls
ipsls
ipsls
485.
Declension of Relative Pronoun
qul, who, which, that
SINGULAR
PLURAL
M.
F.
N.
M.
F.
N.
NOM.
qul
quae
quod
qul
quae
quae
GEN.
cuius
cuius
cuius
quorum
quarum
quorum
DAT.
cui
cui
cui
quibus
quibus
quibus
ACC.
quern
quam
quod
quos
quas
quae
ABL.
quo
qua
quo
quibus
quibus
quibus
486.
Declension of Interrogative Pronoun
quis, whof which?
what f
SINGULAR
PLURAL
M.
F.
N.
M.
F.
N.
NOM.
quis (qul) quae
quid (quod)
qul
quae
quae
GEN.
cuius
cuius
cuius
quorum
quarum
quorum
DAT.
cui
cui
cui
quibus
quibus
quibus
ACC.
quern
quam
quid (quod)
quos
quas
quae
ABL.
quo
qua
quo
quibus
quibus
quibu*
1 84
. AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
487.
Declension
of Indefinite
Pronouns
quis, any
SINGULAR
M.
F.
N.
NOM.
quis (qui)
quae or qua
quid (quod)
GEN.
cuius
cuius
cuius
DAT.
cui
cui
cui
ACC.
quern
quam
quid (quod)
ABL.
quo
qua
quo
PLURAL
NOM.
qui
quae
quae or qua
GEN.
quorum
quarum
quorum
DAT.
quibus
quibus
quibus
ACC.
quos
quas
quae or qua
ABL.
quibus
quibus
quibus
aliquis, some
SINGULAR
M.
F.
N.
NOM.
aliquis (aliquT)
aliqua
aliquid (aliquod)
GEN.
alicuius
alicuius
alicuius
DAT.
alicui
alicui
alicui
ACC.
aliquem
aliquam
aliquid (aliquod)
ABL.
aliquo
aliqua
aliquo
PLURAL
NOM.
aliqui
ali quae
aliqua
GEN.
aliquorum
aliquarum
aliquorum
DAT.
aliquibus
aliquibus
aliquibus
ACC.
aliquos
aliquas
aliqua
ABL.
aliquibus
aliquibus
aliquibus
quisque, each
M.
F.
N.
NOM.
quisque
quaeque
quidque (quodque)
GEN.
cui usque
cuiusque
cuiusque
DAT.
cuique
cuique
cuique
ACC.
quern que
quam que
quidque (quodque)
ABL.
quoque
quaque
quoque
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
quidam, a certain
SINGULAR
M. F.
N.
NOM.
quidam quaedam
quiddam (quoddam)
GEN.
cuiusdam cuiusdam
cuiusdam
DAT.
cuidam cuidam
cuidam
ACC.
quendam quandam
quiddam (quoddam)
ABL.
quodam quadam
quodam
PLURAL
NOM.
quidam quaedam
quaedam
GEN.
quorundam quarundam
quorundam
DAT.
quibusdam quibusdam
quibusdam
ACC.
quosdam quasdam
quaedam
ABL.
quibusdam quibusdam
quibusdam
quiaquam, any one
M. AND F.
N,
NOM. quisquam
quicquam
GEN. cuiusquam
cuiusquam
DAT. cuiquam .
cuiquam
ACC. quern quam
quicquam
ABL. quoquam
quoquam
488.
PERSON
FIRST :
SECOND :
THIRD :
Personal Endings
SINGULAR
ACTIVE PASSIVE PERF. IND. ACT.
6 or m r I
s ris or re istl
t tur it
FIRST : mus mur
SECOND : tis mini
THIRD : nt iitur
PLURAL
imua
istis
Srunt or 6re
PRES. IMP. ACT. PRBS. IMP. PASS
re
to
mini
1 86
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
489
First Conjugation
am6, amare, amftvl, amatum, love
FIRST PERSON :
SECOND PERSON:
THIRD PERSON:
FIRST PERSON:
SECOND PERSON:
THIRD PERSON:
FIRST PERSON :
SECOND PERSON:
THIRD PERSON:
FIRST PERSON:
SECOND PERSON:
THIRD PERSON:
FIRST PERSON:
SECOND PERSON:
THIRD PERSON :
FIRST PERSON:
SECOND PERSON :
THIRD PERSON:
PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE
SINGULAR
am 6, I love, am loving, do love.
amas, you loz>e, are loving, do love.
amat, he (she, it) loves, is loving, does love.
PLURAL
amamuB, we love, are loving, do love.
amatis, you love', are loving, do love.
amant, they love, are loving, do love.
PAST INDICATIVE ACTIVE
SINGULAR
amabam, f was loving, loved, did love.
amabfts, you were loving, loved, did love.
amabat, he was loving, loved, did love.
PLURAL
amabam UB, we were loving, loved, did love.
amabatis, you were loving, loved, did love.
amabant, they were loving, loved, did love.
FUTURE INDICATIVE ACTIVE
SINGULAR
amab5, / shall love.
amabis, you will love.
amabit, he will love.
PLURAL
amabimus, ive shall love.
amabitis, you will love.
amabunt, they will love.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
First Conjugation
am6, amare, amftvl, amatum, love
PRESENT INDICATIVE PASSIVE
SINGULAR
FIRST PERSON : amor, / am (being) loved.
SECOND PERSON : amaris or amare, you are (being) loved.
THIRD PERSON : amatur, he (she, it) is (being) loved.
PLURAL
FIRST PERSON : amamur, we are (being) loved.
SECOND PERSON: amaminl,jw/ are (being) loved.
THIRD PERSON : amantur, they are (being) lotted.
PAST INDICATIVE PASSIVE
SINGULAR
FIRST PERSON: amabar, I was (being) loved.
SECOND PERSON : amabftris or amabflre, you were (being) loved.
THIRD PERSON : amabfltur, he was (being) loved.
PLURAL
FIRST PERSON : amabimur, we were (being) loved.
SECOND PERSON : amabSminl, you were (being) lowd.
THIRD PERSON : amabantur, they were (being) loved.
FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE
SINGULAR
FIRST PERSON : amabor, / shall be loved.
SECOND PERSON : amabexis or amabere, you will be loved.
THIRD PERSON : amabitur, he will be loved.
PLURAL
FIRST PERSON : amabimur, we shall be loved.
SECOND PERSON : amabixninl, you will be loved.
THIRD PERSON : amabuutur, they will be loved.
1 88
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE
SINGULAR
FIRST PERSON : amavl, / have loved* loved* did love.
SECOND PERSON : amavisti, you have loved* lowd* did love.
THIRD PERSON : amavit, he has loved, loved* did love.
PLURAL
FIRST PERSON : amavimuB, we have loved* loved, did love.
SECOND PERSON : amavistis, /<?# have loved, loved* did love.
THIRD PERSON : amavSrunt or amavSre, they have loved* loved, did love*
PAST PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE
SINGULAR
FIRST PERSON : amaveram, / had loved.
SECOND PERSON : amaveras, you had loved.
THIRD PERSON : amaverat, he had loved.
PLURAL
FIRST PERSON : amaveramus, we had loved.
SECOND PERSON: amaveratis,^w had loved.
THIRD PERSON: amaverant, they 'had loved.
FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE
SINGULAR
FIRST PERSON: amavero, / shall have loved.
SECOND PERSON : amaveris, you will have loved.
THIRD PERSON : amaverit, he will have Iwed.
PLURAL
FIRST PERSON : amaverlmtis, we shall have loved*
SECOND PERSON : amaveritis, you will have loved.
THIRD PERSON : amaveriiit, they will have loved.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
189
PERFECT INDICATIVE PASSIVE
SINGULAR
FIRST PERSON : amatus sum, / have been loved, was loved.
SECOND PERSON : amatus es, you have been loved, were loved.
THIRD PERSON : amatus est, he has been loved, was loved.
PLURAL
FIRST PERSON : amati sumus, we have been loved, were loved.
SECOND PERSON : amati estis, you have been loved, were loved.
THIRD PERSON : amati sunt, they have been loved, were loved.
PAST PERFECT INDICATIVE PASSIVE
FIRST PERSON :
SECOND PERSON:
THIRD PERSON :
SINGULAR
amatus eram, I had been loved.
amatus eras, you had been loved.
amatus erat, he had been loved.
PLURAL
FIRST PERSON :
SKCOND PERSON:
THIRD PERSON:
amati erftmua, we had been lotted.
amati eratis,/^/^ had been loved.
amati erant, they had been loved.
FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE PASSIVE
SINGULAR
FIRST PERSON : amatuB ero, / shall have been loved.
SECOND PERSON : amatuB eris, you will have been loved.
THIRD PERSON : amatus erit. he will have been loved.
PLURAL
FIRST PERSON : amati erimus, we shall have been loved.
SECOND PERSON : amati eritis, you will have been loved.
THIRD PERSON : amati erunt, they will have been loved.
190
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE
PRESENT PAST PERFECT
FIRST PERSON: amem
SECOND PERSON : amfis
THIRD PERSON: amet
SINGULAR
amarem amaverim
amarfia
amaret
amaverls
amaverit
PAST PERFECT
amavisaem
amavisafia
amaviaaet
FIRST PERSON:
SECOND PERSON:
THIRD PERSON:
amSmus
amStis
ament
PLURAL
amarSmus
amarStia
amarent
amaverlmus
amaveritia
amaverint
amaviss6mua
amavlssgtis
amavisaent
PRESENT IMPERATIVE ACTIVE
SINGULAR PLURAL
SECOND PERSON: ama, love (tkou). amate, love (ye).
PRESENT ACTIVE:
PERFECT ACTIVE:
FUTURE ACTIVE:
INFINITIVE
amare, to love.
amavisse, to have loved.
amatflrus ease, to be about to love.
PRESENT ACTIVE:
FUTURE ACTIVE:
PARTICIPLES
amans, loving.
amatttruB, about to love.
GERUND
GEN. amandl, of loving.
DAT. amandd, for loving.
ACC. amandum, loving.
ABL. amand6, by loving.
SUPINE
am a turn, to love.
amatfl ? to love.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 191
SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE
PRESENT PAST PERFECT PAST PERFECT
SINGULAR
amer amarer amatua aim amatua eaaem
amSris or amSre amarSria or amar6re amatua sis amatua essSs
amStur amarStur amatua ait amatua eaaet
PLURAL
amSmur amarSmur amatl almua amati eaaSmua
amSminl amarfiminl amatl aitis amatl essStis
ameiitur amarentur amatl aint amatl essent
PRESENT IMPERATIVE PASSIVE
SINGULAR PLURAL
SECOND PERSON : amare, be (thou) loved. amaminl, be (ye) loved
INFINITIVE
PRESENT PASSIVE : amari, to be loved.
PERFECT PASSIVE : amatuB esse, to have been loved.
FUTURE PASSIVE : amatum Irl, to be about to be loved.
PARTICIPLES
PERFECT PASSIVE : amatua, having been loved, loved.
GERUNDIVE : amanduB, to be loved.
192 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
490. Four Regular Conjugations
FIRST : am6, a mare, amavl, amStum, love
SECOND : moned, monSre, monui, monitum, advise
THIRD : reg5, regere, rxl, r@ctuzn, guide
FOURTH : audid, audlre, audlvT, auditum, hear
PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE
amabam
amabaa
amabat
amabamua
amabatie
amabant
amabS
amabis
amabit
amabimuB
amabitia
amabunt
mone6
monea
monet
reg6
regia
regit
audio
audia
audit
monem.ua
monetis
monent
regimus
regitia
regunt
audlmua
audTtia
audiunt
PAST INDICATIVE ACTIVE
monebam.
monebas
monebat
regebam
regebRg
regebat
audiebam
audiebas
audiebat
monebamus
monebatia
monebant
regebamus
regebatia
regebant
audiebamus
audiebStis
audiebant
FUTURE
INDICATIVE ACTIVE
moneb6
monebis
monebit
regain
regfia
reget
audiam
audits
audiet
monebimus
monebitia
monebunt
regSmua
regfitia
regent
audiSmua
audifitis
audient
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
Four Regular Conjugations
FIRST : amo, amare, amavl, amatum, love
SECOND : moneo, mongre, monul, monitum, advise
THIRD : reg5, regere, r6xl, rSctum, guide
FOURTH : audio, audlre, audlvl, audltum, hear
PRESENT INDICATIVE PASSIVE
193
amor
amaris (-re)
amatur
moneor
moneria (-re)
monetur
regor
regeris (-re)
regitur
audior
audiria (-re)
audltur
amamur
amaminl
amantur
monemur
moneminl
monentur
regimur
regiminl
reguntur
audimur
audiminf
audiuntur
PAST INDICATIVE PASSIVE
amabar
amabaris (-re)
amabStur
monebar
monebaris (-re)
monebS-tur
regebar
regebSria (-re)
regebatur
audiebar
audiebaris (-re)
audiebatur
amabSmur
amabaminl
amabantur
monebamur
monebaminl
monebantur
regebamur
regebaminl
regebantur
audiebamur
audiebaminl
audiebantur
amabor
amaberis (-re)
amabitur
amabimur
amabiminl
amabuntur
o
FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE
monebor regar audiar
moneberia (-re) regSria (-re) audiSria (-re)
monebitur regfitur audiStur
monebimur regSmur audifimur
monebiminl regminl audiSminl
monebuntur regentur audientur
194
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE
amavl monul rexl audlvl
amaviatl monuistl rexiatl audlviatl
amavit monuit rexit audivit
amavimus monuimus reximus audivimus
amavistia monuistis rexiatia audiviatia
amavSrunt (-fire) monuSrunt (-Sre) rexSrunt (-Sre) audivgrunt (-fire)
amaveram
amaverSs
amaverat
amaver&mus
amaveratis
amaverant
amem
amfis
amet
amSmus
amStis
ament
amarem
amarfis
amaret
amarSmus
amarStia
PAST PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE
monueram
monuerSs
monuerat
monuerSmus
monuerStis
monuerant
rexeram
rexeras
rexerat
rexeramus
rexerStis
rexerant
audiveram
audiverfts
audlverat
audiverSmus
audiverStis
audiverant
FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE
amaverS
monuero
rexero
audiver8
amaveris
monueris
rexeria
audiveria
amaverit
monuerit
rexerit
audiverit
amaverimus
monuerimus
rexerim.ua
audiverimua
amaveritia
monueritis
rexeritia
audiveritia
amaverint
monuerint
rexerint
audiverint
PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE
moneam
regam
audiam
moneaa
regRa
audias
moneat
regat
audiat
moneamus
regftmua
audiamus
mone&tia
regatis
audiatia
moneant
regant
audiant
PAST SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE
monerem
monerSa
moneret
regerem
regerBa
regeret
audirem
audirfia
audlret
monerSmuB
monerfitia
regerSmua
regerStia
audlrgmua
audirStia
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
195
PERFECT INDICATIVE PASSIVE
amatus sum
monitus aum
rcctus sum
auditus sum
amatus ea
monitus es
rectus es
audltus es
amatus eat
monitus est
rectus est
auditus est
amati sumus
monitl sumus
rectl sumus
audit! sumus
amati estis
monitl estis
rectl estis
audit! estis
amatl aunt
monitl suut
rectl sunt
auditl sunt
PAST PERFECT INDICATIVE PASSIVE
amatus eram
monitus eram
rectus eram
auditus eram
amatus eras
monitus eras
rectus eras
auditus eras
amatus erat
monitus erat
rectus erat
auditus erat
amati eramua
monitl eramus
rectl erflmus
audit! eramus
amati eratis
monitl eratis
rectl eratis
auditl eratis
amati erant
monitl erant
rectl erant
auditl erant
FUTURE PERFECT
INDICATIVE PASSIVE
amatus ero
monitus ero
rectus erd
auditus erd
amatus eris
monitus eris
rectus eris
auditus eris
amatus erit
monitus erit
rectus erit
auditus erit
amati eritnus
monitl erimua
rectl erimus
auditl erimus
amati eritis
monitl eritis
rectl eritis
auditl eritis
amati erunt
monitl erunt
rectl erunt
auditl erunt
PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE
amer
monear
regar
audiar
amSris (-re)
monearis (-re)
regaris (-re)
audiaris (-re)
amfitur
moneatur
regatur
audiatur
amSmur
moneamur
regamur
audiSmur
am 6 mini
moneaminl
regaminl
audiSminl
amentur
moneantur
regantur
audiantur
PAST SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE
amarer
monerer
regerer
auditor
amare"ris (-re)
monerSris (-re)
regerSris (-re)
audirgris (-re)
amare'tur
monerfitur
regerfitur
audlrStur
amarSmur
monergmur
regerSmur
audlr6mur
i mar 6 mini
monerfiminl
regerfiminl
audlrSminl
amarentur
monerentur
regerentur
audirentur
196
AN rtfTRODUCTION TO LATIN
amaverim
amaverla
amaverit
PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE
monuerim rexerim audiverim
monueris rexeria audiverfa
monuerit rexerit audiverit
amaverlmua
amaverltia
amaverint
monuerimua
monueritia
monuerint
rexerlmua
rexerltia
rexerint
audlverlmus
audiverftis
audiverint
amavissem
PAST PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE
monuissem rcxissem audlvissem
amaviasSs
monuissSs
rexissSs
audlvisaSs
amavisset
monuisset
rexisset
audivisset
amavissSmus
monuiasSmua
rexissSmua
audTviaagmus
amavissgtis
monuissStis
rcxisatis
audlviasStis
amaviaaent
monuisaent
rexissent
audivissent
PRESENT IMPERATIVE ACTIVE
SING, ama mone rege audi
PL. amate monete regite audite
INFINITIVE
PRES.ACT. amare monere regere audire
PERF. ACT. amavisse monuisse rexiase audivisse
FUT. ACT. amatflrua ease monitHrua ease rectdrua eaae auditflrua ease
PRES. ACT. amana
FUT. ACT. amatfima
PARTICIPLES
monena regena
monitdrua
rectQruB
audiena
audTtvlruB
GERUND
GEN. amandi monendl regendl audiendl
DAT. amando monendo regendd audieudo
ACC. amandum monendum regendum audiendum
ABL. amando monendo regendd audiendd
SUPINE
ACC. amatum monitum rectum audltum
ABL. amatti monitti recttl audlttl
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
197
PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE
amatus aim
monitus aim
rectus aim
auditus sim
amatus sis
monitus sis
rectus sis
audit us sis
amatus sit
monitus sit
rectus sit
auditus sit
am all slmus
moniti simus
rectl simus
auditl simus
amati sitis
monitl sltis
recti sltis
audltl sltis
amati sint
moniti sint
rectl sint
auditl sint
PAST PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE
amatus essem
monitus essem
rectus essem
auditus essem
amatus ease's
monitus ease's
rectus essSs
auditus ease's
amatus esset
monitus esset
rectus esset
auditus esset
amati essgmus
moniti essSmuB
rectl essgmus
audltl essgrnus
amati essStis
moniti essStis
recti esagtis
auditl esagtis
amati essent
moniti essent
rectl essent
auditl essent
PRESENT IMPERATIVE PASSIVE
SING, a mare monere regere audire
PL. amamini monemini regiminl audTminl
PRES. PASS, amarl
PERF. PASS, amatus esse
FUT. PASS. amatum Irl
INFINITIVE
monerl
monitus ease
monitum Irl
regl
rectus esse
rectum Irl
audiri
auditus esse
auditum Irl
PERF. PASS,
GERUNDIVE
amatus
amandus
PARTICIPLES
monitus
monendus
rectus
regendus
auditua
audiendus
198
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
491. Third Conjugation: Verbs in id
capi6, capere, cSpI, captum, take
ACTIVE PASSIVE
INDICATIVE
SUBJUNCTIVE
INDICATIVE
SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT
capi6
capiam
capior
capiar
capis
capias
caperia (-re)
capiaria (-re)
capit
capiat
capitur
capiatur
capimua
capiamus
capimur
capiamur
capitia
capiatis
capimini
capiaminl
capiunt
capiant
capiuntur
capiantur
PAST
cap ic bam
caperem
capiebar
caperer
capiebcia
caper Ss
capiebftria (-re)
caperSria (-re)
capiebat
caperet
capiebatur
caperStur
capiebftmus
capergmus
capiebamur
caperSmur
capiebatis
caperStia
capiebaminl
caperfiminl
capiebant
caperent
caplebantur
caperentur
FUTURE
capiam
capiar
capiCa
capiSria (-re)
capiet
capiStur
capigmus
capiSmur
capiStis
capiSminl
capient
capientur
PERFECT
cepl
ceperim
captua sum
captua aim
cepiatl
ceperls
captus ea
captua sis
cepit
ceperit
captua eat
captua ait
cepimua
ceperlmus
captl aumua
captl alznua
cepistia
ceperltia
captT eatia
captl altia
cepCrunt (-Sre)
ceperint
captl aunt
captl sint
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
199
ceperam
ceperas
ceperat
ceperamus
ceperatis
ceperant
PAST
PERFECT
cepissem
cepissSs
cepisset
captus eram
captus eras
captus erat
cepissSmus
cepissgtis
ce pis sent
captl eramus
captl eratis
captl erant
captus essem
captus ess8s
captus esset
captl essSmua
captf ess6tis
captl essent
FUTURE PERFECT
ceper6
ceperis
ceperit
ceperimus
ceperitia
ceperint
captus erd
captus eris
captus crit
captl erimus
captl eritis
captl erunt
SING, cape
PRESENT IMPERATIVE
PL. capite SING, caperc
PL. capiminl
INFINITIVE
PRES. capere
PERF. cepisse
FUT. captttrus ease
capl
captus esse
captum Irl
PRES. capiens
FUT. captdrus
PARTICIPLES
PERF. captus
GERUNDIVE capiendus
GERUND
GEN. capiendl
DAT. capiend6
ACC. capiendum
ABL. capiend6
SUPINE
captum
capttl
2OO
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
492.
INDICATIVE
Deponent Verbs
c5nor, cdnari, cona'tua sum, try
PRESENT
conor, / try, am trying, do try.
conaria (-*&), you try, are trying, do try.
conatur, he tries, is trying, does try.
conamur, we try, are trying, do try.
conamini, you try, are trying, do try.
conantur, they try, are trying, do try.
SUBJUNCTIVE
coner
congris (-re)
conStur
conSmur
conSminl
conentur
PAST
conabar, / was trying, tried, did try.
conabSria (-re), you were trying, tried, did try.
conabStur, he was trying, tried, did try.
conabamur, we were trying, tried, did try.
co nab a mini, you were trying, tried, did try.
conabantur, they were trying, tried, did try.
conarer
conarSria (-re)
conarStur
conarfimur
conarSminl
conarentur
FUTURE
co nab or, / shall try.
conaberis (-10), you will try.
conabitur, he will try.
conabimur, we shall try.
conabiminl, you will try.
cdnabuntur, they will try.
PERFECT
conatus sum, / have tried, tried, did try.
conatua es, you have tried, tried, did try.
conatus est, he has tried, tried, did try.
conatl sumus, we have tried, tried, did try.
conatl estis, you have tried, tried, did try.
conatl aunt, they have tried, tried, did try.
conatua aim
cdnatua sis
conatua ait
conatl almua
conatl altia
conatl sint
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 2OI
PAST PERFECT
conatua eram, / had tried. conatua essem
conatua er5s, you had tried. conatua eaaSa
conatua erat, he had tried. conatua eaaet
conati ermua, we had tried. conatl eaaSmua
conatl eratis, you had tried. conatl eaaStia
conati erant, they had tried. conatl eaaent
FUTURE PERFECT
conatua er6, / shall have tried.
conatuB eris, you will have tried.
conatuB erit, he will have tried.
conatl erimua, we shall have tried.
conati eritia, you will have tried.
conati erunt, they will have tried.
PRESENT IMPERATIVE
SING, conare, try (thou) . PL. cdnaminl, try (ye).
INFINITIVE
PRES. conarl, to try.
PERF. conatua esse, to have tried.
FUT. conatiiruB esse, to be about to try.
PARTICIPLES
PRES. conana, trying. PERF. conatua, having tried,
PUT. conatCiruB, about to try. GERUNDIVE conandua, to be tried.
GERUND SUPINE
GEN. conandl, of trying.
DAT. conandS, for trying.
ACC. conandum, trying. conatum, to try.
ABL. conandS, by trying. conatu ? to try.
2O2
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
493. Conjugation of the Irregular Verb sum
sum, ease, fuT, futftrus, be
INDICATIVE
sum, I ant.
es, you are.
est, he is.
sumus, we are.
estis, you are.
sunt, they are.
PRESENT
SUBJUNCTIVE
sim
sis
sit
simus
sltis
sint
PAST
eram, I was.
eras, you were.
erat, he was.
eramus, we were.
eratis, you were.
erant, they were.
essem
esses
esset
essemus
essetis
essent
FUTURE
ero, / shall be.
eris, you will be.
erit, he will be.
erimus, we shall be.
eritis, you will be.
erunt, they will be.
PERFECT
fill, / have been, was.
fuistl, you have been, were.
fult, he has been, was.
fiiimus, we have been, were.
fuifttis, you have been, were.
fuSrunt (-re), they have been, were.
fuerim
fuerla
fuerit
fuerlmus
fuerltis
fuerint
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 2O3
PAST PERFECT
fueram, I had been. fuissem
fueras, you had been. fuissgs
fuerat, he had been. fuisaet
fuer &muB, we had been. fuisa6mus
fuerfttiB, you had been. fuisafitis
fuerant, they had been. fiiissent
FUTURE PERFECT
fuerS, / shall have been.
fueris, you will have been.
fuerit, he will have been.
fuerimus, we shall have been.
fueritis, you will have been.
fuerint, they will have been.
PRESENT IMPERATIVE
SING, es, be (thou). PL. este, be (ye).
INFINITIVE PARTICIPLE
PRES. esse, to be.
PERF. fuisse, to have been.
FUT. futttrus ease or fore, to be about to be. futdrus, about to be.
494. Conjugation of the Irregular Verb possum
possum, posse, potul, be able
INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT
possum possim
potes possls
potest possit
possumus posslmus
potestih possitis
possunt possint
2O4
AN INTRODUCTION' TO LATIN
PAST
poteram
poteras
poterat
poteramus
poteratis
poterant
potero
poteris
poterit
poterimus
poteritis
poterunt
FUTURE
PERFECT
potui
potulstl
potuit
potuimus
potuistis
potu6runt (-5re)
PAST PERFECT
potueram
potueras
potuerat
potuerftxnuB
potueratia
potuerant
possem
posses
posset
posse mus
posse tis
possent
potuerim
potuerls
potuerit
potuerlmus
potueritis
potuerint
potuissem
potuissSs
potuiaaet
potuissSmus
potuissCtis
potuissent
potuerS
potueris
potuerit
potuerixnua
potueritis
potuerint
FUTURE PERFECT
PRES. posse
INFINITIVE
PERF.
potuisse
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
2O5
495. Conjugation of the Irregular Verb prosum
prosum, prod ease, profui, profutGrus, benefit
INDICATIVE
prosum
prodes
prodest
prosumus
prodestis
pr5sunt
PRESENT
SUBJUNCTIVE
prosim
prosls
prosit
proslmus
prosltis
prosint
proderam
proderas
proderat
proderamus
proderatis
proderant
PAST
prodessera
prodesses
prodesset
prodessemus
prodessetis
prodessent
FUTURE
prodero
proderis
proderit
proderimus
proderitis
proderunt
PERFECT
profui
profuistl
profuit
profuimus
profuistis
profu6runt (-6re)
profuerim
profuerls
profuerit
profuerlmus
profuerltis
profuerint
2O6
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
PAST PERFECT
profueram
profueraa
profuerat
profueramuB
profueratia
profuerant
profuer6
profueria
profuerit
profuerimua
profueri tia
profuerint
profuissem
profuissSa
profuisaet
profuissgmua
profuissStia
profuissent
FUTURE PERFECT
SING, prodes
PRESENT IMPERATIVE
PL. prodes te
INFINITIVE
PRES. prodesse
PERF. profuisse
FUT. profutarus ease
PARTICIPLE
profutftrus
496. Conjugation of the Irregular Verbs void, nold, maid
vo!5, velle, volul, wish
n516, n611e, nolul, be unwilling
, maile, malul^ prefer
void
vis
vult
volumus
vultis
volunt
INDICATIVE
PRESENT
nolo
non vis
non vult
nolumus
non vultis
nolunt
malo
mavis
ma vult
malumus
ma vultis
malunt
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
PAST
volebam
nolebam
malebam
volebas
nolebas
malebft*
volebat
nolebat
malebat
volebmu
nolebamua
malebamui
volebatis
nolebatis
malebatis
volebant
no le bant
malebant
FUTURE
volam
no lam
malam
voles
nolSs
ma!6
volet
nolet
malet
vol&muB
nolCmus
mal6niu
volStia
nolStis
maletia
volent
nolent
malent
PERFECT
volul
nolul
malul
voluistl
noluistl
maluistl
voluit
noluit
maluit
voluimuB
noluimua
maluimus
voluistis
noiuifttia
maluistis
voluSrunt (-ire)
noluCrunt (-6rc)
maluSrunt (-8re)
PAST PERFECT
volueram
nolueram
malueram
volueras
nolueraa
malueras
voluerat
noluerat
maluerat
volueramus
nolueramus
malueramu
voJueratis
noluerStis
maluerfttis
voluerant
noluerant
maluerant
FUTURE PERFECT
volucrS
noluerS
maluerS
volueri*
nolueris
malueri*
voluerit
noluerit
maluerit
voluerlmtlft
noluerimus
maluerimu*
voluerltia
nohieriti*
malueritiB
voluerint
noluerlnt
maluerint
208
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT
vclim
ndlim
malim
veils
noils
malls
vclit
nolit
malit
vellmus
nollmus
malimus
velitis
nolltis
malltis
velint
nolint
malint
PAST
vellem
nollem
mallem
velles
nolles
malles
vellet
nollet
mallet
vellemus
nollemus
mall em us
velletis
nolletis
malletis
veil en t
nollent
mallent
PERFECT
voluerim
noluerim
maluerim
voluerfs
noluerls
maluerls
voluerit
noluerit
maluerit
voluerlmus
noluerim us
maluerlmus
voluerltU
noluerltis
maluerltis
voluerint
noluerint
maluerint
PAST PERFECT
voluisaem
noluissexn
maluissem
voluissfis
noluissfis
maluissfis
voluisset
noluisset
maluisset
voluissCmus
noluissSmuB
maluissCmus
volutoaStis
noluiss6ti
maluiss6ti
voluiftaent
noluissent
maluissent
PRESENT IMPERATIVE
SING, noli PL. nolite
INFINITIVE
PRES velle
nolle
malle
PERF. voluisse
noluiase
maluisse
PARTICIPLE
PRES. voleum
nolens
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 2O9
497. Conjugation of the Irregular Verb /erd
ferd, ferre, tull, latum, bear
ACTIVE PASSIVE
INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT
fer6
fera
fert
feram
feras
ferat
feror
ferria (-re)
fertur
ferar
fer&ris (-re)
feratur
ferimua
ferti.
ferunt
feramus
feratis
ferant
ferimur
feriminl
feruntur
feramur
fcraminl
ferantar
ferebam
ferebaa
ferebat
ferrem
ferrCs
ferret
PAST
ferebar
ferebftris (-re)
ferebStur
ferrer
fcrrfiris (-re)
ferritur
ferebamus
ferebatia
ferebant
ferr6mu
ferrfitia
ferrent
ferebamur
ferebaminl
ferebantur
ferrimur
ferriminl
ferrentur
feram
fer*a
feret
FUTURE
ferar
ferfiria (-re)
feretur
ferftmua
ferfitU
ferent
ferfimur
ferfiminl
ferentur
tull
tuliatl
tulit
tulerim
tulerU
tulerit
PERFECT
latua aum
latus ea
latua eat
latue aim
latua afa
latua ait
tulimua
tulistis
tulfirunt (-6re)
p
tulerlmaa
tulerltis
tulerlnt
latl aumus
latl estis
latl aunt
latl slmus
latl altia ,
latl sint .
2IO
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
PAST PERFECT
tuleram tulissem
tulerftft tuliss&a
tulerat tulisset
tulerftmus tulissBmus
tulerfttis tulissStift
tulerant tulissent
latus eram
latus essem
latus erSs
latus essfis
latus erat
latus esset
latl er&inus
latl essSmus
latl erStis
latl essStis
latl erant
latl essent
tulerd
tuleris
tulerit
tulerlmus
tuleritls
tulerint
FUTURE PERFECT
latus er6
latus erls
latus erit
latl erimus
latl eritis
latl erunt
SING, fer
PRESENT IMPERATIVE
PL. fcrte SING, ferre
PL. feriminl
INFINITIVE
PRES. ferre
PERF. tuliase
FUT. latflrus esse
feni
latus esae
latum Irl
PRES. ferena
FUT. laturus
PARTICIPLES
PERF.
GERUNDIVE
latus
ferendus
GERUND SUPINE
GEN. ferendl
DAT. ferend6
ACC. ferendum latum
ABL. ferenda lain
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
211
Conjugation of the Irregular Verb eo
ed, Ire, IT, itum, go
INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT
eo
Is
it
Imus
itis
eunt
ibam
Ibas
That
Tbamus
ibatis
Ibant
fbo
Ibis
ibit
Tbimus
Ibitis
Ibunt
it
isti
lit
iimus
Tstis
ierunt (-^re)
PAST
earn
eas
eat
eamus
eatis
eant
ire
Iret
irftmua
irent
FUTURE
PERFECT
ieritn
ierla
ierit
ierltU
ierint
212
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
PRES.
PERF.
FUT.
GEN.
DAT.
ACC.
ABL.
ieram
ierfts
ierat
ieramuft
ieratU
ierant
ierd
ieria
ierit
ierimuB
ieritis
ierint
PAST PERFECT
issem
isses
Isset
Issem us
Issetis
issent
FUTURE PERFECT
SING. I
PRESENT IMPERATIVE
PL. ite
INFINITIVE
ire
Tsse
itiiruft i
GERUND
eundl
eundo
eundum
eundo
PARTICIPLES
lens (genitive, euntis)
itftruB
SUPINE
itum
499. Conjugation of the Irregular Verb fid
fI6, fieri, faotus sum, be done
INDICATIVE
fio
fis
fit
fimus
fitis
flunt
PRESENT
SUBJUNCTIVE
flam
fias
flat
fiamus
flatis
flant
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
3*3
fiebam
fiebas
flebat
fiebamus
fiebatis
fiebant
flam
fies
flet
f Tennis
fietis
fient
PAST
FUTURE
PERFECT
factus sum
factus es
factus eat
factl sumus
factl estis
factl aunt
PAST PERFECT
factus eram
fact us eras
factus erat
factl crftmus
factl erfttis
factl erant
factus er6
factus eris
factus erit
factl erimus
factl eritis
factl erunt
INFINITIVE
PRES. fieri
PERF. factus esse
FUT. factum Ir
FUTURE PERFECT
fierem
fieres
fieret
fieremus
fieretis
fierent
factus sim
factus sis
factus sit
factl slmus
factl sltis
factl sint
factus essem
factus ess6s
factus esset
factl essfimus
fact! essfttis
factl essent
PARTICIPLES
factus
GERUNDIVE faciendus
214 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
RULES OF SYNTAX
(The numbers following the rules refer to the sections in which the
constructions are explained.)
500. Agreement of Verb. A verb agrees with its subject in per-
son and number. (16).
501. Agreement of Noun. An appositive or predicate noun
agrees in case with the noun to which it belongs. (72).
502. Agreement of Adjective. An adjective agrees in gender,
number, and case with the noun it modifies. (80).
503. Agreement of Relative Pronoun. The relative pronoun
agrees with its antecedent in gender and number, but its case de-
pends upon the construction in which it is used. (143).
504. Subject. The subject is in the nominative. (31).
505. Descriptive Genitive. The genitive of a noun and adjec-
tive is used to describe a person or thing, (m).
506. Indirect Object. The indirect object of a transitive verb is
in the dative* (57)*
507. Dative with Intransitive Verbs. Certain intransitive verbs *
govern the dative. (224).
508. Dative with Compound Verbs. Certain compound verbs 2
govern the dative. (241).
509. Dative with Adjectives. Certain adjectives 3 take the
dative. (89),
510. Dative of Purpose or Tendency. The dative is used to
express purpose and tendency. (301).
1 In this book are given consuls, fido, impero, noceo, persuaded, resisto,
studed.
3 In this book are given infers, occurro, praccipio, praeficiS, praestO, pr5-
sum, succedo.
3 In this book are given amlcus, iddneus, propinquus, propior, proximus,
slmilis, diasimitis.
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 21$
511. Double Dative Construction. The dative of purpose or
tendency is often accompanied by another dative denoting the per-
son concerned. (302).
512. Dative of Possession. The dative is used with sum to ex-
press possession. (421).
513. Dative of Agent. The dative is used with the passive peri-
phrastic conjugation to denote the agent. (430).
514. Direct Object. The direct object of a transitive verb is in
the accusative. (32).
515. Accusative of Extent or Duration. The accusative is used
to express extent of space and duration of time. (339).
516. Ablative of Separation. Verbs of separation l take the ab-
lative with ab, de", or ex, or without a preposition. (133).
517. Ablative of Agent. The ablative with ab is used with a
passive verb to denote the person by whom a thing is done. (41).
518. Ablative of Means. The ablative is used to express the
means. (64).
519. Ablative of Accompaniment. The ablative with cum is
used to express accompaniment. (97).
520. Ablative of Manner. The ablative with cum is used to ex-
press manner, but cum may be omitted when an adjective modifies
the noun. (321).
521. Ablative of Cause or Reason. The ablative is used to ex-
press cause and reason. (106).
522. Ablative of Comparison. A comparative without quam
takes the ablative ; but when quam is used, the words denoting the
things compared are in the same case. (309).
523. Ablative of Measure of Difference. The ablative is used
to express the measure of difference. (315).
1 Of the verbs of separation given in this book, careo and Hber5 regularly
take the ablative without a preposition.
2l6 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
524. Descriptive Ablative. The ablative of a noun and adjec-
tive is used to describe a person or thing, (in).
525. Ablative of Respect. The ablative is used to specify the
respect in which another word applies. (175).
526. Ablative of Time. The ablative is used to express the time
at which or within which a thing is done. (344).
527. Ablative with Certain Deponents. The deponents fitor,
fruor, fungor, potior, and vescor, govern the ablative. (385).
528. Ablative Absolute. The ablative of a noun or pronoun
and a predicate participle, noun, or adjective is used to express time,
cause, opposition, condition, or other circumstance. (394).
529. Place Where. The ablative with in or sub is used to ex-
press the place where ; but names of towns, domus, and rfts have
a locative case to express this idea. (250, 253).
630. Place to Which. The accusative with ad, in, or sub is used
to express the place to which ; but a preposition is not used before
names of towns, domus, and rus. (254).
531. Place from Which. The ablative with ab, de", or ex is used
to express the place from which ; but a preposition is not used be-
fore names of towns, domus, and rus. (255).
532. Present Indicative with dum. The present indicative is
used with dum, while. (163).
533. Perfect Indicative with postquam and ubi The perfect in-
dicative is used with postquam and ubi in clauses expressing time.
(169).
534. Clauses of Purpose. The subjunctive is used with ut and
n$ in clauses expressing purpose. (261).
535. Relative Clauses of Purpose. The subjunctive is used in
relative clauses expressing purpose. (267).
536. Quo-Clauses of Purpose. Clauses of purpose in which there
is a comparative are usually introduced by quo", instead of ut. (412).
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN . 21 J
537. Substantive Clauses of Volition. The subjunctive is used
with ut and nS in substantive clauses expressing what is wanted. 1
(268).
538. Clauses of Result. The subjunctive is used with ut and ut
nCn in clauses expressing result. (280).
539. Relative Clauses of Result. The subjunctive is used in rel-
ative clauses expressing result. (281).
540. Substantive Clauses of Result. The subjunctive is used
with ut and ut n6n in clauses which are subject or object of a verb
expressing accomplishment or subject of a verb expressing occur-
rence. 2 (286).
541. Descriptive Relative Clauses. The subjunctive is used in
relative clauses describing the person or thing denoted by an indefi-
nite antecedent. (292).
542. Ci/m-Clauses of Situation, The past and past perfect sub-
junctive are used with cum in clauses describing the situation. (407).
543. Causal and Adversative o/m-Clauses. The subjunctive is
used with cum in clauses expressing cause and opposition. (402).
544. Indirect Statements. The infinitive, with an accusative as
subject, is used in indirect statements. (368).
545. Indirect Subordinate Clauses. The subjunctive is used in
indirect subordinate clauses. (390).
546. Indirect Questions. The subjunctive is used in indirect
questions. (327).
547. Harmony of Tenses. The present or perfect subjunctive is
used in the subordinate clause when the principal verb represents a
present or future action, the past or past perfect when the principal
verb represents a past action. The present and past subjunctive
represent an action at or after the time of the principal verb ; the
1 Cohortor, impero, moneo, persuaded, pet5, postu!5, and praecipi5 are
given in this book with substantive clauses of volition.
2 Facio, efficio, fid, and accido are given in this book with substantive
clauses of result.
218 AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
perfect and past perfect represent an action before the time of the
principal verb. (333).
548. Use of Infinitive Tenses. The present infinitive represents
an action at the time of the verb on which it depends. The perfect
infinitive represents an action before the time of the verb on which
it depends. The future infinitive represents an action after the time
of the verb on which it depends. (374).
549. Use of Supine in um. The supine in um is used with verbs
of motion to express purpose. (440).
550. Present and Past Neutral Conditional Complexes. The
present, past, perfect, and past perfect indicative are used in condi-
tional complexes which imply neither the occurrence nor the non-
occurrence of the action. (454, 455).
551. More Vivid Future Conditional Complexes. The future and
future perfect indicative are used in more vivid future conditional
complexes. (450, 455)-
552. Less Vivid Future Conditional Complexes. The present
and perfect subjunctive are used in less vivid future conditional com-
plexes. (450, 455).
553. Conditional Complexes Contrary to Fact. The past and
past perfect subjunctive are used in conditional complexes which
imply the non-occurrence of the action. The past is used to imply
the non-occurrence of an action in present time, the past perfect to
imply the non-occurrence of an action in past time. (454, 455)-
POSITION OF WORDS
554. Emphasis. The position of words in a Latin sentence is
largely determined by emphasis.
555. Subject and Verb. The subject normally stands first in the
sentence and the verb last.
556. Objects. The indirect object normally stands before the
direct object
AN INTRODUCTION TO LATIN 2IQ
557. Vocative. The vocative normally follows one or more
words.
558. Adjective. An adjective may either precede or follow the
noun it modifies. A possessive adjective normally follows the noun
it modifies.
559. Adverb. An adverb normally stands just before the word it
modifies.
560. Genitive. A genitive normally follows the noun it modifies.
561. Adjective and Genitive. When an adjective and a genitive
modify the same noun, the order is often adjective, genitive, modi-
fied noun.
562. Adjective and Monosyllabic Preposition. When a mono-
syllabic preposition is used with a noun modified by an adjective, the
preposition often stands between the adjective and the noun.
563. -que. The enclitic -que is joined to the word it adds ; if it
adds a phrase or clause, it is usually joined to the first word of that
phrase or clause.
564. -ne. The enclitic -ne is usually joined to the first word in
the question.
565. Enclitic -cum. When the preposition cum is used with a
personal, reflexive, or relative pronoun, it follows and is joined to the
pronoun.
566. Particular Words. The words populus RSmanus and di
immortalgs regularly stand in this order. Autem and enim cannot
stand first in a sentence or clause, but are usually second. Quoque
regularly follows the word it modifies. Fer usually follows the word
it modifies. Quid em follows the word it emphasizes. Inquit follows
one or more words of the quotation. Causi follows the genitive.
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
Tne numbers refer to the sections in which the inflection of the words
is shown, but no reference is given where the inflection is regular. The
etymologies given in this vocabulary show from what the word is derived
not, as in the vocabularies of the lessons, any related word.
ab or a, prep, with abl., away from,
from; by; in, on.
abdd, abdere, abdidi, abditum, hide,
conceal, [ab -f dd].
absens, absentia, 324 (note), absent.
[absum] .
absum, abesse, aful, afuturus, 493,
be away, be absent, be distant.
[ab -f sum].
ac, see atque.
accedo, accedere, access!, accessum,
come to, approach.
accidd, accidere, accidi, happen.
accipid, accipere, accepi, acceptum,
receive, [ad -j- capio] .
acer, acris, acre, sharpy active.
acies, -el, f,, line of battle.
acriter, adv., sharply, fiercely.
[acer].
ad, prep, with ace., to ; near, at.
adduco, adducere, adduxi, adductum,
lead to, bring; induce, [ad +
duco].
adficiS, ad fi cere, adfeci, adfectum,
visit, afflict, [ad + facio].
aditus, -Ss, m., approach, access.
adiungo, adiungere, adiunxl, ad-
i\inctum,j0m to, join, add.
adorior, adoriri, adortus sum, attack.
adulescens, adulescentis, m., young
man, youth.
adventus, -us, m., arrival.
adversarius, -I, m., opponent, adver-
sary.
aedificium, -I, n., building, [aedif ico] .
aedifico, aedificare, aedificavi, aedi-
ficatum, build.
aequus, -a, -um, lev el, fair, favor able.
ager, agri, m., field, territory.
agger, aggeris, m., agger, a mound
used in military operations.
agmen, agminis, n., column (of a
marching army) ; novissimum
agmen, rear. [ago].
ago, agere, egl, actum, drive; treat.
aliquis (aliqui), aliqua, aliquid
(aliquod), 487, some, some one,
something.
alius, alia, aliud, 465, other, another ;
alii . . . alii, some . . . others.
Allia, -ae, f., the A Ilia, a river near
Rome.
Allobroges, -urn, m. pi., the Allo-
broges.
221
222
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
Alpes, -ium, f. pi., the Alps.
alter, altera, alterum, 465, the other ;
alter . . . alter, one . . . the
other; alter! . . . alter!, one
party . . . the other party.
altitude, altitudinis, f., height, depth.
[altus].
altus, -a, -um, high, deep.
amicitia, -ae, I., friendship, [ami-
cus].
amicus, -a, -um, friendly ; amicus,
-I, m., friend, [amo].
amo, amare, amavi, a mat urn, love.
angustiae, -arum, f. pi., pass, defile.
[angustus] .
angustus, -a, -um, narrow.
animal, animalis, n., animal.
animus, -I, m., mind; courage.
annus, -i, m., year.
ante, prep, with ace., before.
antea, adv., before, previously.
[ante -f is] .
aperio, aperire, aperui, apertum,
open.
apertus, -a, -um, open, unprotected.
[aperio].
appello, appellare, appellavi, appel-
latum, call, name.
Appennlnus, -I, m., the Apennines,
mountains of Italy.
appropinquS, appropinquare, appro-
pinquavl, appropinquatum, ap-
proach.
apud, prep, with ace., among,
with*
Apulia, -ae, f., Apulia, a division of
Italy.
aqua, -ae, f., water.
Aquileia, -ae, f., Aquileia, a town.
Aquitani, -drum, m. pi., the Aquitani^
the Aquitanians.
ara, -ae, f., altar.
Arar, Araris, m., the Arar, now
called Sadne.
arbitror, arbitrari, arbitratus sum,
think.
arbor, arboris, f, tree.
anna, -orum, n. pi., arms.
armo, armare, armavi, armatum,
arm. [arma].
ascendo, ascendere, ascendi, ascen-
sum, climb, ascend.
atque or ac, conj., and.
auctoritas, auctSritatis, f., influence,
authority.
audax, audacis, bold, daring.
[audeo] .
audeo, audere, ausus sum, 382,
dare.
audio, audire, audlvi, auditum, hear.
augeo, augere, auxi, auctum, in-
crease.
aut, conj., or; aut . . . aut, either
. . . or.
autem, conj., however.
auxilium, -I, n., aid. [augeo].
averto, avertere, averti, aversum,
turn aside, [a -f verto] .
B
barbarus, -I, m., barbarian.
Belgae, -arum, m. pi., the Belgce,
the Belgians.
bellum, -i, n., war*
bene, adv., 318, well, successfully.
[bonus] .
beneficium, -!, n., kindness, [bene
-f facio].
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
223
Bibracte, Bibractis, n., Bibracte, a
town.
Boil, -5rum, m. pi., the Boii.
bonus, -a, -um, 476, good.
brevis, breve, short.
C
C., the abbreviation for Gaius.
caedes, caedis, f., slaughter, car-
nage.
Caesar, Caesaris, m., Caesar.
calamitas, calamitatis, f., disaster.
calcar, calcaris, n., spur.
Campania, -ae, f., Campania, a
division of Italy.
Cannae, -arum, f. pi., Cannae, a
village.
Cannensis, -e, at Cannae, of Cannae.
capid, capere, cepi, captum, take,
capture ; consilium capere, form
a plan.
captiva, -ae, f., captive, prisoner.
[capio] .
captivus, -i, m., captive, prisoner.
[capio].
Capua, -ae, f., Capua, a city of Cam-
pania.
career, careens, m., prison.
cared, carere, carui, cariturus, be
cut off, be without, lack.
castellum, -I, n., stronghold.
castra, -orum, n. pi., camp.
causa, -ae, f., cause, reason ; causa,
with gen.,/i?r the 'sake of, for the
purpose of.
celeriter, adv., quickly.
Celtae, -arum, m. pi., the Celtae, the
Celts.
centum, indeclinable, one hundred.
centurio, centurionis, m., centurion,
a Roman military officer,
certus, -a, -um, definite, certain ;
certiSrem facere, inform.
ceteri, -ae, -a, pi. adj., the other.
Cimbri, -drum, m. pi., the Cimbri.
circiter, adv., about.
circum, prep, with ace., about.
circumdo, circumdare, circumdedi, cir-
cumdatum, 54 (note), put around,
surround, [circum -f do] .
circumvenio, circumvenire, circum-
venl, circumventum, come around,
surround, [circum -f venio] .
citra, prep, with ace., on this side of.
civilis, civile, civil, [civis].
civis, civis, m. and f., 192 (note),
citizen, fellow-citizen.
civitas, civitatis, f., state, [civis].
clarus, -a, -um, famous, glorious.
classis, classis, i., fleet.
Clastidium, -i, n., Clastidium, a
town,
claudo, claudere, clausi, clausum,
shut, close.
coepl, perf., have begun, began.
cogito, cogitare, cogitavi, cogitatum,
consider ; intend.
cognosco, cognoscere, cognSvi, cog-
miMm, find out) learn.
cogo, cogere, coegi, coactum, collect ;
compel, [ago].
cohortor, cohortari, cohortatus sum,
encourage, urge.
collega, -ae, m., colleague.
collis, collis, m., hill.
committo, committere, commisi, com-
missum, with proelium,yd?/>/ battle^
begin the battle, [mitto] .
224
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
commode, adv., conveniently, effect-
ively.
compare, comparare, comparavi,
comparatum, prepare, procure.
[parS].
complures, complura, pi. adj., 330
(note), several, [plus].
comprehends, comprehendere, com-
prehend!, comprehensum, seise,
arrest.
concedo, concedere, concessi, conces-
sum, yield, grant.
concilio, conciliate, conciliavi, con-
ciliatum, win over.
condicio, condici5nis, f., terms, con-
dition.
condo, condere, condidi, conditum,
found, build, [do].
confers, conferre, contuli, conlatum,
497, bring together; se conferre,
betake oneself, go. [f ero] .
confertus, -a, -um, dense, in close
order.
conficio, conficere, confecl, confec-
\xasL) finish $ exhaust, [facio].
confirmo, confirmare, conflrmavi,
confirmatum, strengthen, estab-
lish.
conicio, conicere, conieci, coniectum,
hurl, [iacio] .
contango, coniungere, coniunxl, con-
iunctum,y^/w with, join, unite.
conloco, conlocare, conlocavl, conloca-
tum, place.
conloquium, -I, n., conference.
conor, conari, conatus sum, try.
cdnsequor, consequl, consecutus sum,
follow up ; overtake, [sequor] .
conserve, conservare, conservavl,
conservatum, keep, observe.
[servo].
c5ns!do, considere, consedi, conses-
sum, settle ; encamp.
consilium, -1, n., plan ; discretion.
consisto, consistere, constiti, take a
position; halt.
conspectus, -us, m., sight.
conspicor, conspicari, conspicatus
sum, catch sight of, see.
constituo, constituere, constitui, c5n-
stitutum, station, fix, del ermine.
[statuo].
consuescd, consuescere, consuevi, con-
sue turn, become accustomed] perf.j
have become accustomed, be accus-
tomed.
consul, consults, m., consul, chief
magistrate of Rome.
consulo, consulere, cSnsului, consul-
turn, with dat., look out for, consult.
consumo, consumere, consiimpsi, con-
sumptum, consume, waste, [sumo] .
contends, contendere, contendl, con-
tentum, strive, contend] hasten.
contineo, continere, continuT, con-
tentum, hold, restrain, [teneo].
contra, prep, with ace., against.
convenio, convenire, convenl, con-
ventum, come together, assemble.
[venio] .
converts, convertere, convertl, con-
versum, turn about, reverse.
[verto].
copia, -ae, f., abundance; pi, forces,
troops, [ops].
cornu, -us, n., horn ; wing (of an
army).
corpus, corporis, n., body.
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
225
cottidi, adv., daily, [dies].
creber, crebra, crebrum, frequent,
numerous.
creo, creare, creavl, creatum, make,
elect.
cum, prep, with abl., with.
cum, conj., when', since, as; al-
though, though.
cupiditas, cupiditatis, f., desire.
cupio, cupere, cupivi, cupftum, de-
sire, wish.
cura, -ae, f., care.
D
de, prep, with abl., down from,
from ; about, concerning.
dea, -ae, f., goddess.
debeo, debere, debui, debitum, owe,
ought.
decem, indeclinable, ten.
decemviri, -orum, m. pi., decemvirs,
a board, or commission, of ten
men. [decem + vir] .
deditio, deditionis, f., surrender.
deducS, deducere, deduxi, deductum,
lead down, lead away, withdraw ;
bring, [de -f duco].
defendo, defendere, defendl, defen-
sum, defend.
deinde, adv., then, next.
deleo, delete, delevl, deletum, de-
stroy.
deligo, deligere, delegi, delectum,
choose, select.
demigro, demigrare, demigravi, de-
migratum, move away^ remove.
demons tro, demonstrate, demon-
stravi, demonstratum, point out,
show.
desero, deserere, deserul, desertum,
desert.
desisto, desistere, destitl, destitum,
cease, give up.
despero, desperare, desperavl, de-
speratum, be hopeless, despair.
[de -fspero].
detnmentum, -1, n., loss.
deus, -I, m., 46$, god.
dexter, dextra, dextrum, right ; dex-
tra, -ae, f., right hand.
dico, dicere, dm, dictum, say, speak.
dictator, dictatoris, m., dictator.
dies, -ei, m., day.
difficilis, difficile, 475, difficult.
[facilis] .
diligentia, -ae, f., diligence, industry.
dimitto, dlmittere, dimisl, dimissum,
send about ; send away, dismiss.
[mitto].
discedo, discedere, discessl, disces-
sum, go away, come off.
dispono, disponere, disposui, disposi-
tum, distribute, arrange, [pono] .
dissimilis, dissimile, 475, with dat.,
unlike, [similis].
diu, adv., 478, long, a long time.
dlvido, dividere, divisl, dlvlsum,
divide.
divmus, -a, -um, divine, superhu-
man.
do, dare, dedi, datum, 54 (note);
give.
dolor, dolSris, m., pain, grief.
domus, -us, f., 463, home.
dubit5, dubitare, dubitavi, dubita-
tum, doubt, hesitate.
ducenti, -ae, -a, pi., two hundred.
[duo + centum] .
226
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
duco, ducere, duxi, ductum, lead.
dum, conj., while.
Dumnorix, Dumnorigis, m., Dum-
norix.
duo, duae, duo, 480, two.
duodecim, indeclinable, twelve.
[duo -f decem] .
dux, duels, m., leader, commander.
[duc6] .
E
e, see ex.
educ5, educate, educavi, educatum,
bring up, rear.
educd, educere, eduxi, eductum, lead
out) bring out. [e -f duco].
effero, efferre, extull, elatum, 497,
carry away, [ex + fero].
efficio, efficere, effeci, effectum, bring
about, accomplish, complete, [ex
-f f aci5] .
effugid, effugere, effugl, flee from,
escape, [ex -f fugio].
ego, mei, 481, /.
egredior, egredi, egressus sum, go
out, march out.
egregius, -a, -um, uncommon, re-
markable.
elephantus, -I, m., elephant.
enim, con.}., for.
eo, adv., to that place, thither, [is] .
eo, Ire, il, itum, 498, go,
Eplrus, -I, f., Epirus, a division of
Greece,
equea, equitis, m., horseman-, pi.,
cavalry, [equus],
equitatus, -us, m . , cavalry, [eques] .
equus, -I, m., horse.
Sripio, eripere, eripul, ereptum,
snatch away, take away ; rescue.
et, conj., and; et . . . et, both . . ,
and.
etiam, adv., even, also, [et -f- iam].
Etruria, -ae, f., Etruria, a division
of Italy.
ex or e, prep, with abl., out of,
from.
excedo, excedere, excess!, excessum,
go out, withdraw.
exercitus, -us, m., army.
existimo, existimare, existimavi,
exist imatum, think.
exitus, -us, m., oiitlet, exit.
expeditus, -a, -um, unobstructed.
expello, expellere, expuli, expulsum,
drive out, expel, [ex -f- pello].
explorator, exploratoris, m., scout.
expugno, expugnare, expugnavi, ex-
pugnatum, take by assault, cap-
ture, [ex -f pugno] .
exspecto, exspectare, exspectavi, ex-
spectatum, wait for, await.
extra, prep, with ace., outside of.
extremus, -a, -um, outermost, last.
facile, adv., easily, [facilis] .
facilis, facile, 475, easy, [facid].
facio, facere, feel, factum, do, make;
certiorem facere, inform; im-
petum facere in, charge ufon;
iter facere, march.
fama, -ae, f., report, fame.
femina, -ae, f., woman.
fere, adv., almost.
fer6, ferre, tuli, latum, 497, bear y
carry.
fides, -el, f., trust, trustworthiness ;
pledge, protection . [fido] .
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
227
fido, fidere, fisus sum, 382, with
dat., trust.
filia, -ae, f., daughter.
films, -I, m., son.
finis, finis, m., end] pi., boundaries ,
territory.
fmitimi, -orum, m. pi., neighbors.
[finis],
fid, fieri, factus sum, 499, be done,
be made; result, happen.
firmus, -a, -um, strong.
flumen, fliiminis, n., river.
fortis, forte, brave.
fortiter, adv., bravely, [fortis].
fortuna, -ae, f., fortune.
fossa, -ae, f., ditch, trench.
f rater, fratris, m., 206 (note),
brother.
frumentarius, -a, -um, of grain ; res
frumentaria, supply of grain.
[frumentum].
frumentum, -i, n., grain, [fruor].
fruor, frui, fructus sum, with abl.,
enjoy.
fuga, -ae, inflight.
fugio, fugere, fugi, fugiturus, flee.
[fuga].
f ugo, f ugare, f ugavl, f ugatum, put to
flight, rout, [fuga] .
f ungor, fungi, f unctus sum, with abl.,
perform.
G
Gaili, -orum, m, pi., the Gauls.
Gallia, -ae, f., Gaul, a country.
Gallicus, -a, -um, Gallic.
Garumna, -ae, m., the Garumna, now
called Garonne.
gaudeo, gaudere, gavisus sum, 382,
be glad.
Genava, -ae, f., Geneva.
gens, gentis, f., tribe.
genus, generis, n., race ; kind.
German!, -orum, m. pi., the Germans,
gero, gerere, gessi, gestum, carry on,
wage ; res gestae, deeds, achieve-
ments.
gladius, -I, m., sword.
Graeci, -orum, m. pi., the Greeks.
Graecia, -ae, f., Greece.
gratia, -ae, L, favor, influence.
gravis, grave, heavy ; important.
H
habeo, habere, habui, habitum, have.
habito, habitare, habitavi, habi-
tatum, dwell, live, [habeo] .
Hadrumetum, -I, n., Hadrumetum.
Haeduus, -i, m., a Haeduan, the
Haeduan ; pi., the Haedui, the
Haeduans.
Hamilcar, Hamilcaris, m., Hamilcar.
Hannibal, Hannibalis, m., Hannibal.
Hasdrubal, Hasdrubalis, m., Has-
drubal.
Heivetii, -orum, m. pi., the Helvetii,
the Helvetians.
hlberna, -orum, n. pi., winter quar-
ters, [hiems] .
hie, haec, hoc, 483, this.
hie, adv., here, [hie] .
Memo, hiemare, hiemavi, hiematum,
spend the winter, winter, [hiems].
hiems, hiemis, f., winter.
Hispani, -drum, m. pi., the Span-
iards.
Hispania, -ae, f., Spain.
homd, hominis, m. and f., human
being, man.
228
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
honor, honoris, m., honor.
h5ra, -ae, f., hour.
hospitium, -I, n., hospitality.
hostis, hostis, m., enemy.
hue, adv., to this place, hither, [hie] .
humilis, humile, 475, low, humble.
I
iacio, iacere, iecl, iactum, throw.
iam, adv., already; non iam, no
longer.
ibi, adv., in that place, there.
idem, eadem, idem, 483, the same.
[is].
idoneus, -a, -um, suitable.
ignis, ignis, m., 388 (note),y?-.
ille, ilia, illud, 483, that.
immortalis, immortale, immortal.
impedimentum, -I, n., hindrance-,
pi., baggage, [impedio].
impedio, impedire, impedivl, impe-
ditum, check, impede, [in + pes] .
imperator, imperat5ris, m., general.
[impero].
imperium, -I, power, rule, [impero] .
impero, imperare, imperavi, impe-
ratum, with dat., command, rule.
impetro, impetrare, impetravi, im-
petratum, obtain (a request) .
impetus, -us, m., attack; impetum
facere in, charge upon.
in, prep, with ace., into ; with abl.,
in, on.
incendo, incendere, incendi, incen-
vom,fire, burn.
incito, incitare, incitavi, incitatum,
urge on, rouse.
incolo, incolere, incolui, inhabit,
dwell.
incommodum, -I, n., misfortune.
inde, 2^., from there.
induce, inducere, induxi, inductum,
lead into, draw, [in -|~ duco].
inferior, inferius, com p., lower.
Infero, Inferre, intull, inlatum, 497,
with dat., bring upon, inflict
upon ; bellum inferre, make war
upon, [in -f- fero].
influo, Influere, Influx!, influxum,ym>
into, empty into.
ingens, ingentis, enormous, great.
inlquus, -a, -um, unfair, unfavor-
able, [aequus] .
iniuria, -ae, f., wrong, injury, [ius] .
inopia, -ae, f., want, lack.
inquit, used in quoting, said
he.
insidiae, -arum, f. pi., ambush,
treachery.
Insigne, msignis, n., decoration ; pi.,
insignia.
Instruo, instruere, Instruxi, In-
structum, draw up.
msula, -ae, f., island.
integer, Integra, integrum, unwear-
ied, fresh.
intellego, intellegere, intellexi, intel-
lectum, understand.
inter, prep, with ace., between,
among ; inter se, among them-
selves, one another.
interea, adv., meanwhile, [inter -f
is].
interficio, interficere, interfecl, inter-
fectum, put to death, kill, [inter
-f-facio].
interim, adv., in the meantime^
meanwhile, [inter] .
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
229
intermitto, intermittere, interims!,
intermissum, interrupt; pass.,
intervene, [inter 4- mitto].
intervallum, -I, n., interval.
intra, prep, with ace., within.
[inter].
invenio, invenire, inveni, inventum,
find, [in + venio] .
invidia, -ae, f., envy, unpopularity.
ipse ? ipsa, ipsum, 484, self myself,
yourself, himself, herself, itself,
etc. ; very.
is, ea, id, 483, this, that ; he, she, it.
iste, ista, istud, 483, that of yours,
that.
ita, adv., in this way, thus, so. [is].
Italia, -ae, f., Italy.
itaque, conj., and so, therefore.
[ita + -que] .
item, adv., likewise.
iter, itineris, n., march; route', iter
facere, march, [eo].
iterum, adv., again, a second time.
iubeo, iubere, iussi, iussum, order.
iugum, -i, n., ridge.
luppiter, lovis, m., Jit pit er, Jove.
iurandum, see ius.
ius, iuris, n., right, rights ; ius
iurandum, iuris iurandi, oath.
iustitia, -ae, injustice, uprightness.
iuvenis, iuvenis, 313 (note), 311,
young.
K
the
Karthaginienses, -ium, m. pi
Carthaginians.
Karthago, Karthaginis, f., Carthage,
a city of Africa; Karthago Nova,
New Carthage.
L., the abbreviation for Lucius.
labor, laboris, m., labor, exertion.
lacesso, lacessere, lacessivi, lacessl-
turn, harass.
late, adv., widely, [latus].
Latin!, -orum, m. pi., the Latins.
latus, -a, -um, wide, broad.
latus, lateris, n., side, flank.
Lavinium, -i, n., Laviniunt.
legatio, legationis, f., embassy.
legatus, -i, m., ambassador ; lieu-
tenant.
legio, legionis, f., legion, a division
of the Roman army.
Lemannus, -I, m., {Lake) Geneva.
lex, legis, f., law.
liber, libera, Hberum,/ra.
libere, adv . , freely, [liber] .
libero, liberare, liberavi, liberatum,
set free, free, [liber] .
licet, licere, licuit or licitum est, 397
(note), // is permitted.
Lingones, -um, m . pi , the Lingones.
litterae, -arum, f. pi., despatch, letter.
locus, -i, m., 86 (note), place, posi-
tion.
longe, adv.,/#r, by far. [longus].
longus, -a, -um, long.
lupa, -ae, f,, wolf.
lux, lucis, f., light.
M
M., the abbreviation for Marcus.
magis, adv., more, [magnus].
magistratus, -us, m., magistracy,
magistrate.
magnitude, magnitudinis, f., great-
ness, size, [magnus] .
230
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
magnus, -a, -urn, 476, large, great.
Mago, Magonis, m., Mago.
maiores, -um, m. pi., ancestors.
male, adv., 318, badly, unsuccess-
fully, [malus] .
malo, malle, malui, 496, wish rather,
Prefer, [magis 4- volo] .
malus, -a, -um, 476, bad.
mandd, mandare, mandavi, manda-
tum, intrust, [manus + do].
maned, manere, mans!, mansum,
stay, remain.
manus, -us, f., hand ; band, body.
mare, marls, n., sea.
matrimonium, -I, n., marriage.
Matrona, -ae, m., the Matrona, now
called Marne.
maxima, adv., most, especially.
medlus, -a, -um, middle, the middle of.
memoria, -ae, f., memory.
mercator, mercatoris, m,, trader.
mereo, merere, merui, meritum, de-
serve.
meus, -a, -um, my, mine.
miles, militia, m., soldier.
militaris, militare, military ; res
militaris, art of war. [miles].
mille, 480, 338, thousand; milia
passuum, miles.
minime, adv., least, very little.
minus, adv., less.
miser, misera, miserum, wretched,
miserable.
Mithridates, -is, m., Mithridates.
Mithridaticus, -a, -um, with Mithri-
dates, Mithridatic.
mitto, mittere, misi, missum, send.
moned, monere, monul, monitum, ad-
vis e } warn.
mons, montis, m., mountain.
morior, mori, mortuus sum, die.
mors, mortis, f., death, [morior] .
mos, moris, m., custom.
moveo, movere, movi, motum, move.
mulier, mulieris, f., woman.
multitude, multitudinis, f., great
number, number, [multus] .
multum, adv., 3 1 8, much, [multus] .
multus, -a, -um, 311, 312, much',
pi., many i mult5, by much, much.
munid, munire, muniyl, munitum,
fortify.
munitio, mumtionis, f., fortification,
defenses, [munid].
munus, muneris, n.,gift ; task, duty.
murus, -I, m., wall.
muto, mutare, mutavi, mutatum,
change.
N
nam, conj.,/^r.
natio, nationis, f., people, nation.
natu, 311 (note).
natura, -ae, f., nature, character.
natus, -a, -um, born, old (in exact
statements of age),
nauta, -ae, m., sailor, [navis] .
navis, navis, f., 185 (note), ship,
vessel ; navem solvere, set sail.
-ne, used to denote a question ; in
indirect questions, whether.
ne, conj., that not, lest.
nee, see neque.
neglego, neglegere, neglexi, neg-
lectum, disregard, neglect.
nemo, dat. neminl, ace. neminem,
237 (note), m. and f., no one.
neque or nee, conj., and not, nor*
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
231
nescio, nescire, nesclvi, nescitum, not
know, [scio] .
neuter, neutra, neutrum, 288, neither.
nihil, indeclinable, n., nothing.
nisi, conj., if not, unless, except.
nobilis, nobile, well-known ; of noble
birth, noble.
noceo, nocere, nocui, nocitum, with
dat., do harm to, injure.
noctu, adv., at night, by night.
[nox].
nolo, nolle, nolui, 496, be unwilling,
not wish. [void],
nomen, nominis, n., name.
non, adv., not ; non iam, no longer ;
non nulli, some, several.
nondum, adv., not yet. [non -f
dum].
nonne, adv., used to introduce a
question to which an affirmative
answer is expected, not? [non
+ -ne].
noster, nostra, nostrum, our, ours.
novem, indeclinable, nine.
novus, -a, -um, new ; novissimus, -a,
-um, last] novissimum agmen,
rear.
nox, noctis, f., night.
nullus, -a, -um, 288, no, none ; non
null!, some, several.
num, adv., used to introduce a ques-
tion to which a negative answer
is expected.
numerus, -I, m., number.
Numidae, -arum, m. pi., the Wumid-
ians.
Numidia, -ae, f., Numidia, a coun-
try of Africa,
numquam, adv., never.
nuntio, nuntiare, nuntiavi, nunti-
atum, announce, report, [nun-
tius] .
nuntius, -1, m., messenger ; news.
nuper, adv., recently.
O
ob, prep, with ace., on account of,
for.
obses, obsidis, m., hostage.
obtineo, obtinere, obtinul, obtentum,
hold, possess, [teneo].
occido, occidere, occidl, occlsum,
kill.
occupo, occupare, occupavl, occu-
patum, seize.
occurro, occurrere, occucurrl or oc-
cum, occursum, with dat., run
against, meet.
octo, indeclinable, eight.
octoginta, indeclinable, eighty.
[octo].
odium, -I, n., hatred.
omnino, adv., in all, at all. [omnis] .
omnis, omne, all.
opera, -ae, f., effort, services, [opus] .
opmio, opinionis, f., opinion ; repu-
tation.
oppidum, -I, n., town.
opprimo, opprimere, oppress!, oppres-
sum, overwhelm, crush, [premo] .
oppugnatio, oppugnationis, f., attack,
siege, [oppugno] .
oppugno, oppugn^re, oppugnavi, op-
pugnatum, attack, besiege.
[pugno].
ops, opis, f., aid', pi., resources.
opus, operis, n., work.
Orgetorix, Orgetorigis, m., Orgetorix*
232
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
P., the abbreviation for Publius.
o, pacare, pacavl, pacatum, pac-
ify, subdue, [pax] .
Padua, -L m., the Po, a river of
Italy.
paene, adv., almost.
pagus, -I, m., district, division*
paliis, paludis, f., swamp, marsh.
parHtus, -a, -um, prepared, ready.
[part].
paro, parare, paravi, paratum, pre-
pare.
para, partis, impart ; direction, side.
parvus, -a, -um, 476, small, little.
passus, -us, m., pace (two steps,
about 5 feet in our measure) ;
milia passuum, miles.
pater, patris, m., 459, father; pi.,
senators.
patior, pati, passus sum, suffer, al-
low.
patria, -ae, f., fatherland, country.
[pater].
pauci, -ae, -a, pi, a few.
pax, pacis, f., peace.
pecunia, -ae, f., money.
pedes, peditis, m., foot-soldier ; pi.,
infantry, [pes].
pello, pellere, pepuli, pulsum, drive
back, rout.
per, prep, with ace., through.
perficid, perficere, perfed, perfectum,
finish, complete, [per -f- f acio] .
pcrlculum, -I, n., danger, peril.
permoveo, permovere, permovl, per-
motum, influence ; disturb, alarm.
[per -f movco].
perpetuus, -a, -um, unbroken, contin-
ual.
persuadeo, persuadere, persuasi,
persuasum, with dat., persuade.
perterreo, perterrere, perterrul, per-
territum, frighten-, perterritus,
panic-stricken, [per -f- terreo].
pertineo, pertinere, pertinui, extend.
[per + teneo].
perturbo, perturbare, perturbavi,
perturbatum, throw into confusion,
pervenio, pervenire, perveni, perven
turn, arrive, come, [per + venio]
pes, pedis, n\.,foot; pedem referre
fall back, retreat.
peto, petere, petm or petii, petltum
seek, beg.
pilum, -I, n., javelin.
plebs, plebis, f. ? the common people
the plebeians.
Poeni, -drum, m. pi., the Cartha-
ginians.
polliceor, polliceri, pollicitus sum,
promise.
pono, ponere, posui, positum ? place,
pitch (a camp),
pons, pontis, m. ? bridge.
Pontus, -I, m., Pont us, a country of
Asia Minor.
populus, -I, m., people, nation.
porta, -ae, i.,gate (of a city),
possum, posse, potui, 494, be able,
can. [sum].
post, adv., after, afterward-, prep.
with ace., after ; behind.
postea, adv., afterward. [post
-I- is].
posterua, -a, -um, following, next.
[post].
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
233
postquam, conj., after. [post
-fquam].
postrldie, adv., the next day. [pos-
terus + dies].
postu!5, postulate, postulavi, postu-
latum, demand.
potens, potentis, powerful, [pos-
sum].
potestas, potestatis, f., power.
potior, potiri, potitus sum, with abl.,
get possession of, get.
praecipio, praecipere, praecepi,
praeceptum, with dat., give direc-
tions^ instruct, [capio] .
praeda, -ae, f., booty ^ plunder.
praedico, praedicare, praedicavi,
praedicatum, declare ; boast.
praeficio, praeficere, praefeci, prae-
fectum, with &&t., put in command
of. [facio] .
praemitto, praemittere, praemisl,
praemissum, send forward, send
ahead, [mitto] .
praemium, -I, n., reward.
praesertim, adv., especially.
praesidium, -i, n., guard, garrison.
praesto, praestare, praestiti, praesti-
tum or praestatum, with dat.,
stand before, surpass.
praeter, prep, with ace., except^
besides.
praeterea, adv., besides. [praeter
praetor, praetoris, m., praetor ; a
Roman magistrate.
premo, premere, press!, pressum,
press, press hard, overwhelm.
primo, adv., at first, [primus],
primum, adv., first, [primus],
primus, -a, -urn, first.
princeps, principis, m., leading man^
head, [primus -}- capio].
principatus, -us, m., leadership.
[princeps].
pristinus, -a, -um, former, old-time.
pro, prep, with abl., in front of,
before; in place of, for-, in pro-
portion to, considering.
probo, probare, probavi, probatum,
approve.
proelium, -i, n., battle, engagement.
profectio, profectionis, f., departure.
[proficiscor] .
proficiscor, proficisci, profectus sum,
set out, start.
progredior, progredi, pr5gressus sum,
advance.
prohibe5, prohibere, prohibui, pro-
hibitum, keep, prevent. [pr5
-f habeo].
prdicio, proicere, proieci, proiectum,
throw down, fling away, [pro
+ iacio].
prope, adv., near, nearly, almost',
prep, with ace., near.
propero, properare, properavi, pro-
peratum, hasten.
propinquus, -a, -um, near^ neighbor-
ing, [prope].
propior, propius, comp., with dat.,
nearer, [prope] .
propter, prep, with ace., on account
of. [prope].
propterea, adv., on that account ;
propterea quod, for the reason that,
because, [propter -f is].
prosum, prodesse, profui, prSfuturus,
495, with dat., benefit, [pro -f sum].
234
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
provincia, -ae, f., province.
proximus, -a, -um, with dat, nearest,
next, [prope] .
prudens, prOdentis, wise.
Prusias, Prusiae, m., Prusias, king
of Bithynia in Asia Minor.
publicus, -a, -um, of the state, public ;
res publica, public interest, com-
monwealth, republic.
puer r pueri, m., boy; pi., children.
pugna, -ae, f., battle, fight, [pugno].
pugno, pugnare, pugnavi, pugnatum,
fight.
Punicus, -a, -um, Punic, Carthagin-
ian.
puto, putare, putavl, putatum, think.
Pyrenaeus, -a, -um, with montes, the
Pyrenees Mountains, between
Gaul and Spain.
Q., the abbreviation for Qumtus.
quadraginta, indeclinable, forty.
[quattuor] .
quadringenti, -ae, -a, pi., four hun-
dred, [quattuor -f centum] .
quaere, quaerere, quaesivi, quaesi-
tum, ask, inquire.
quam, adv., than ; with superlative,
a s . . . as possible*
quartus, -a, -um, fourth, [quat-
tuor] .
quattuor, indeclinable, four.
-que, enclitic, and.
qui, quae, quod, 485, who, which,
that.
quidam, quaedam, quiddam (quod-
dam), 487, a certain, a certain
one, a certain thing.
quidem, adv., indeed.
qumgenti, -ae, -a, pi., five hundred.
[quinque + centum] .
qumquagensimus, -a, -um, fiftieth.
qumque, indeclinable,/^,
quis (qui), quae, quid (quod), inter-
rog., 486, who? which f what?
quis (qui), quae or qua, quid (quod),
indef,, 487, any, any one, anything.
quisquam, quicquam, 487, any one,
anything.
quisque, quaeque, quidque(quodque),
487, each, each one, each thing.
quo, conj., in order that, so that,
that, [qui] .
quod, conj., because.
quondam, adv., once upon a time,
formerly, once.
quoque, adv., also.
R
recens, recentis, recent.
recipio, recipere, recepi, receptum,
take back, receive ; se recipere,
betake oneself, retreat, [capio] .
reddo, reddere, reddidi, redditum,
give back, restore, [do] .
redigo, redigere, redegi, redactum,
reduce, bring, [ago] .
reduce, reducere, reduxl, reductum,
lead back, bring back, [duco] .
refero, referre, rettull, relatum, 497,
bring back ; pedem referre, fall
back, retreat. [ferS].
regnd, regnare, regnavl, regnatum,
reign, [regnum] .
regnum, -I, n., reign, throne, [rex] .
rego, regere, rexi, rectum,
direct.
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
235
relinquo, relinquere, reliqui, relic-
turn, leave, abandon.
reliquus, -a, -urn, the remaining, the
rest of. [relinquo] .
remitto, remittere, remisi, remissum,
send back, return, [mitto].
rcmoveo, removere, removi, remotum,
move back, remove, [moved] .
renovo, renovare, renovavl, renova-
tum, renew.
renuntio, renuntiare, renuntiavi, re-
nuntiatum, report, [nuntid].
repello, repellere, reppuli, repulsum,
drive back, repulse, [pello].
repentinus, -a, -um, sudden.
reperio, reperire, repperi, repertum,
find.
res, -el, {., thing, affair, matter*, qua
re, on account of which thing, why,
wherefore, therefore ; res frumen-
taria, supply of grain ; res gestae,
deeds, achievements ; res militaris,
art of war ; res publica, public
interest, commonwealth, republic ;
secundae res, prosperity.
resisto, resistere, restiti, with dat.,
resist*
responded, respondere, respond!, re-
sponsum, reply, answer.
responsum, -I, n., reply, answer.
[responded].
reirtituo, restituere, restitui, restitO-
k turn, restore, [statuo].
retineo, retinere, retinui, retentum,
retain, [teneo] .
revertor, revertl, rerertl, reversum,
388 (note), turn back, return.
[vert5].
revoc5, revocare, revoctvi, reyoca-
tum, call back, recall, [voco] .
rex, regis, m., king. [rego].
Rhenus, -I, m., the Rhine, a river
between Gaul and Germany.
Rhodanus, -I, m., the Rhone, a river
of Gaul.
Rhodil, -orum, m. pi., the Rhodians,
the people of Rhodes, an island
near the coast of Asia Minor,
ripa, -ae, f., bank (of a river).
Roma, -ae, f., Rome.
Romanus, -a, -um, Roman ; Roman!,
-drum, m. pi., the Romans.
rursus, adv., again.
rus, ruris, n., the country, opposed
to the city.
Sabmi, -orum, m. pi., the Sabines.
sacrificium, -i, n., sacrifice.
saepe, adv., often, frequently.
sagitta, -ae, f., arrow.
Saguntum, -I, n., Saguntum.
salus, salutis, f., safety.
satis, indeclinable noun and adv.,
enough, sufficiently.
scientia, -ae, f., knowledge, [scio].
scio, scire, scivi, scitum, know.
Scipi5, Scipionis, m., Scipio.
scrlbo, scribere, scrips!, scriptum,
write.
scutum, -I, n., shield.
secundus, -a, -um, second '; favorable ,
secundae res, prosperity, [sequor] .
sed, conj., but.
sedecim, indeclinable, sixteen, [sex
+ decem].
seditio, seditionis, f., sedition, in-
surrection. [e5].
236
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
semper, adv., always.
Sena, -ae, f., Sena, a town,
senatus, -us, m., senate, [senex],
senex, senis, 313 (note), 311, old.
sententia, -ae, f., opinion, view.
septem, indeclinable, seven.
Septimus, -a, -um, seventh, [septem] .
Sequana, -ae, f., the Sequana, now
called Seine.
Sequanus, -I, m., a Sequanian, the
Sequanian ; pi., the Sequani, the
Sequanians.
sequor, sequi, secutus sum, follow .
servitus, servitutis, f . , slavery, [ser-
vus].
servo, servare, servavi, servatum,
save, preserve.
servus, -1, m., slave.
sex, indeclinable, six.
si, conj., //.
sic, adv., in this way, so, thus.
Sicilia, -ae, f., Sicily, an island south
of Italy,
signum, -I, n., signal; standard
(military).
silya, -ae, f., wood, forest.
similis, simile, 475, with dat, like.
simul, adv., at the same time, [si-
milis].
sine, prep, with abl., without.
singuli, -ae, -a, pi., one by one, singly.
sinister, sinistra, sinistrum, left :
sinistra, -ae, f., left hand.
societas, societatis, f., alliance, [so-
cius] .
socius, -I, m., ally, [sequor].
soled, solere, solitus sum, 382, be
accustomed.
e51um, adv., only, non solum . . .
sed etiam, not only . . . but even,
not only . . . but also, [solus] .
solus, -a, -um, 288, alone.
solvo, solvere, solvi, solutum, loose;
navem solvere, set sail.
spero, sperare, speravi, speratum,
hope. [spes].
spes, -el, f., hope.
statim, adv., immediately, at once,
instantly.
statuo, statuere, statui, statutum,
decide, determine.
studeo, studere, studui, with dat,
be eager for, be devoted to.
sub, prep, with ace. and abl., under.
subito, adv., suddenly.
subsidium, -I, n., reserve, reinforce-
ment, assistance.
succedo, succedere, success!, succes-
sum, with dat., take the place of,
succeed.
sul, 482, self; himself, herself, itself,
themselves ; him, her, it, them.
sum, esse, fui, futurus, 493, be.
summus, -a, -um, highest, utmost, the
top of.
sumo, sumere, sumpsi, sumptum,
take, assume ; supplicium sumere,
exact a penalty, inflict punish-
ment.
superior, superius, comp., higher;
former.
supero, superare, superavi, supera-
tum, excel; conquer.
supplicium, -i, n., punishment, pen-
alty.
suscipio, suscipere, suscepl, suscep-
turn, undertake, [sub -f capio].
suspicio, suspicionis, f., suspicion.
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
237
sustineo, sustinere, sustinul, sus-
tentum, sustain, [sub 4- teneo] .
suus, -a, -um, his (own), her (own),
its (own), their (own), [sui].
Syracusae, -arum, f. pi., Syracuse, a
city of Sicily.
Syria, -ae, f., Syria, a country of
Asia.
T., the abbreviation for Titus,
tarn, adv., so, modifying adjectives
and adverbs.
tamen, conj.,^/, nevertheless
tandem, adv., at last, finally.
tantus, -a, -um, so great, so much.
[tarn].
Tarquinius, -I, m., Tarquinius; pi.,
the Tarquins.
telum, -I, n., missile, weapon.
tempto, temptare, temptavl, tempta-
tum, try, tempt.
tempus, temporis, n., time.
teneo, tenere, tenui, hold, keep.
tergum, -I, n., back; terga vertere,
flee.
terra, -ae, f., earth, land.
terreo, terrere, terrul, territum,
frighten, terrify.
tertius, -a, -um, third, [tres] .
Teutones, -um, m. pi., the Teutones.
Ti., the abbreviation for Tiberius.
Ticmus, -I, m., the Ticinus, a river.
Tigurmus, -i, m., Tigurinus.
timeo, timere, timul,/*w, be anxious.
timor, timoris, m . , fear . [timeo]
tollo, tollere, sustuli, sublatum, raise;
remove.
totus, -a, -um, 288, whole, entire.
tradS, tradere, tradidl, traditum,
hand over, surrender, [trans -f
do].
traduco, traducere, traduxi, tra-
ductum, lead across, bring over.
[trans + duco] .
trans, prep, with ace., across.
transeo, transire, transii, transitum,
498, go across, cross, [trans -f
eo].
Trasumennus, -I, m., (Lake) Tras-
imene, in Etruria.
Trebia, -ae, m., the Trebia, a river,
trecenti, -ae, -a, pi., three hundred.
[tres + centum],
tredecim, indeclinable, thirteen.
[tres + decem] .
tres, tria, pi., 480, three.
tribunus, -i, m., tribune, a Roman
magistrate,
triduum, -I, n., three days, [tres -f
dies] .
tnginta, indeclinable, thirty, [tres].
Troia, -ae, f., Troy, a city of Asia
Minor.
Troiani, -drum, m. pi., the Trojans,
the people of Troy.
tu, tui, 48 1, you.
Tulingi, -orum, m. pi., the Tulingi.
turn, adv., at that time, then.
tuus, -a, -um, your, yours, [tu] .
U
ubi, adv., where; conj., when.
ullus, -a, -um, 288, any.
ultimus, -a, -um, furthermost, ex~
treme.
una, adv., together^ in company
[Onus].
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
unde, adv., whence.
undevigintl, indeclinable, nineteen.
[unus + de -f- viginti] .
undique, adv., from all sides, on all
sides.
universus, -a, -um, all together, in a
body, [unus -f verto].
unus, -a, -um, 465, one, only.
urbs, urbis, f., city.
usque, adv., up, even ; usque ad, up
to, even to.
ut, conj., as ; in order that, so that,
that.
uter, utra, utrum, 465, which ? (of
two),
uterque, utraque, utrumque, 288,
each ( of two ) , both . [utcr + -que] .
utor, uti, usus sum, with abl., use.
uxor, uxoris, f., wife.
vaco, vacare, vacavi, vacatum, be
vacant.
vadum, -I, n., ford.
vagor, vagarl, vagatus sum, roam.
vallum, -I, n,, rampart, wall.
vasto, vastare, vastavi, vastatum,
ravage.
Veil, -orum, m. pi., Veii, a city of
Etruria.
venenum, -I, n., poison.
venio, venire, venl, ventum, come.
verto, vertere, verti, versum, turn ;
terga vertere, flee.
vescor, vescl, with abl., eat.
vester, vestra, vestrum, your, yours,
vetus, veteris, 469, old (not new).
via, -ae, f., road, way.
victor, victoris, m., victor, [vinco].
victoria, -ae, f., victory, [victor].
vicus, -I, m., village.
video, videre, vidi, vlsum, see ; pass.,
seem.
vigilia, -ae, f., watch, a fourth part
of the night.
viginti, indeclinable, twenty.
vincS, vincere, vici, victum, defeat.
vir, virl, m., 458, man.
virtus, virtutis, f., bravery, valor.
[vir].
vis, vis, f., 463, force, violence ; pi.,
strength.
vita, -ae, f., life.
vlto, vltare, vltavi, vitatum, avoid.
vivus, -a, -um, alive.
vix, adv., hardly.
voco, vocare, vocavl, vocatum, call.
void, velle, volul, 496, be willing,
wish.
voluntas, voluntatis, f., wish, dis-
position, [volo].
vulnero, vulnerare, vulneravl, vul-
neratum, wound, [vulnus].
vulnus, vulneris, n., wound.
Zama, -ae, f., Zama, a town of
Africa.
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
The numbers refer to the sections in which the inflection of the words is
shown, but no reference is given where the inflection is regular.
abandon, relinquo, relinquere, re-
llqui, relictum.
able: be able, possum, posse, potui,
494-
about, de, prep, with abl. ; circum,
prep, with ace. ; circiter, adv. ;
about to, fut. act. part. ; bring
about, efficio, efflcere, effeci,
effectum.
absent, absens, absentia, 324 (note) ;
be absent, absum, abesse, afui,
afuturus, 493.
access, aditus, -Qs, m.
accomplish, efficio, efficere, effeci
effectum.
account: on account of, abl. of
cause or reason ; ob, propter, prep.
with ace.
accustomed: be atcustomed, soleo,
solere, solitus sum, 382 ; consuevi,
perf.
achievements, res gestae.
across, trans, prep, with ace. ; lead
across, traduco, traducere, traduxi,
traductum.
active, acer, acris, acre.
advance, progredior, progredi, pro-
gressus sum.
adversary, adversariua, -I ? m.
advise, moneo, monere, monul, mo-
nitum.
affair, res, -el, f.
afflict^ adficio, adficere, adfeci, ad-
fectum.
Africa, Africa, -ae, f.
after, post, adv., and prep, with ace. ;
postquam, conj. with perf. ind.
afterward^ post, postea.
again, iterum, rursus.
against, contra, prep, with ace.
agger, agger, aggeris, m.
aid, auxilium, -I, n. ; ops, opis, f.
alarm, permoveo, permovere, per-
movl, per mo turn.
Alba Longa, Alba Longa.
alive, vivus, -a, -um.
all, omnis, omne ; at all, omnino ;
all together, uni versus, -A, -um.
alliance, societas, societatis, f.
allow, patio r, pati, passus sum.
ally, socius, -I, m.
almost, fere, prope, paene.
alone, solus, -a, -um, 288.
Alps, Alpes, -ium, f. pi.
already, iam.
also, quoque ; not only . . . but also,
non solum . . . sed etiajn.
altar, ara, -ae, f.
although, cum, conj. with subj.
always ) semper.
239
240
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
ambassador, 13g&tus, -!, m.
ambush, Insidiae, -arum, f. pi.
among, apud, prep, with ace. ; inter,
prep, with ace.
ancestors, m&iores, -urn, m. pi.
and, et, -que, atque or ac ; and not,
neque or nee.
animal, animal, animal is, n.
announce, nuntid, nuntiare, nuntiavi,
nuntiitum.
another, alius, alia, aliud, 465 ; one
another, inter s.
answer, responded, respondere, res-
pond!, responsum ; responsum,
anxious : be anxious, timed, timSre,
timui.
any, ullus, -a, -um, 288; qui, quae
or qua, quod, 487 ; any one, quis,
quisquam, 487 ; anything, quid,
quicquam, 487.
approach, appropinquo, appropin-
quare, appropinquavi, appropin-
quatum ; accede, accedere, access!,
accessum ; aditus, -us, m.
approve, probo, probare, probavi,
probatum.
arm, armd, armare, armavi,
armatum.
arms, arma, -drum, n. pi.
army, exercitus, -us, m.
arrange, dispdnd, dispdnere, disposui,
dispositum.
arrest, comprehendd, comprehendere,
comprehend!, comprehensum.
arrival, adventus, -us, m.
arrive, pervenid, pervenire, pervSnl,
perrentum.
arrow, sagitta, -ae, f.
art of war, res militaris.
as, cum, conj. with subj. ; ut ? conj.
with ind.
Ascanius, Ascanius, -i, m.
aside: turn aside, averto, avertere,
avert!, aversum.
ask, quaero, quaerere, quaesm,
quaesltum.
assemble, convenio, convenire, con-
veni, conventum.
assistance, subsidium, -I, n.
at, ad, prep, with ace. ; locative ;
abl. of time ; at all, omnino ; at
first, primo; at last, tandem;
at night, noctu ; at once, statim ;
at that time, turn; at the same
time, simul.
attack, oppugno, oppugnare, oppug-
navi, oppugnatum ; adorior, adorlri,
adortus sum; oppugnatio, oppug-
nationis, f. ; impetus, -us, m.
authority, auctoritas, auctoritatis, f.
avoid, vito, vitare, vitavi, vitatum.
await, exspecto, exspectare, ex-
spectavi, exspectatum.
away : be away, absum, abesse, afui,
afuturus, 493 ; away from, ab or
a, prep, with abl. ; carry away,
effero, efierre, extuli, elatum, 497 ;
go away, discedo, discedere, dis-
cessl, discessum; send away, di-
mitto, dimittere, dimisi, dimissum ;
take away, gripio, 6ripere, eripui,
ereptum.
B
back, tergum, -!, n. ; give back, reddo,
reddere, reddidi, redditum; send
back, remittd, remittere, remisi,
remissum.
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
241
bad, malus, -a, -urn, 476.
baggage, impedimenta, -drum, n. pi.
bank, rlpa, -ae, f.
barbarian, barbarus, -I, m.
battle, pugna, -ae, f. ; proelium,
-I,n.
be, sum, essc, fui, futurus, 493.
bear, fer5, ferre, tull, latum, 497.
because, quod, conj. ; propterea quod.
before, ante, prep, with ace. ; antea,
adv.
beg, pet5, petere, petm or petii,
petitum.
began, have begun, coepi, perf.
behind, post, prep, with ace.
Belgians, Belgae, -arum, m. pi.
benefit, prosum, prodesse, profui, pro-
futurus, 495, ^h dat.
besides, praeterea.
besiege, oppugns, oppugnare, oppug-
navi, oppugn atum.
between, inter, prep, with ace.
boast, praedico, praedicare, praedi-
cavi, praedicatum.
body, corpus, corporis, n. ; (in sense
of band) manus, -us, f .
bold, audax, audacis.
booty, praeda, -ae, f.
both . . . and, et . . . et.
boundaries, fines, -ium, m. pi.
boy, puer, puerl, m.
brave, fortis, forte.
bravely, fortiter.
bravery, virtus, virtutis, f.
bridge, p6ns, pontis, m.
bring, deduce, deducere, deduxi, de-
ductum; adduce, adducere, ad-
duxl, adductum; (in sense of
reduce) redigd, redigere, redegi,
redactum; bring about, efficio,
efficere, effeci, effectum; bring
out, educo, educere, eduxi, educ-
tum; bring over, traduco, tra-
ducere, traduxi, traductum ; bring
together, confers, conferre, con-
tuli, conlatum, 497 ; bring up,
educ5, educare, educavi, educatum.
broad, latus, -a, -um.
brother, frater, fratris, m., 206
(note).
build, aedifico, aedificare, aedificavi,
aedificatum.
building, aedificium, -1, n.
burn, incendo, incendere, incendi, in-
censum.
but, sed.
by, ab or a, prep, with abl. ; abl. of
means ; dat. of agent.
Caesar, Caesar, Caesaris, m.
call, Yoc5, rocare, vocavl, vocatum;
(in sense of name) appel!5, ap-
pellare, appellavi, appel latum.
camp, castra, -orum, n. pi.
can, possum, posse, potui, 494 ; can-
not, non possum.
captive, captiva, -ae, f. ; captivus, -I,
m.
capture, expugno, expugnare, expug-
navl, expugnatum; capiS, capere,
cepi, captum.
care, cura, -ae, f.
carnage, caedes, caedis, f.
carry, fero, ferre, tuli, latum, 497 ;
carry away, efferS, efferre, extuli,
elatum, 497 ; carry on, gero, ge-
rere, gessi, gestum.
242
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
catch sight of, conspicor, conspicari,
conspicatus sum.
cause, causa, -ae, f.
cavalry, equites, -urn, m. pi. ; equi-
tatus, -us, m.
cease, desisto, desistere, destiti, de-
stitum.
centurion, centuriS, centurionis, m.
certain, certus, -a, -um; a certain,
a certain one, a certain thing,
quidam, quaedam, quiddam (quod-
dam), 487.
change, muto, mutare, mutavi, mu-
tatum.
character, natura, -ae, f.
check, impedio, impedlre, impedivl,
impeditum.
children, puerl, -orum, m. pi.
choose, deligo, deligerc, delegl, de-
lectum.
citizen, clvis, clvis, m. and f., 192
(note).
city, urbs, urbis, f.
civil, civilis, civile.
climb, ascendo, ascendere, ascendi,
ascensum.
close ^ claudo, claudere, clausl,
clausum ; in close order, confertus,
-a, -um.
colleague, collega, -ae, m.
collect, cogo, cogere, coegi, coactum.
column, agmen, agminis, n.
come, venio, venire, vem, ventum;
pervenio, pervenire, pervenl, per-
ventum; come off, discedo, dis-
cedere, discessi, discessum; come
to, accedo, accedere, access!, acces-
sum ; come together, convenid, con-
venire, convenl, conventum.
command, impero, imperare, impe
ravi, imperatum, with dat. ; put
in command of, praeficio, praefi-
cere, praefecl, praefectum, with
dat.
commander, dux, duels, m.
common people, pleba, plebis, f.
company: in company, una.
complete, efficio, efflcere, effecl, effec-
tum; perficio, perficere, perfecl,
perfectum.
conceal, abdo, abdere, abdidi, abdi-
tum.
concerning, de, prep, with abl.
conference, conloquium, -I, n.
conquer, supero, superare, superavl,
superatum.
considering, pro, prep, with abl.
consul, consul, consults, m.
consume, consumo, consumere, con-
sumpsi, consumptum.
contend, contends, contendere, con-
tend!, contentum.
Cornelius, Cornelius, -I, m.
country, patria, -ae, f. ; the country,
riis, ruris, n.
courage, animus, -I, m.
cross, transeo, transire, transit, trans-
itum, 498.
crush, opprimo, opprimere, oppress!,
oppressum.
custom, mds, moris, m.
D
daily, cottidie.
danger, periculum, -I, n.
dare, audeo. audere, ausus sum, 382.
daring, audax, audacis.
daughter, filia, -ae, f.
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
243
day, dies, -51, m.
death, mors, mortis, f.
decemvirs, decemviri, -orum, m. pi.
decide, statuo, statuere, statui, statu-
tum.
decoration, Insigne, Insignia, n.
deeds, res gestae.
deep, altus, -a, -um.
defeat, vinco, vincere, vici, victum.
defend, defendo, defendere, defend!,
defensum.
defenses, munitio, munltionis, f.
defile, angustiae, -arum, f. pi.
definite, certus, -a, -um.
demand, postulo, postulate, postu-
lavi, pos tula turn.
departure, profectio, profectionis, f.
desert, desero, deserere, deserul, de-
sertum.
deserve, mereo, merere, merui, meri-
tum.
desire, cupio, cupere, cupivl, cupitum ;
cupiditas, cupiditatis, f.
despair, despero, desperare, despe-
ravi, desperatum.
despatch, litterae, -arum, f. pi.
destroy, deleo, delere, delevi, deletum.
determine, statuo, statuere, statui,
statutum ; constituo, constituere,
conatitui, cSnstitutum.
dictator, dictator, dictatoris, m.
die, morior, mori, mortuus sum.
difficult, difficilis, difficile, 475.
diligence, diligentia, -ae, f.
direct, rego, regere, rexi, rectum.
direction, pars, partis, f.
disaster \ calamitas, calamitatis, f.
discretion, consilium, -I, n.
disposition, voluntas, voluntatis, f.
disregard, neglego, neglegere, neg-
lexi, neglectum.
distribute, dispono, disponere, dia-
posui, dispositum.
district, pagus, -i, m.
ditch, fossa, -ae, f.
divide, divido, dividere, divisl, di-
visum.
divine, dlvinus, -a, -um.
do, facio, facere, feel, factum; be
done, fio, fieri, factus sum, 499.
draw, indued, inducere, induxi, in-
ductum; draw up, Instruo, in-
struere, instruxl, instructum.
drive: drive back, pello, pellere,
pepull, pulsum ; repello, repellere,
reppuli, repulsum ; drive out, ex-
pello, expellere, expuli, expul-
sum.
duty, munus, muneris, n.
each (of two), uterque, utraque,
utrumque, 288 ; each, each one,
each thing, quisque, quaeque, quid-
que (quodque), 487.
eager : be eager for, studeo, studere,
studul, with dat.
easily, facile.
easy, facilis, facile, 475.
eat, vescor, vesci, with abl.
effectively, commode.
Egeria, Egeria, -ae, f.
eight, octo.
eighth, octavus, -a, -um.
either . . . or, aut . . . aut.
elect, creo, creare, creavi, creatum.
elephant, elephantus, -i, m.
embassy, legatio, legationis, f.
244
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
empty into, Influo, mfluere, influxl,
influxum.
encamp, consido, consldere, consedl,
consessum.
end, finis, finis, m.
enemy, hostis, hostis, m.
engagement, proelium, -I, n.
enjoy, fruor, frui, fructus sum, with
abl.
enormous, ingens, ingentis.
enough, satis.
entire, tdtus, -a, -urn, 288.
envy, invidia, -ae, f.
escape, effugio, effugere, effugl.
especially, maxime, praesertim.
even, etiam, usque ; even to, usque ad.
everything, omnia.
excel, supero, superare, superavi,
superatum.
except, praeter, prep, with ace.;
nisi, conj.
exertion, labor, laboris, m.
exhaust, conficio, conficere, confeci,
confectum.
expel, expello, expellere, expuli, ex-
pulsum.
extend, pertineo, pertinere, pertinui.
fair, aequus, -a, -um.
fame, fama, -ae, f.
famous, clarus, -a, -um.
far, longe.
father, pater, patris, m., 459.
fatherland, patria, -ae, f.
favor, gratia, -ae, f.
favorable, aequus, -a, -um.
fear, timeo, timere, timu! ; timor,
timoris, m.
fellow-citizen, civis, civis, m. and f.,
192 (note).
few, pauci, -ae, -a, pi.
field, ager, agri, m.
fiercely, acriter.
fifth, quintus, -a, -um.
fight, pugno, pugnare, pugnavl, pug-
natum.
finally, tandem.
find, reperio, reperire, repperi, re-
pertum ; invenio, invenire, inveni,
inventum; find out, cognosc5,
cognoscere, cognovl, cognitum.
finish, conficio, conficere, confeci,
confectum.
fire, incendo, incendere, incendl, in-
censum; ignis, ignis, m., 388
(note).
first, primus, -a, -um ; primum, adv. ;
at first, primo, adv.
five, quinque.
fix, constituo, constituere, constitui,
constitutum.
flank, latus, lateris, n.
flee, fugio, fugere, tugi, fugiturus;
terga vertere.
fleet, classis, classis, f.
flight, fuga, -ae, f.
fling away, proicio, proicere, pr5ici,
proiectum.
follow, sequor, sequi, secutus sum ;
follow up, consequor, c5nsequl,
c5nsecutus sum.
following, posterus, -a, -um.
foot, pes, pedis, m.
for, dat. ; ace. of extent or dura-
tion; nam, conj.; enim, conj.
force, vis, vis, f., 463; forces,
cdpiae, -&rum, f. pi.
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
245
forced march, magnum iter.
ford, vadum, -i, n.
forest, silva, -ae, f.
form a plan, consilium cape re.
former, prlstinus, -a, -urn ; superior,
superius, comp.
fortification, munitiS, mumtiSnis, f.
fortify, munio, munire, muniyi,
munitum.
fortune, fortuna, -ae, f.
forty, quadraginta.
forward: send forward, praemitto,
praemittere, praemisi, praemis-
sum.
found, condd, condere, condidi, con-
ditum.
four, quattuor; four hundred,
quadrin genti, -ae, -a, pi.
free, liber, libera, liberum; free,
set free, libero, Hberare, Hberavi,
Hberatum.
freely, libere.
frequent, creber, crebra, crebrum.
frequently, saepe.
fresh, integer, Integra, integrum.
friend, amicus, -I, m.
friendly, amlcus, -a, -um.
friendship, amicitia, -ae, f.
frighten, terreo, terrere, terrui, terri-
tum.
from, abl. of separation; ab or a,
de, ex or e, prep, with abl.
front : in front of, pro, prep, with
abl.
furthermost, ultimus, -a, -um.
garrison, praesidium, -i, n.
gate, porta, -ae, f.
Gaul, Gallia, -ae, f.; the Gauls,
Galli, -drum, m. pi.
general, imperator, imperatoris, m.
get possession of, potior, potlri, po-
titus sum, with abl.
gift, munus, muneris, n.
give, do, dare, dedi, datum, 54
(note) ; give back, reddo, reddere,
reddidi, redditum; give up, de-
aisto, desistere, destiti, destitum.
glad : be glad, gaudeo, gaudere, gavi-
sus sum, 382.
glorious, clams, -a, -um.
go, eo, ire, ii, itum, 498 ; go away,
discedo, discedere, discessi, disces-
sum; go out, egredior, egredi,
egressus sum ; going to, fut. act.
part.
god, deus, -I, m., 463.
goddess, dea, -ae, f.
good, bonus, -a, -um, 476.
grain, frumentum, -I, n.
grant, concedd, concedere, concessi,
con cess urn.
great, magnus, -a, -um, 476 ; ingens,
ingentis; great number, multi-
tude, multitudinis, f. ; so great,
tantus, -a, -um.
Greeks, Graeci, -orum, m. pi.
grief * dolor, doldris, m.
guard, praesidium, -I, n.
guide, rego, regere, rexl, rectum.
H
halt, consists, consistere, constiti.
Hamilcar, Hamilcar, Hamilcaris, m.
hand, manus, -us, f. ; hand over,
tradd, tradere, tradidi, traditum.
Hannibal, Hannibal, Hannibalis, m.
246
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
happen, accido, accidere, accidi.
harass, lacesso, lacessere, lacesslvi,
lace ssi turn.
hardly, vix.
harm: do harm to, noceo, nocere,
nocui, nocitum, with dat.
hasten, propero, properare, properavi,
properatum ; contendo, contendere,
contend!, contentum.
hatred, odium, -I, n.
have, habeo, habere, habui, habitum.
he, is, 483 ; him (reflexive), sul, 482.
head, prince ps, principis, m.
hear, audio, audire, audm, auditum.
heavy, gravis, grave.
height, altitudo, altitudinis, f.
here, hie.
hesitate, dubitd, dubitare, dubitavi,
dubitatum.
hide, abdo, abdere, abdidi, abditum.
high, altus, -a, -um; highest, sum-
mus, -a, -um.
hill, collis, collis, m.
Jtimself (reflexive), sui, 482; (in-
tensive), ipse, 484.
his, eius ; (reflexive), suus, -a, -um,
hither, hue.
hold, teneo, tenere, tenui; obtineo,
obtinere, obtinui, obtentum; con-
tineS, continere, continui, conten-
tum.
home, domus, -us, f., 463.
honor, honor, honoris, m.
hope, spes, -ei, f. ; spero, sperare,
speravi, speratum.
hopeless: be hopeless, despero, d-
sperare, desperavl, desperatum.
horn, cornu, -us, n.
horse, equus, -i, m.
horseman, eques, equitis, m.
hospitality, hospitium, -i, n.
hostage, obses, obsidis, m.
hour, hora, -ae, f.
however, autem.
humble, humilis, humile, 475.
hundred: two hundred, ducenti,
-ae, -a, pi. ; four hundred, quad-
ringenti, -ae, -a, pi.
hurl, conicio, conicere, coniecl, con-
iectum.
I
/, ego, mei, 481.
if, si ; if not, nisi.
immediately, statim.
immortal, immortalis, immortale.
impede, impedio, impedire, impedivl,
impedltum.
important, gravis, grave.
in, in, prep, with abl. ; abl. of re-
spect; abl. of time.
increase, augeo, augere, auxi, auc-
tum.
indeed, quidem.
infantry, pedites, -um, m. pi.
inflict: inflict upon, infero, inferre,
intuli, inlatum, 497, with dat. ;
inflict punishment, supplicium
sumere.
influence, gratia, -ae, f. ; auctdritas,
auctoritatis, f. ; permoveo, per-
movere, permovi, permotum.
inform, certiorem facere.
inhabit, incolo, incolere, incolui.
injure, noceo, nocere, nocui, nocitum,
with dat.
injury, iniuria, -ae, f.
inquire, quaero, quaerere, quaesivi,
quaesitum.
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
247
insignia, insignia, -him, n. pi.
instantly, statim.
instruct, praecipio, praecipere, prae-
cepi, praeceptum, with dat.
insurrection, seditio, seditionis, f.
intend, cogito, cogitare, cogitavi, co-
gitatum; intending to, fut. act.
part.
interrupt, intermitt5, intermittere,
intermisi, intermissum.
interval, intervallum, -1, n.
into, in, prep, with ace.
intrust, mando, mandate, mandavi,
mandatum.
island, Insula, -ae, f.
it, is, ea, id, 483.
Italy, Italia, -ae, f.
its, eius ; (reflexive), suus, -a, -urn.
J
javelin, pilum, -1, n.
join, coniungo, coniungere, coniunxi,
coniunctum ; join battle, proelium
committere.
Jove, luppiter, lovis, m.
Jupiter, luppiter, lovis, m.
justice, iustitia, -ae, f.
K
keep, conserve, conservare, cdnser-
vavl, conservatum ; teneo, tenere,
tenui.
kill, occldo, occidere, occldi, occisum ;
interficio, interficere, interfecl, in-
terfectum.
kind, genus, generis, n.
kindness, beneficium, -1, n.
king, rex, regis, m.
know, scio, scire, scivl, scitum ; not
know, nescio, nesclre, nesciyi, ne-
scitum.
knowledge, scientia, -ae, f.
Labienus, Labienus, -I, m.
labor, labor, labor is, m.
lack, cared, carere, carui, cariturus.
land, terra, -ae, f.
large, magnus, -a, -um, 476.
last : at last, tandem.
Latins, Latmi, -orum, m. pi.
law, lex, legis, f.
lead, duco, ducere, duxi, ductum;
lead across, traduco, traducere,
traduxi, traductum; lead back,
reduce, reducere, reduxi, reductum ;
lead into, induce, inducere, induxl,
inductum ; lead out, educo, educere,
eduxi, e ductum.
leader, dux, ducis, m.
leadership, principatus, -us, m.
leading man, princeps, principis, m.
learn, cognosce, cognoscere, cognSvi,
cognitum.
least, minimus, -a, -um; minime,
adv.
leave, relinquo, relinquere, reliqui,
relictum.
left, sinister, sinistra, sinistrum.
legion, legio, legionis, f.
less, minor, minus, comp. ; minus,
adv.
lest, ne, conj. with subj.
letter, litterae, -arum, f. pi.
level, aequus, -a, -um.
lieutenant, legatus, -I, m.
life, vita, -ae, f.
light, lux, lucis, f.
248
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
like, similis, simile, 475, with dat.
likewise, item.
line of battle, acies, -ei, f.
little, parvus, -a, -um, 476 ; very lit-
tle, minime, adv.
live, habits, habitare, habitavi, ha-
bitatum,
long, longus, -a, -um; long, a long
time, diu, 478 ; no longer, non
iam.
look out for, consuls, consulere, con-
sului, consul turn, with dat.
loose, solvo, solvere, solvi, solutum.
loss, detrimentum, -I, n.
love, amo, amare, amavi, amatum.
lower, inferior, inferius, comp.
M
magistrate, magistrates, -us, m.
make, cre5, creare, creavi, creatum ;
facio, facere, feel, factum ; be made,
flo, fieri, factus sum, 499; make
war upon, bellum inferre.
man, vir, viri, m., 458 ; homo,
ho minis, m. and f.
many, mult!, -ae, -a, pi., 311, 312.
march, iter, itineris, n. ; iter facere.
marriage, matrimdnium, -1, n.
marsh, palus, paludis, f.
matter, res, -el, f.
meanwhile, interim, interea.
meet, occurro, occurrere, occucurri or
occurri, occursum, with dat.
memory, memoria, -ae, f.
messenger, nuntius, -I, m.
middle, the middle of, medius, -a, -um.
miles, milia passuum.
military, militaris, mllitare.
mind, animus, -i, m.
miserable, miser, misera, miserum.
misfortune, incommodum, -I, n.
missile, telum, -I, n.
money, pecunia, -ae, f.
more, comp. degree ; plus, pluris,
312; plus, adv. ; magis, adv.
most, sup. degree; plurimus, -a,
-um ; plurimum, adv. ; maxime,
adv.
mountain, mdns, montis, m.
move, moveo, movere, movl, motum ;
move away, demigro, demigrare,
demigravl, demigratum.
much, multus, -a, -um, 311, 312;
multum, adv., 318; by much,
much, multo ; so much, tantus, -a,
-um.
must, pass, periphrastic conjuga-
tion.
my, meus, -a, -um.
myself, ipse, ipsa, ipsum, 484.
N
name, nomen, nominis, n.
narrow, angustus, -a, -um.
nation, populus, -1, m.
nature, natura, -ae, f.
near, ad, prep, with ace. ; prope, adv.,
and prep, with ace. ;(propinquus,
-a, -um j) nearer, propior, propius,
comp., with dat. ; nearest,
proximus, -a, -um, with dat.
nearly, prope.
neglect, neglego, neglegere, neglexi,
neglectum.
neighboring, propinquus, -a, -um.
neighbors, flnitiml, -orum, m. pi.
neither, neuter, neutra, neutrum, 288.
never, numquam.
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
249
new, novus, -a, -urn.
news, nuntius, -I, m.
next, deinde, adv. ; posterus, -a,
-um ; the next day, postridie.
night, nox, noctis, f. ; at night, noctu.
nine, novem.
no, nullus, -a, -um, 288 ; no one,
nemo, m. and f., 237 (note) ; no
longer, non lam.
noble, of noble birth, nobilis, nobile.
nor, neque or nee.
not, non ; and not, neque or nee.
nothing, nihil, indeclinable, n.
Numa, Numa, -ae, m.
number, numerus, -I, m. ; great
number, number, multitude, mul-
titudinis, f.
O
oath, ius iurandum, iuris iurandi, n.
observe, conserve, conservare, c5n-
servavi, conservatum.
obtain, impetro, impetrare, im-
petravl, impetratum.
off . come off, discedo, discedere,
discessi, discessum.
often, saepe.
old, senex, senis, 313 (note), 311;
(not new), vetus, veteris, 469;
(in exact statements of age),
natus, -a, -um ; old-time, pristinus,
-a, -um.
on, in, prep, with abl. ; (in certain
expressions denoting position),
ab or a, prep, with abl. ; abl. of
time ; on account of, abl. of cause ;
ob, propter, prep, with ace.
once, once upon a time, quondam;
at once, statim.
one, unus, -a, -um, 465 ; one . . .
the other, alter . . . alter; one
another, inter se ; one by one, sin-
gull, -ae, -a, pi.
only, unus, -a, -urn, 465 ; not only . . .
but also, non solum . . . sed etiam.
open, aperio, aperlre, aperui, aper-
tum ; apertus, -a, -um.
opinion, sententia, -ae, f. ; oplnio,
opinionis, f.
or, aut.
order, iubeo, iubere, iussi, iussum;
in order that, ut, quo, conj. with
subj. ; in close order, confertus,
-a, -um.
other, alius, alia, aliud, 465 ; the
other, ceteri, -ae, -a, pi. ; (of two),
alter, altera, alterum, 465.
ought, debeo, debere, debui, debitum ;
pass, periphrastic conjugation.
our, ours, noster, nostra, nostrum.
out : out of, ex or e, prep, with abl. ;
bring out, lead out, educo, Sdu-
cere, eduxi, eductum; find out,
cognosce, cognoscere, cognovi, cog-
nitum; go out, egredior, egredi,
egressus sum.
outermost, extremus, -a, -um.
outlet ', exitus, -us, m.
outside of, extra, prep, with ace.
over : bring over, traducd, tradu-
cere, traduxi, traductum.
overtake, cdnsequor, consequi, con-
secutus sum.
overwhelm, premo, premere, press!,
pressum ; opprimo, opprimere, op-
press!, oppressum.
own: his own, their own, etc.,
suus, -a, -um.
250
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
pace, passus, -us, m.
panic-stricken , perterritus, -a, -um.
part) pars, partis, f.
pass, angustiae, -arum, f. pi.
peace, pax, pads, f.
people, -, populus, -1, m. ; nati5, na-
tionis, f.
perform, f ungor, fungi, f unctus sum,
with abl.
peril, periculum, -I, n.
permitted: it is permitted, licet,
licere, licuit or licitum est, 397
(note).
persuade, persuaded, persuadere,
persuasi, persuasum, \vith dat.
pitch (a camp), pond, ponere, posui,
positum.
place, locus, -I, m., 86 (note) ; pono,
ponere, posui, positum; conloco,
conlocare, conlocavl, conlocatum;
in that place, ibi; in place of,
pro, prep, with abl. ; take the
place of, succedo, succedere, suc-
cess!, successum, with dat.
plan, consilium, -i, n.
pledge, fides, -el, f.
plunder, praeda, -ae, f.
poison, venenum, -1, n.
Porsena, Porsena, -ae, m.
position, locus, -I, m., 86 (note).
power, imperium, -i, n. ; potestas,
potestatis, f.
powerful, potens, potentis.
Praetor, praetor, praetohs, m.
prefer, maid, malle, malui, 496.
Prepare, pard, parare, paravi, para-
turn; compare, comparare, com-
paravi, comparatum ; prepared^
paratus, -a, -um.
press, press hard, premo, premere.
press!, pressum.
prevent, prohibeo, prohibere, pro-
hibui, prohibitum.
prison, career, carceris, m.
Prisoner, captiva, -ae, f. ; captivus,
-i, m.
procure, comparo, comparare, com-
paravi, comparatum.
promise, polliceor, polliceri, pollici-
tus sum.
prosperity, secundae res.
Protection, fides, -ei, f.
province, provincia, -ae, f.
punishment, supplicium, -i, n.
purpose : for the purpose of, causa,
with gen.
put in command of, praeficio, prae-
ficere, praefeci, praefectum, with
dat.
Pyrrhus, Pyrrhus, -i, m.
quarters : winter quarters, inberna,
-orum, n. pi.
quickly, celeriter.
R
race, genus, generis, n.
raise, tollo, tollere, sustul!, subla-
tum.
rampart, vallum, -I, n.
rather : wish rather, malo, malle,
malui, 496.
ravage, vasto, vast&re, vastav!, vas-
tatum.
ready, paratus, -a, -urn.
ENGLISH-LA TIN VOCAB ULAR Y
251
rear, novissimum agmen.
reason, causa, -ae, f. ; for the rea-
son that, propterea quod.
recall, revoco, revocare, revocavi, re-
vocatum.
receive, accipio, accipe*re, accepi, ac-
ceptum; recipio, recipere, recepi,
receptum.
recent, recens, recentis.
recently, nuper.
reign, regno, regnare, regnavl. reg-
natum.
reinforcement, subsidium, -I, n.
remain, maneo, manere, mansi,
mansum.
remaining, reliquus, -a, -um.
remarkable, egregius, -a, -um.
remove, tollo, tollere, sustull, aubla-
tum; removeo, removere, removl,
remotum.
renew, renovo, renovare, renovavl,
renovatum.
reply, responsum, -I, n.
report, fama, -ae, f. ; nuntio, nun-
tiare, nuntiavi, nuntiatum ; renun-
tio, renuntiare, renuntiavi, renun-
tiatum.
republic, res publica.
repulse, repello, repellere, reppuli,
repulsum.
reputation, opinid, opmionis, f.
rescue, eripio, Sripere, eripui,
ereptum.
reserve, subsidium, -I, n.
resist, resists, resistere, restiti, with
dat.
resources, opes, -um, f. pi.
rest : the rest of, reliquus, -a, -um.
restore, reddo, reddcre, reddidl, red-
ditum; restituo, restituere, re-
stitui, restitutum.
result, flo, fieri, factus sum, 499.
retain, retineo, retinere, retinui,
retentum.
retreat, se recipere, pedem referre.
return, revertor, revert!, revert!,
reversum, 388 (note).
reward, praemium, -i, n.
ridge, iugum, -I, n.
right, dexter, dextra, dextmm;
right, rights, ius, iuris, n.
river, flumen, fluminis, n.
road, via, -ae, f.
roam, vagor, vagarl, vagatus sum.
Roman, Romanus, -a, -um ; the Ro-
mans, Roman!, -orum, m. pi.
Rente, Roma, -ae, f.
Romulus, R5mulus, -I, m.
rouse, incito, incitare, incitayi, in-
citatum.
rout, fugo, fugare, fugavi, fugatum;
pello, pellere, pepull, pulsum.
route, iter, itineris, n.
rule, impero, imperare, imperavl,
imperatum, with dat. ; imperium,
Sabines, Sablni, -orum, m. pi.
sacrifice, sacrificium, -i, n.
safety, salus, salutis, f.
Saguntum, Saguntum, -i, n.
sailor, nauta, -ae, m.
same, idem, eadem, idem, 483 ; at
the same time, simul.
save, senrS, servare, servivl, ser-
vatum.
say, died, dlcere, dixl, dictum ; said
he, inquit.
252
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
Scaevola, Scaevola, -ae, m.
Scipio, Scipio, Scipionis, m.
scout, explorator, exploratoris, m.
sea, marc, marts, n.
second: a second time, iterum.
sedition, seditio, seditionis, f.
tee, video, videre, vidi, vlsum.
seek, pet5, petere, petivi or petil,
petitum.
seem, pass, of video.
seize, occupo, occupare, occupavi,
occupatum ; comprehendo, com-
prehendere, comprehend!, compre-
hensum.
select, deligo, deligere, delegl,
delectum.
self: himself, themselves, etc. (re-
flexive), sui, 482; (intensive),
ipse, ipsa, ipsum, 484.
senate, senStus, -us, m.
senators, patres, -um, m. pi.
send, mitto, mittere, mlsl, missum;
send away, dimittd, dimittere,
dimisi, dlmissum; send back,
remittd, remittere, remisi, re-
missum ; send forward, praemitto,
praemittere, praemisi, praemissum.
services, opera, -ae, f.
set: set free, llbero, liberare,
Hberavl, liberatum; set sail,
navem solvere.
settle, consido, consldere, cSnaedi,
consessum.
seven, septem.
seventh, septimus, -a, -urn.
several, complures, complura, pi.,
330 (note) ; n6n null!.
sharp, acer, icris, acre.
she, ea, 483 ; her (reflexive), aul, 482.
ship, n&vis, navis, f., 185 (note).
short, brevis, breve.
show, demonstro, dSmonstrare, de-
monstravi, demonstratum.
side, pars, partis, f. ; latus, lateris,
n. ; from all sides, undique ; on
this side of, citra, prep, with ace.
siege, oppugnatio, oppugnationis, f.
sight, conspectus, -us, m.
signal, signum, -I, n.
since, cum, conj. with subj.
six, sex.
size, magnitude, magnitudinis, f.
slave, servus, -I, m.
slavery, servitus, servitutis, f.
small, parvus, -a, -um, 476.
so, sic, ita, (modifying adjectives
and adverbs) tarn ; so great, so
much, tantus, -a, -um ; so that, ut,
quo, conj . with subj . ; and so,
itaque.
soldier, miles, militis, m.
some, non null! ; some, some one,
something, aliquis (aliqul), aliqua,
aliquid (aliquod), 487; some . . .
others, alii . . . alii.
son, filius, -i, m.
speak, died, dicere, dixi, dictum.
spend the winter, hiemS, hiem&re,
hiemavi, hiematum.
spur, calcar, calcaris, n.
standard, signum, -I, n.
start, proficiscor, proficisci, profectus
sum.
state, civitis, civitatis, f.
station, constitu5, c5nstituere, c5n-
stitui, constitutum.
stay, maneo, manere, m&nsi,
m&nsuoi.
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
253
strength, vires, -ium, f. pi.
strengthen, confirms, cSnfirmare,
confirmavi, confirmatum.
strong, firmus, -a, -um.
stronghold, castellum, -I, n.
subdue, paco, pacare, pacavl,
pacatum.
succeed, succedo, succedere, success!,
successum, with dat.
successfully, bene, 318.
sudden, repentmus, -a, -um.
suddenly, subito.
suffer, accipio, accipere, accepi,
acceptum.
suitable, idoneus, -a, -um.
superhuman, divlnus, -a, -um.
supply of grain, res frumentaria.
surpass, praesto, praestare, praestiti,
praestitum or praestatum, with
dat.
surrender, trado, tradere, tradidi,
traditum ; deditio, deditionis, f.
surround, circumdd, circumdare, cir-
cumdedi, circumdatum, 54 (note) ;
circumveniS, circumvenire, circum-
veni, circumventum.
suspicion, suspicio, susplcionis, f.
sustain, sustineo, sustinere, sus-
tinui, sus ten turn.
sword, gladius, -1, m.
Syracuse, Syricusae, -arum, f. pi.
take, capio, capere, cSpi, captum;
, sumo, sumere, sumps!, sumptum ;
take away, eripio, eripere, eripul,
ereptum; take a position, c5n-
sistd, cdnsistere, constiti ; take by
assault, expugno, expugnare, ex-
pugnavi, expugnatum; take the
place of, succedo, succedere, suc-
cess!, successum, with dat.
task, munus, muneris, n.
tell, dico, dicere, dixl, dictum.
ten, decem.
tenth, decimus, -a, -um.
terms, condiciS, condici5nis, f.
terrify, terreo, terrere, terrul, terri-
tum.
territory, ager, agri, m. ; fines, -ium,
m. pi.
than, abl. of comparison ; quam.
that (demonstrative), ille, ilia, illud,
483; is, ea, id, 483; that of
yours, that, iste, ista, istud, 483 ;
(relative), qui, quae, quod, 485 ;
indirect statement ; in order that,
so that, that, ut, qu5, conj. with
subj. ; that not, ne, conj. with
subj. ; ut non; for the reason
that, propterea quod.
their ) eorum, earum, eorum ; (reflex-
ive), suus, -a, -um.
themselves (reflexive), sul, 482 ;
(intensive), ipsi, -ae, -a.
then, turn, deinde.
there, ibi ; from there, inde.
therefore, itaque, qua re.
they, ii or el, eae, ea ; them (reflex-
ive), sul, 482.
thing, res, -el, f.
think, put5, putare, putavi, putatum ;
arbitror, arbitrari, arbitratus sum ;
existimo, exlstimare, existim&vi,
exist imatum.
third, tertius, -a, -urn.
thirty, trlginta.
254
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
this, hie, haec, hoc, 483 ; is, ea, id,
483-
thither ; eo.
three, tres, tria, pi., 480 ; three days,
triduum, -I, n.
throne, regnum, -I, n.
through, per, prep, with ace.
throw, iacio, iacere, ieci, iactum;
throw into confusion, perturbo,
perturbare, perturbavi, perturba-
tum.
thus, sic, ita.
time, tempus, temporis, n. ; at that
time, turn ', at the same time, simul.
to, dat. ; ad, prep, with ace.
together: all together, universus,
-a, -urn; bring together, cSnfero,
conferee, contuli, conlatum, 497;
come together, convenid, convenire,
convenl, conventum.
town, oppidutn, -I, n.
trader, mercator, mercatoris, m.
treachery, msidiae, -arum, f. pi.
treat, agS, agere, egi, actum.
tree, arbor, arboris, f.
trench, fossa, -ae, f.
tribe, gens, gent is, f.
tribune, tribunus, -i, m.
Trojans, TrSiani, -Srum, m. pi.
troops, cdpiae, -arum, f. pi.
Troy, Trola, -ae, f.
trust, fidd, fidere, fisus sum, 382,
with dat.
trustworthiness, fides, -el, f.
try^ tempto, temptare, temptavi,
temptatum ; cdnor, con&ri, cSnatus
sum.
turn, vertS, yertere, verti, versum ;
turn about, converts, convertere,
convert!, conversum; turn aside,
averto, avertere, avert!, aversum.
twenty, viginti.
two, duo, duae, duo, 480 ; two hun-
dred, ducenti, -ae, -a, pi.
U
unbroken, perpetuus, -a, -um.
uncommon, egregius, -a, -um.
under, sub, prep, with ace. and abl.
understand, intellego, intellegere,
intellexi, intellectum.
undertake, suscipiS, suscipere, sus-
cepi, susceptum.
unfair, iniquus, -a, -um.
unfavorable, iniquus, -a, -um.
unite, coniungS, coniungere, con-
iunxi. coniunctum.
unless, nisi.
unlike, dissimilis, dissimile, 475,
with dat.
unobstrticted, expeditus, -a, -um.
unprotected, apertus, -a, -um.
unwilling: be unwilling, nolS, nSlle,
nSlui, 496.
up, usque ; up to, usque ad ; draw
up, instruS, instruere, instruxi,
instructum ; follow up, consequor,
consequi, consecutus sum; give
up, desists, desistere, destit!,
destitum.
upon: make war upon, bellum
inferre.
urge, cohortor, cohortarl, cohortatus
sum; urge on, incito, incitare,
incitavi, incitatum.
use, utor, uti, usus sum, with abl.
utmost, summus, -a, -um.
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
255
vacant: be vacant ', vac5, vac&re,
vacavi, vacatum.
valor, virtus, virtutis, f.
very, ipse, ipsa, ipsum, 484; sup.
degree.
vessel, navis, navis, f., 185 (note).
victor, victor, Victoria, m.
victory, vict5ria, -ae, f.
village, vicus, -i, m.
violence, vis, vis, f., 463.
W
wage, gero, gerere, gessi, gestum.
wait for, exspecto, exspectare, ex-
spectavi, exspectatum.
wall, murus, -i, m.
want, inopia, -ae, f.
war, bellum, -i, n.
warn, moneo, monere, monui,
monitum.
watch, vigilia, -ae, f.
water, aqua, -ae, f.
way : in this way, sic, ita.
weapon, telum, -1, n.
well, bene, 318.
what, quis (qui), quae, quid (quod),
486.
when, ubi, conj. with perf. ind. ;
cum, conj. with past and past
perf. subj.
where, ubi.
whether, -ne.
which (rel.), qui, quae, quod, 485 ;
(interrog.), quis (qui), quae, quid
(quod), 486 ; (of two), uter, utra,
utrum, 465.
while, dum, conj. with pres. ind.
who (rel.), qui, quae, 485 ; (in-
terrog.), quis, 486.
whole, totus, -a, -urn, 288.
why, qua re.
wide, latus, -a, -um.
widely, late.
wife, uxor, uxoris, f.
willing: be willing, volo, velle, volui,
496.
win over, concilio, conciliare, con-
cilia vi, conciliatum.
wing, cornu, -us, n.
winter, hiems, hiemis, f. ; winter
quarters, hiberna, -drum, n. pi.
wise, prudens, prudentis.
wish, cupio, cupere, cupivi, cupitum ;
volo, velle, volui, 496 ; voluntas,
voluntatis, f. ; wish rather, malo,
malle, malui, 496.
with) abl. of means ; abl. of manner ;
cum, prep, with abl.
withdraw, excedo, excedere, excess!,
excessum.
within, abl. of time; intra, prep.
with ace.
without, sine, prep, with abl. ; be
without, careo, carere, carui,
car it ur us.
wolf, lupa, -ae, f.
woman, femina, -ae, f. ; mulier,
mulieris, f.
wood, silva, -ae, f.
work, opus, operis, n.
wound, vulnus, vulneris, n. ; vulnero,
vulnerare, vulneravi, vulneratum.
wretched, miser, misera, miserum.
write, scribd, scribere, scrips!,
scrlptum.
2 5 6
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
year, annus, -I, m.
yet) tamen ; not yet, nondum.
yield, concedd, concedere, concessi,
concessum.
you, tu, tui, 481.
young, iuvenis, iuvenis, 313 (note),
311; young man, adulescens,
adulescentis, m.
your, yours, tuus, -a, -um ; vester,
vestra, vestrum ; that of yours,
iste, ista, istud, 483.
yourself, ipse, ipsa, ipsum, 484.
INDEX
The numbers refer to sections, except those with/, and ., which refer
to page and foot-note.
Ablative :
of separation, 133, 516.
of agent, 41, 517.
of means, 64, 518.
of accompaniment, 97, 519.
of manner, 321, 520.
of cause or reason, 106, 521.
of comparison, 309, 522.
of measure of difference, 315, 523.
descriptive, in, 524.
of respect, 175, 525.
of time, 344, 526.
with certain deponents, 385, 527.
absolute, 394, 528.
place where, 253, 529.
place from which, 255, 531.
Absolute comparative and superla-
tive, 297.
Accent, 8, 76, 243.
Accompaniment, abl. of, 97, 519.
Accusative :
direct object, 32, 514.
of extent or duration, 339, 515.
place to which, 254, 530.
in indirect statements, 368, 544.
Adjectives :
first and second declensions, 74,
93, 464.
pronominal, 288, 465.
third declension, 212-214, 466-
469.
comparison, 294, 304, 305, 311,
473-476.
declension of comparative, 295,
471,472.
agreement, 80, 502.
with dat., 89, 509.
used as substantive, p. 61, n. I ;
p. 75, n. 2.
Adverbs, formation and compari-
son, 317, 318, 477, 478.
Adversative cum-clauses, 402, 543.
Agent, abl. of, 41, 517.
dat. of, 430, 513.
Agreement :
verb, 1 6, 500.
participle, 225.
noun, 72, 501.
adjective, 80, 502.
relative pronoun, 143, 503.
Aliquis, 353, 487.
Alius, declension, 288, 465.
Alphabet, i.
Alter, declension, 288, 465.
Appositive noun, 72, 501.
Cardinal numerals, see Numerals.
Case-endings, 68, 158, 244; see
also Declension.
Causal cum-clauses, 402, 543.
Cause, abl. of, 106, 521.
Comparison, see Adjectives and
Adverbs.
abl. of, 309, 522.
Compound verbs, 238.
with dat., 241, 508.
257
2 5 8
INDEX
Conditional complexes, 446.
present and past neutral, 454, 455,
550.
more vivid future, 450, 455, 551 .
less vivid future, 450, 455, 552.
contrary to fact, 454, 455, 553.
Conjugation, see Verb.
Cum, enclitic, p. 64, n. i .
Cum-clauses, of situation, 407, 542.
causal and adversative, 402, 543.
Dative :
indirect object, 57, 506.
with intransitive verbs, 224, 507.
with compound verbs, 241, 508.
with adjectives, 89, 509.
of purpose or tendency, 301, 510.
double dative construction, 302,
511.
of possession, 421, 512.
of agent, 430, 513.
Declension :
first, 27, 457.
second, 66, 75, 91, 458.
third, 157, 165, 166, 171, 183, 189,
459, 46 ; classes with gen. pi.
in ium, 191.
fourth, 228, 461.
fifth, 234, 235, 462.
irregular, 463.
See also Adjectives, Participles,
Numerals. For the declension
of pronouns, see the particular
words.
Demonstrative pronouns, see the
particular words.
Deponent verbs, 377, 492.
with abl., 385, 527.
Descriptive genitive and ablative,
in, 505, 524.
Descriptive relative clauses, 292,
541.
Dens, declension, 463.
Difference, abl. of measure of, 315,
523-
Direct object, 32, 514.
Domus, declension, 463,
Double dative construction, 302,
511.
Dum, pres. ind. with, 163, 532.
Duo, declension, 480.
Duration, ace. of, 339, 515.
Ego, declension, 481.
Enclitics, p. 8, n. 2.
Endings, see Case-endings, Personal
endings, Verb.
Ed, conjugation, 404, 498.
Extent, ace. of, 339, 515.
Fero, conjugation, 396, 497.
Flo, conjugation, 418, 499.
Future, tense-sign, 85, 100.
in subordinate clauses, 155.
Future perfect, formation, 149.
in subordinate clauses, 155.
Gender of nouns :
first declension, 67.
second declension, 67, 92.
third declension, 159.
fourth declension, 229.
fifth declension, 236.
Genitive, descriptive, in, 505.
translated wither, p. 54, n. 4.
Gerund, 432.
use, 435.
Gerundive, 219.
use, 435-
with sum, 221, 427.
Harmony of tenses, 333, 547.
with historical present, p. 132,
n. i.
INDEX
259
Hie, declension, 483.
use, 114.
Historical present, p. 86, n. i.
Idem, declension, 129, 483.
Ille, declension, 483.
use, 114.
Imperative, personal endings, 347,
488.
irregular forms, 348.
Impersonal verb, p. 137, n. 3.
Indefinite pronouns, 353, 487.
use of quis and quisquam, 354.
Indirect object, 57, 506.
Indirect questions, 327, 546.
Indirect statements, 368, 544.
Indirect subordinate clauses, 390,
545-
Infinitive, formation, 21, 365, 370.
omission of esse in fut. act. and
perf. pass., p. 127, n. i.
in indirect statements, 368,
544-
use of tenses, 374, 548.
Intensive pronoun, declension, 205,
484.
use, 209.
Interrogative pronoun, 145, 486.
Intransitive verbs with dat., 224,
507.
Ipse, declension, 205, 484.
use, 209.
Is, declension, 483.
use, 130, 197.
Iste, declension, 483.
use, 114.
Locative, 250, 529.
Maid, conjugation, 409, 496.
Manner, abl. of, 321, 520.
Means, abl. of, 64, 518.
Measure of difference, abl. of, 315,
523-
Mille, declension, 480.
ne, in clauses of purpose, 261,
534-
in substantive clauses of volition,
268, 537.
Neuter, declension, 288.
N615, conjugation, 409, 496.
Nominative, subject, 31, 504.
Nouns, see Declension-
agreement, 72, 501.
Nullus, declension, 288.
Numerals :
cardinal, 335, 479; declension,
336, 480 ; use, 338.
ordinal, 341,479.
Object, direct, 32, 514.
indirect, 57, 506.
Order of words, 554-566.
Ordinal numerals, 341, 479.
Participles, formation, 219.
declension, 220, 470.
fut. act. and gerundive with sum,
221, 423, 427.
agreement, 225.
translation, 226; p. 139, n. 2.
Past, tense-sign in indicative, 52.
use, 53, 120.
formation in subjunctive, 270.
Past perfect, formation in indicative,
'35-
formation in subjunctive, 329.
Perfect, personal endings in indica-
tive active, 119, 488.
formation in indicative passive,
124.
uses, 1 20.
formation in subjunctive, 323.
26o
INDEX
Periphrastic conjugation, active, 423.
passive, 427.
Personal endings, 488.
active, n, 51.
passive, 37.
perf. ind. act., 119.
pres. imp., 347.
Personal pronouns, declension, 481.
use of is instead of, 197.
Place, where, 250, 253, 529.
to which, 254, 530.
from which, 255, 531.
Plus, declension, 312, 472.
Position of words, 554-566.
Possession, dat. of, 421, 512.
Possessive adjectives, 199, 210.
Possum, conjugation, 387, 494.
Postquam, perf. ind. with, 169,
533-
Predicate noun, 72, 501.
Present, stem, 19, 21, 43, 257.
historical, p. 86, n. i.
formation in subjunctive, 257.
Principal parts, 125.
Pronominal adjectives, 288, 465.
Pronouns, see the particular word.
Pronunciation, 2-4, 6-8.
Prosum, conjugation, 387, 495.
Purpose, various ways of expressing,
442.
clauses of, 261, 534.
relative clauses of, 267, 535.
quo-clauses of, 412, 536.
supine in um expressing, 440, 549.
dat. of, 301, 510.
Quam, in comparisons, 309, 522.
with superlative, 375.
Quantity, vowels, 4.
syllables, 7.
Qui, declension, 485.
Quidam, 353, 487.
Quis (interrog.), 145, 486.
(indef.), 353, 354, 487.
Quisquam, 353, 354, 487.
Quisque, 353, 487.
Quo-clauses of purpose, 412, 536.
Reason, abl. of, 106, 521.
Reflexive pronoun, declension, 204,
482.
use, 208 ; p. 119, n. i.
Relative clauses :
of purpose, 267, 535.
of result, 281, 539.
descriptive, 292, 541.
Relative pronoun, declension, 485.
agreement, 143, 503.
Respect, abl. of, 175, 525.
Result, clauses of, 280, 538.
relative clauses of, 281, 539.
substantive clauses of, 286, 540.
Semi-deponent verbs, 382.
Separation, abl. of, 133, 516.
Situation, cum-clauses of, 407, 542.
SSlus, declension, 288.
Sounds, 2.
Subject, 31, 504.
omission, 198.
in indirect statements, 368, 544.
Subjunctive, formation of present,
257; of past, 270; of perfect,
323 ; of past perfect, 329.
in clauses of purpose, 261, 267,
534, 535-
in substantive clauses of volition,
268, 537.
in clauses of result, 280, 281, 286,
538-540.
in descriptive relative clauses, 292,
541.
in cum-clauses of situation, 407,
542.
INDEX
261
Subjunctive {continued)
in causal and adversative cum-
clauses, 402, 543.
in indirect subordinate clauses,
39> 545-
n indirect questions, 327, 546.
use of tenses, 333, 547.
in less vivid future conditional
complexes, 450, 455, 552.
in conditional complexes contrary
to fact, 454, 455, 553.
Substantive, adjective used as, p. 61,
n. i; p. 75, n. 2.
clauses of volition, 268, 537.
clauses of result, 286, 540.
Sui, declension, 204, 482.
use, 208.
Sum, conjugation, 493.
Supine, 437.
use: in um, 440, 549; in u, 441.
Syllables, 6.
quantity, 7.
Synopsis of verbs, 359.
Tendency, dat. of, 301, 510.
Tenses, harmony of, 333, 547.
with historical present, p. 132,
n. I.
use of infinitive tenses, 374, 548.
For formation and tense-sign, see
the name of the tense.
Fime, ace. of duration of, 339, 515.
abl. of, 344, 526.
Totus, declension, 288.
Tres, declension, 480.
Tu, declension, 481.
Ubi, perf. ind. with, 169, 533.
Ullus, declension, 288.
tfnus, declension, 288, 465.
XJt, in clauses of purpose, 261,
534-
in substantive clauses of volition,
268, 537.
in clauses of result, 280, 286, 538,
540.
Uter, declension, 288, 465.
Uterque, declension, 288.
Verb, endings, 358 ; see also Per-
sonal endings. For formation
and tense-sign, see the name
of the tense; also Infinitive,
Participles, Gerund, Supine.
first conjugation, 489.
four regular conjugations, 490.
in, 16 of third conjugation, 177,
491.
deponent, 377, 492.
semi-deponent, 382.
irregular, see the particular word.
synopsis, 359.
active periphrastic conjugation,
423-
passive periphrastic conjugation,
427.
agreement, 16, 500.
Vetua, declension, 469.
Vis, declension, 463.
Vocative, 243.
Volition, substantive clauses of,
268, 537.
Vol5, conjugation, 409, 496.
